added vendor

This commit is contained in:
2026-07-21 05:33:12 +03:00
parent 15b428efec
commit 98b94498b6
197 changed files with 95081 additions and 0 deletions

1
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/.gitattributes generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
testdata/* linguist-vendored

16
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/.gitignore generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
# editor temporary files
*.sublime-*
.DS_Store
*.swp
#*.*#
tags
# direnv config
.env*
# test binaries
*.test
# coverage and profilte outputs
*.out

12
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
Copyright (c) 2012-2021, Martin Angers & Contributors
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the author nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

218
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/README.md generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
# goquery - a little like that j-thing, only in Go
[![Build Status](https://github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/actions/workflows/test.yml/badge.svg?branch=master)](https://github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/actions)
[![Go Reference](https://pkg.go.dev/badge/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery.svg)](https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery)
[![Sourcegraph Badge](https://sourcegraph.com/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/-/badge.svg)](https://sourcegraph.com/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery?badge)
goquery brings a syntax and a set of features similar to [jQuery][] to the [Go language][go]. It is based on Go's [net/html package][html] and the CSS Selector library [cascadia][]. Since the net/html parser returns nodes, and not a full-featured DOM tree, jQuery's stateful manipulation functions (like height(), css(), detach()) have been left off.
Also, because the net/html parser requires UTF-8 encoding, so does goquery: it is the caller's responsibility to ensure that the source document provides UTF-8 encoded HTML. See the [wiki][] for various options to do this.
Syntax-wise, it is as close as possible to jQuery, with the same function names when possible, and that warm and fuzzy chainable interface. jQuery being the ultra-popular library that it is, I felt that writing a similar HTML-manipulating library was better to follow its API than to start anew (in the same spirit as Go's `fmt` package), even though some of its methods are less than intuitive (looking at you, [index()][index]...).
## Table of Contents
* [Installation](#installation)
* [Changelog](#changelog)
* [API](#api)
* [Examples](#examples)
* [Related Projects](#related-projects)
* [Support](#support)
* [License](#license)
## Installation
Required Go version:
* Starting with version `v1.12.0` of goquery, Go 1.25+ is required due to its dependencies.
* Starting with version `v1.11.0` of goquery, Go 1.24+ is required due to its dependencies.
* Starting with version `v1.10.0` of goquery, Go 1.23+ is required due to the use of function-based iterators.
* For `v1.9.0` of goquery, Go 1.18+ is required due to the use of generics.
* For previous goquery versions, a Go version of 1.1+ was required because of the `net/html` dependency.
Ongoing goquery development is tested on the latest 2 versions of Go.
$ go get github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery
(optional) To run unit tests:
$ cd $GOPATH/src/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery
$ go test
(optional) To run benchmarks (warning: it runs for a few minutes):
$ cd $GOPATH/src/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery
$ go test -bench=".*"
## Changelog
**Note that goquery's API is now stable, and will not break.**
* **2026-03-15 (v1.12.0)** : Update `go.mod` dependencies, add go1.26 to the test matrix, **goquery now requires Go version 1.25+**.
* **2025-11-16 (v1.11.0)** : Update `go.mod` dependencies, add go1.25 to the test matrix, **goquery now requires Go version 1.24+**.
* **2025-04-11 (v1.10.3)** : Update `go.mod` dependencies, small optimization (thanks [@myxzlpltk](https://github.com/myxzlpltk)).
* **2025-02-13 (v1.10.2)** : Update `go.mod` dependencies, add go1.24 to the test matrix.
* **2024-12-26 (v1.10.1)** : Update `go.mod` dependencies.
* **2024-09-06 (v1.10.0)** : Add `EachIter` which provides an iterator that can be used in `for..range` loops on the `*Selection` object. **goquery now requires Go version 1.23+** (thanks [@amikai](https://github.com/amikai)).
* **2024-09-06 (v1.9.3)** : Update `go.mod` dependencies.
* **2024-04-29 (v1.9.2)** : Update `go.mod` dependencies.
* **2024-02-29 (v1.9.1)** : Improve allocation and performance of the `Map` function and `Selection.Map` method, better document the cascadia differences (thanks [@jwilsson](https://github.com/jwilsson)).
* **2024-02-22 (v1.9.0)** : Add a generic `Map` function, **goquery now requires Go version 1.18+** (thanks [@Fesaa](https://github.com/Fesaa)).
* **2023-02-18 (v1.8.1)** : Update `go.mod` dependencies, update CI workflow.
* **2021-10-25 (v1.8.0)** : Add `Render` function to render a `Selection` to an `io.Writer` (thanks [@anthonygedeon](https://github.com/anthonygedeon)).
* **2021-07-11 (v1.7.1)** : Update go.mod dependencies and add dependabot config (thanks [@jauderho](https://github.com/jauderho)).
* **2021-06-14 (v1.7.0)** : Add `Single` and `SingleMatcher` functions to optimize first-match selection (thanks [@gdollardollar](https://github.com/gdollardollar)).
* **2021-01-11 (v1.6.1)** : Fix panic when calling `{Prepend,Append,Set}Html` on a `Selection` that contains non-Element nodes.
* **2020-10-08 (v1.6.0)** : Parse html in context of the container node for all functions that deal with html strings (`AfterHtml`, `AppendHtml`, etc.). Thanks to [@thiemok][thiemok] and [@davidjwilkins][djw] for their work on this.
* **2020-02-04 (v1.5.1)** : Update module dependencies.
* **2018-11-15 (v1.5.0)** : Go module support (thanks @Zaba505).
* **2018-06-07 (v1.4.1)** : Add `NewDocumentFromReader` examples.
* **2018-03-24 (v1.4.0)** : Deprecate `NewDocument(url)` and `NewDocumentFromResponse(response)`.
* **2018-01-28 (v1.3.0)** : Add `ToEnd` constant to `Slice` until the end of the selection (thanks to @davidjwilkins for raising the issue).
* **2018-01-11 (v1.2.0)** : Add `AddBack*` and deprecate `AndSelf` (thanks to @davidjwilkins).
* **2017-02-12 (v1.1.0)** : Add `SetHtml` and `SetText` (thanks to @glebtv).
* **2016-12-29 (v1.0.2)** : Optimize allocations for `Selection.Text` (thanks to @radovskyb).
* **2016-08-28 (v1.0.1)** : Optimize performance for large documents.
* **2016-07-27 (v1.0.0)** : Tag version 1.0.0.
* **2016-06-15** : Invalid selector strings internally compile to a `Matcher` implementation that never matches any node (instead of a panic). So for example, `doc.Find("~")` returns an empty `*Selection` object.
* **2016-02-02** : Add `NodeName` utility function similar to the DOM's `nodeName` property. It returns the tag name of the first element in a selection, and other relevant values of non-element nodes (see [doc][] for details). Add `OuterHtml` utility function similar to the DOM's `outerHTML` property (named `OuterHtml` in small caps for consistency with the existing `Html` method on the `Selection`).
* **2015-04-20** : Add `AttrOr` helper method to return the attribute's value or a default value if absent. Thanks to [piotrkowalczuk][piotr].
* **2015-02-04** : Add more manipulation functions - Prepend* - thanks again to [Andrew Stone][thatguystone].
* **2014-11-28** : Add more manipulation functions - ReplaceWith*, Wrap* and Unwrap - thanks again to [Andrew Stone][thatguystone].
* **2014-11-07** : Add manipulation functions (thanks to [Andrew Stone][thatguystone]) and `*Matcher` functions, that receive compiled cascadia selectors instead of selector strings, thus avoiding potential panics thrown by goquery via `cascadia.MustCompile` calls. This results in better performance (selectors can be compiled once and reused) and more idiomatic error handling (you can handle cascadia's compilation errors, instead of recovering from panics, which had been bugging me for a long time). Note that the actual type expected is a `Matcher` interface, that `cascadia.Selector` implements. Other matcher implementations could be used.
* **2014-11-06** : Change import paths of net/html to golang.org/x/net/html (see https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/golang-nuts/eD8dh3T9yyA). Make sure to update your code to use the new import path too when you call goquery with `html.Node`s.
* **v0.3.2** : Add `NewDocumentFromReader()` (thanks jweir) which allows creating a goquery document from an io.Reader.
* **v0.3.1** : Add `NewDocumentFromResponse()` (thanks assassingj) which allows creating a goquery document from an http response.
* **v0.3.0** : Add `EachWithBreak()` which allows to break out of an `Each()` loop by returning false. This function was added instead of changing the existing `Each()` to avoid breaking compatibility.
* **v0.2.1** : Make go-getable, now that [go.net/html is Go1.0-compatible][gonet] (thanks to @matrixik for pointing this out).
* **v0.2.0** : Add support for negative indices in Slice(). **BREAKING CHANGE** `Document.Root` is removed, `Document` is now a `Selection` itself (a selection of one, the root element, just like `Document.Root` was before). Add jQuery's Closest() method.
* **v0.1.1** : Add benchmarks to use as baseline for refactorings, refactor Next...() and Prev...() methods to use the new html package's linked list features (Next/PrevSibling, FirstChild). Good performance boost (40+% in some cases).
* **v0.1.0** : Initial release.
## API
goquery exposes two structs, `Document` and `Selection`, and the `Matcher` interface. Unlike jQuery, which is loaded as part of a DOM document, and thus acts on its containing document, goquery doesn't know which HTML document to act upon. So it needs to be told, and that's what the `Document` type is for. It holds the root document node as the initial Selection value to manipulate.
jQuery often has many variants for the same function (no argument, a selector string argument, a jQuery object argument, a DOM element argument, ...). Instead of exposing the same features in goquery as a single method with variadic empty interface arguments, statically-typed signatures are used following this naming convention:
* When the jQuery equivalent can be called with no argument, it has the same name as jQuery for the no argument signature (e.g.: `Prev()`), and the version with a selector string argument is called `XxxFiltered()` (e.g.: `PrevFiltered()`)
* When the jQuery equivalent **requires** one argument, the same name as jQuery is used for the selector string version (e.g.: `Is()`)
* The signatures accepting a jQuery object as argument are defined in goquery as `XxxSelection()` and take a `*Selection` object as argument (e.g.: `FilterSelection()`)
* The signatures accepting a DOM element as argument in jQuery are defined in goquery as `XxxNodes()` and take a variadic argument of type `*html.Node` (e.g.: `FilterNodes()`)
* The signatures accepting a function as argument in jQuery are defined in goquery as `XxxFunction()` and take a function as argument (e.g.: `FilterFunction()`)
* The goquery methods that can be called with a selector string have a corresponding version that take a `Matcher` interface and are defined as `XxxMatcher()` (e.g.: `IsMatcher()`)
Utility functions that are not in jQuery but are useful in Go are implemented as functions (that take a `*Selection` as parameter), to avoid a potential naming clash on the `*Selection`'s methods (reserved for jQuery-equivalent behaviour).
The complete [package reference documentation can be found here][doc].
Please note that Cascadia's selectors do not necessarily match all supported selectors of jQuery (Sizzle). See the [cascadia project][cascadia] for details. Also, the selectors work more like the DOM's `querySelectorAll`, than jQuery's matchers - they have no concept of contextual matching (for some concrete examples of what that means, see [this ticket](https://github.com/andybalholm/cascadia/issues/61)). In practice, it doesn't matter very often but it's something worth mentioning. Invalid selector strings compile to a `Matcher` that fails to match any node. Behaviour of the various functions that take a selector string as argument follows from that fact, e.g. (where `~` is an invalid selector string):
* `Find("~")` returns an empty selection because the selector string doesn't match anything.
* `Add("~")` returns a new selection that holds the same nodes as the original selection, because it didn't add any node (selector string didn't match anything).
* `ParentsFiltered("~")` returns an empty selection because the selector string doesn't match anything.
* `ParentsUntil("~")` returns all parents of the selection because the selector string didn't match any element to stop before the top element.
## Examples
See some tips and tricks in the [wiki][].
Adapted from example_test.go:
```Go
package main
import (
"fmt"
"log"
"net/http"
"github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery"
)
func ExampleScrape() {
// Request the HTML page.
res, err := http.Get("http://metalsucks.net")
if err != nil {
log.Fatal(err)
}
defer res.Body.Close()
if res.StatusCode != 200 {
log.Fatalf("status code error: %d %s", res.StatusCode, res.Status)
}
// Load the HTML document
doc, err := goquery.NewDocumentFromReader(res.Body)
if err != nil {
log.Fatal(err)
}
// Find the review items
doc.Find(".left-content article .post-title").Each(func(i int, s *goquery.Selection) {
// For each item found, get the title
title := s.Find("a").Text()
fmt.Printf("Review %d: %s\n", i, title)
})
}
func main() {
ExampleScrape()
}
```
## Related Projects
- [Goq][goq], an HTML deserialization and scraping library based on goquery and struct tags.
- [andybalholm/cascadia][cascadia], the CSS selector library used by goquery.
- [suntong/cascadia][cascadiacli], a command-line interface to the cascadia CSS selector library, useful to test selectors.
- [gocolly/colly](https://github.com/gocolly/colly), a lightning fast and elegant Scraping Framework
- [gnulnx/goperf](https://github.com/gnulnx/goperf), a website performance test tool that also fetches static assets.
- [MontFerret/ferret](https://github.com/MontFerret/ferret), declarative web scraping.
- [tacusci/berrycms](https://github.com/tacusci/berrycms), a modern simple to use CMS with easy to write plugins
- [Dataflow kit](https://github.com/slotix/dataflowkit), Web Scraping framework for Gophers.
- [Geziyor](https://github.com/geziyor/geziyor), a fast web crawling & scraping framework for Go. Supports JS rendering.
- [Pagser](https://github.com/foolin/pagser), a simple, easy, extensible, configurable HTML parser to struct based on goquery and struct tags.
- [stitcherd](https://github.com/vhodges/stitcherd), A server for doing server side includes using css selectors and DOM updates.
- [goskyr](https://github.com/jakopako/goskyr), an easily configurable command-line scraper written in Go.
- [goGetJS](https://github.com/davemolk/goGetJS), a tool for extracting, searching, and saving JavaScript files (with optional headless browser).
- [fitter](https://github.com/PxyUp/fitter), a tool for selecting values from JSON, XML, HTML and XPath formatted pages.
- [seltabl](github.com/conneroisu/seltabl), an orm-like package and supporting language server for extracting values from HTML
## Support
There are a number of ways you can support the project:
* Use it, star it, build something with it, spread the word!
- If you do build something open-source or otherwise publicly-visible, let me know so I can add it to the [Related Projects](#related-projects) section!
* Raise issues to improve the project (note: doc typos and clarifications are issues too!)
- Please search existing issues before opening a new one - it may have already been addressed.
* Pull requests: please discuss new code in an issue first, unless the fix is really trivial.
- Make sure new code is tested.
- Be mindful of existing code - PRs that break existing code have a high probability of being declined, unless it fixes a serious issue.
* Sponsor the developer
- See the Github Sponsor button at the top of the repo on github
- or via BuyMeACoffee.com, below
<a href="https://www.buymeacoffee.com/mna" target="_blank"><img src="https://www.buymeacoffee.com/assets/img/custom_images/orange_img.png" alt="Buy Me A Coffee" style="height: 41px !important;width: 174px !important;box-shadow: 0px 3px 2px 0px rgba(190, 190, 190, 0.5) !important;-webkit-box-shadow: 0px 3px 2px 0px rgba(190, 190, 190, 0.5) !important;" ></a>
## License
The [BSD 3-Clause license][bsd], the same as the [Go language][golic]. Cascadia's license is [here][caslic].
[jquery]: https://jquery.com/
[go]: https://go.dev/
[cascadia]: https://github.com/andybalholm/cascadia
[cascadiacli]: https://github.com/suntong/cascadia
[bsd]: https://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
[golic]: https://go.dev/LICENSE
[caslic]: https://github.com/andybalholm/cascadia/blob/master/LICENSE
[doc]: https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery
[index]: https://api.jquery.com/index/
[gonet]: https://github.com/golang/net/
[html]: https://pkg.go.dev/golang.org/x/net/html
[wiki]: https://github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/wiki/Tips-and-tricks
[thatguystone]: https://github.com/thatguystone
[piotr]: https://github.com/piotrkowalczuk
[goq]: https://github.com/andrewstuart/goq
[thiemok]: https://github.com/thiemok
[djw]: https://github.com/davidjwilkins

124
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/array.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
package goquery
import (
"golang.org/x/net/html"
)
const (
maxUint = ^uint(0)
maxInt = int(maxUint >> 1)
// ToEnd is a special index value that can be used as end index in a call
// to Slice so that all elements are selected until the end of the Selection.
// It is equivalent to passing (*Selection).Length().
ToEnd = maxInt
)
// First reduces the set of matched elements to the first in the set.
// It returns a new Selection object, and an empty Selection object if the
// the selection is empty.
func (s *Selection) First() *Selection {
return s.Eq(0)
}
// Last reduces the set of matched elements to the last in the set.
// It returns a new Selection object, and an empty Selection object if
// the selection is empty.
func (s *Selection) Last() *Selection {
return s.Eq(-1)
}
// Eq reduces the set of matched elements to the one at the specified index.
// If a negative index is given, it counts backwards starting at the end of the
// set. It returns a new Selection object, and an empty Selection object if the
// index is invalid.
func (s *Selection) Eq(index int) *Selection {
if index < 0 {
index += len(s.Nodes)
}
if index >= len(s.Nodes) || index < 0 {
return newEmptySelection(s.document)
}
return s.Slice(index, index+1)
}
// Slice reduces the set of matched elements to a subset specified by a range
// of indices. The start index is 0-based and indicates the index of the first
// element to select. The end index is 0-based and indicates the index at which
// the elements stop being selected (the end index is not selected).
//
// The indices may be negative, in which case they represent an offset from the
// end of the selection.
//
// The special value ToEnd may be specified as end index, in which case all elements
// until the end are selected. This works both for a positive and negative start
// index.
func (s *Selection) Slice(start, end int) *Selection {
if start < 0 {
start += len(s.Nodes)
}
if end == ToEnd {
end = len(s.Nodes)
} else if end < 0 {
end += len(s.Nodes)
}
return pushStack(s, s.Nodes[start:end])
}
// Get retrieves the underlying node at the specified index.
// Get without parameter is not implemented, since the node array is available
// on the Selection object.
func (s *Selection) Get(index int) *html.Node {
if index < 0 {
index += len(s.Nodes) // Negative index gets from the end
}
return s.Nodes[index]
}
// Index returns the position of the first element within the Selection object
// relative to its sibling elements.
func (s *Selection) Index() int {
if len(s.Nodes) > 0 {
return newSingleSelection(s.Nodes[0], s.document).PrevAll().Length()
}
return -1
}
// IndexSelector returns the position of the first element within the
// Selection object relative to the elements matched by the selector, or -1 if
// not found.
func (s *Selection) IndexSelector(selector string) int {
if len(s.Nodes) > 0 {
sel := s.document.Find(selector)
return indexInSlice(sel.Nodes, s.Nodes[0])
}
return -1
}
// IndexMatcher returns the position of the first element within the
// Selection object relative to the elements matched by the matcher, or -1 if
// not found.
func (s *Selection) IndexMatcher(m Matcher) int {
if len(s.Nodes) > 0 {
sel := s.document.FindMatcher(m)
return indexInSlice(sel.Nodes, s.Nodes[0])
}
return -1
}
// IndexOfNode returns the position of the specified node within the Selection
// object, or -1 if not found.
func (s *Selection) IndexOfNode(node *html.Node) int {
return indexInSlice(s.Nodes, node)
}
// IndexOfSelection returns the position of the first node in the specified
// Selection object within this Selection object, or -1 if not found.
func (s *Selection) IndexOfSelection(sel *Selection) int {
if sel != nil && len(sel.Nodes) > 0 {
return indexInSlice(s.Nodes, sel.Nodes[0])
}
return -1
}

123
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/doc.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012-2016, Martin Angers & Contributors
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
// other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the author nor the names of its contributors may be used to
// endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
// OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
// AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
// DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
// WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
// WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
/*
Package goquery implements features similar to jQuery, including the chainable
syntax, to manipulate and query an HTML document.
It brings a syntax and a set of features similar to jQuery to the Go language.
It is based on Go's net/html package and the CSS Selector library cascadia.
Since the net/html parser returns nodes, and not a full-featured DOM
tree, jQuery's stateful manipulation functions (like height(), css(), detach())
have been left off.
Also, because the net/html parser requires UTF-8 encoding, so does goquery: it is
the caller's responsibility to ensure that the source document provides UTF-8 encoded HTML.
See the repository's wiki for various options on how to do this.
Syntax-wise, it is as close as possible to jQuery, with the same method names when
possible, and that warm and fuzzy chainable interface. jQuery being the
ultra-popular library that it is, writing a similar HTML-manipulating
library was better to follow its API than to start anew (in the same spirit as
Go's fmt package), even though some of its methods are less than intuitive (looking
at you, index()...).
It is hosted on GitHub, along with additional documentation in the README.md
file: https://github.com/puerkitobio/goquery
Please note that because of the net/html dependency, goquery requires Go1.1+.
The various methods are split into files based on the category of behavior.
The three dots (...) indicate that various "overloads" are available.
* array.go : array-like positional manipulation of the selection.
- Eq()
- First()
- Get()
- Index...()
- Last()
- Slice()
* expand.go : methods that expand or augment the selection's set.
- Add...()
- AndSelf()
- Union(), which is an alias for AddSelection()
* filter.go : filtering methods, that reduce the selection's set.
- End()
- Filter...()
- Has...()
- Intersection(), which is an alias of FilterSelection()
- Not...()
* iteration.go : methods to loop over the selection's nodes.
- Each()
- EachWithBreak()
- Map()
* manipulation.go : methods for modifying the document
- After...()
- Append...()
- Before...()
- Clone()
- Empty()
- Prepend...()
- Remove...()
- ReplaceWith...()
- Unwrap()
- Wrap...()
- WrapAll...()
- WrapInner...()
* property.go : methods that inspect and get the node's properties values.
- Attr*(), RemoveAttr(), SetAttr()
- AddClass(), HasClass(), RemoveClass(), ToggleClass()
- Html()
- Length()
- Size(), which is an alias for Length()
- Text()
* query.go : methods that query, or reflect, a node's identity.
- Contains()
- Is...()
* traversal.go : methods to traverse the HTML document tree.
- Children...()
- Contents()
- Find...()
- Next...()
- Parent[s]...()
- Prev...()
- Siblings...()
* type.go : definition of the types exposed by goquery.
- Document
- Selection
- Matcher
* utilities.go : definition of helper functions (and not methods on a *Selection)
that are not part of jQuery, but are useful to goquery.
- NodeName
- OuterHtml
*/
package goquery

70
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/expand.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
package goquery
import "golang.org/x/net/html"
// Add adds the selector string's matching nodes to those in the current
// selection and returns a new Selection object.
// The selector string is run in the context of the document of the current
// Selection object.
func (s *Selection) Add(selector string) *Selection {
return s.AddNodes(findWithMatcher([]*html.Node{s.document.rootNode}, compileMatcher(selector))...)
}
// AddMatcher adds the matcher's matching nodes to those in the current
// selection and returns a new Selection object.
// The matcher is run in the context of the document of the current
// Selection object.
func (s *Selection) AddMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return s.AddNodes(findWithMatcher([]*html.Node{s.document.rootNode}, m)...)
}
// AddSelection adds the specified Selection object's nodes to those in the
// current selection and returns a new Selection object.
func (s *Selection) AddSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
if sel == nil {
return s.AddNodes()
}
return s.AddNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// Union is an alias for AddSelection.
func (s *Selection) Union(sel *Selection) *Selection {
return s.AddSelection(sel)
}
// AddNodes adds the specified nodes to those in the
// current selection and returns a new Selection object.
func (s *Selection) AddNodes(nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, appendWithoutDuplicates(s.Nodes, nodes, nil))
}
// AndSelf adds the previous set of elements on the stack to the current set.
// It returns a new Selection object containing the current Selection combined
// with the previous one.
// Deprecated: This function has been deprecated and is now an alias for AddBack().
func (s *Selection) AndSelf() *Selection {
return s.AddBack()
}
// AddBack adds the previous set of elements on the stack to the current set.
// It returns a new Selection object containing the current Selection combined
// with the previous one.
func (s *Selection) AddBack() *Selection {
return s.AddSelection(s.prevSel)
}
// AddBackFiltered reduces the previous set of elements on the stack to those that
// match the selector string, and adds them to the current set.
// It returns a new Selection object containing the current Selection combined
// with the filtered previous one
func (s *Selection) AddBackFiltered(selector string) *Selection {
return s.AddSelection(s.prevSel.Filter(selector))
}
// AddBackMatcher reduces the previous set of elements on the stack to those that match
// the matcher, and adds them to the current set.
// It returns a new Selection object containing the current Selection combined
// with the filtered previous one
func (s *Selection) AddBackMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return s.AddSelection(s.prevSel.FilterMatcher(m))
}

163
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/filter.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
package goquery
import "golang.org/x/net/html"
// Filter reduces the set of matched elements to those that match the selector string.
// It returns a new Selection object for this subset of matching elements.
func (s *Selection) Filter(selector string) *Selection {
return s.FilterMatcher(compileMatcher(selector))
}
// FilterMatcher reduces the set of matched elements to those that match
// the given matcher. It returns a new Selection object for this subset
// of matching elements.
func (s *Selection) FilterMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, winnow(s, m, true))
}
// Not removes elements from the Selection that match the selector string.
// It returns a new Selection object with the matching elements removed.
func (s *Selection) Not(selector string) *Selection {
return s.NotMatcher(compileMatcher(selector))
}
// NotMatcher removes elements from the Selection that match the given matcher.
// It returns a new Selection object with the matching elements removed.
func (s *Selection) NotMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, winnow(s, m, false))
}
// FilterFunction reduces the set of matched elements to those that pass the function's test.
// It returns a new Selection object for this subset of elements.
func (s *Selection) FilterFunction(f func(int, *Selection) bool) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, winnowFunction(s, f, true))
}
// NotFunction removes elements from the Selection that pass the function's test.
// It returns a new Selection object with the matching elements removed.
func (s *Selection) NotFunction(f func(int, *Selection) bool) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, winnowFunction(s, f, false))
}
// FilterNodes reduces the set of matched elements to those that match the specified nodes.
// It returns a new Selection object for this subset of elements.
func (s *Selection) FilterNodes(nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, winnowNodes(s, nodes, true))
}
// NotNodes removes elements from the Selection that match the specified nodes.
// It returns a new Selection object with the matching elements removed.
func (s *Selection) NotNodes(nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, winnowNodes(s, nodes, false))
}
// FilterSelection reduces the set of matched elements to those that match a
// node in the specified Selection object.
// It returns a new Selection object for this subset of elements.
func (s *Selection) FilterSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
if sel == nil {
return pushStack(s, winnowNodes(s, nil, true))
}
return pushStack(s, winnowNodes(s, sel.Nodes, true))
}
// NotSelection removes elements from the Selection that match a node in the specified
// Selection object. It returns a new Selection object with the matching elements removed.
func (s *Selection) NotSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
if sel == nil {
return pushStack(s, winnowNodes(s, nil, false))
}
return pushStack(s, winnowNodes(s, sel.Nodes, false))
}
// Intersection is an alias for FilterSelection.
func (s *Selection) Intersection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
return s.FilterSelection(sel)
}
// Has reduces the set of matched elements to those that have a descendant
// that matches the selector.
// It returns a new Selection object with the matching elements.
func (s *Selection) Has(selector string) *Selection {
return s.HasSelection(s.document.Find(selector))
}
// HasMatcher reduces the set of matched elements to those that have a descendant
// that matches the matcher.
// It returns a new Selection object with the matching elements.
func (s *Selection) HasMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return s.HasSelection(s.document.FindMatcher(m))
}
// HasNodes reduces the set of matched elements to those that have a
// descendant that matches one of the nodes.
// It returns a new Selection object with the matching elements.
func (s *Selection) HasNodes(nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return s.FilterFunction(func(_ int, sel *Selection) bool {
// Add all nodes that contain one of the specified nodes
for _, n := range nodes {
if sel.Contains(n) {
return true
}
}
return false
})
}
// HasSelection reduces the set of matched elements to those that have a
// descendant that matches one of the nodes of the specified Selection object.
// It returns a new Selection object with the matching elements.
func (s *Selection) HasSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
if sel == nil {
return s.HasNodes()
}
return s.HasNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// End ends the most recent filtering operation in the current chain and
// returns the set of matched elements to its previous state.
func (s *Selection) End() *Selection {
if s.prevSel != nil {
return s.prevSel
}
return newEmptySelection(s.document)
}
// Filter based on the matcher, and the indicator to keep (Filter) or
// to get rid of (Not) the matching elements.
func winnow(sel *Selection, m Matcher, keep bool) []*html.Node {
// Optimize if keep is requested
if keep {
return m.Filter(sel.Nodes)
}
// Use grep
return grep(sel, func(i int, s *Selection) bool {
return !m.Match(s.Get(0))
})
}
// Filter based on an array of nodes, and the indicator to keep (Filter) or
// to get rid of (Not) the matching elements.
func winnowNodes(sel *Selection, nodes []*html.Node, keep bool) []*html.Node {
if len(nodes)+len(sel.Nodes) < minNodesForSet {
return grep(sel, func(i int, s *Selection) bool {
return isInSlice(nodes, s.Get(0)) == keep
})
}
set := make(map[*html.Node]bool)
for _, n := range nodes {
set[n] = true
}
return grep(sel, func(i int, s *Selection) bool {
return set[s.Get(0)] == keep
})
}
// Filter based on a function test, and the indicator to keep (Filter) or
// to get rid of (Not) the matching elements.
func winnowFunction(sel *Selection, f func(int, *Selection) bool, keep bool) []*html.Node {
return grep(sel, func(i int, s *Selection) bool {
return f(i, s) == keep
})
}

61
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/iteration.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
package goquery
import "iter"
// Each iterates over a Selection object, executing a function for each
// matched element. It returns the current Selection object. The function
// f is called for each element in the selection with the index of the
// element in that selection starting at 0, and a *Selection that contains
// only that element.
func (s *Selection) Each(f func(int, *Selection)) *Selection {
for i, n := range s.Nodes {
f(i, newSingleSelection(n, s.document))
}
return s
}
// EachIter returns an iterator that yields the Selection object in order.
// The implementation is similar to Each, but it returns an iterator instead.
func (s *Selection) EachIter() iter.Seq2[int, *Selection] {
return func(yield func(int, *Selection) bool) {
for i, n := range s.Nodes {
if !yield(i, newSingleSelection(n, s.document)) {
return
}
}
}
}
// EachWithBreak iterates over a Selection object, executing a function for each
// matched element. It is identical to Each except that it is possible to break
// out of the loop by returning false in the callback function. It returns the
// current Selection object.
func (s *Selection) EachWithBreak(f func(int, *Selection) bool) *Selection {
for i, n := range s.Nodes {
if !f(i, newSingleSelection(n, s.document)) {
return s
}
}
return s
}
// Map passes each element in the current matched set through a function,
// producing a slice of string holding the returned values. The function
// f is called for each element in the selection with the index of the
// element in that selection starting at 0, and a *Selection that contains
// only that element.
func (s *Selection) Map(f func(int, *Selection) string) (result []string) {
return Map(s, f)
}
// Map is the generic version of Selection.Map, allowing any type to be
// returned.
func Map[E any](s *Selection, f func(int, *Selection) E) (result []E) {
result = make([]E, len(s.Nodes))
for i, n := range s.Nodes {
result[i] = f(i, newSingleSelection(n, s.document))
}
return result
}

679
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/manipulation.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
package goquery
import (
"strings"
"golang.org/x/net/html"
)
// After applies the selector from the root document and inserts the matched elements
// after the elements in the set of matched elements.
//
// If one of the matched elements in the selection is not currently in the
// document, it's impossible to insert nodes after it, so it will be ignored.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) After(selector string) *Selection {
return s.AfterMatcher(compileMatcher(selector))
}
// AfterMatcher applies the matcher from the root document and inserts the matched elements
// after the elements in the set of matched elements.
//
// If one of the matched elements in the selection is not currently in the
// document, it's impossible to insert nodes after it, so it will be ignored.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) AfterMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return s.AfterNodes(m.MatchAll(s.document.rootNode)...)
}
// AfterSelection inserts the elements in the selection after each element in the set of matched
// elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) AfterSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
return s.AfterNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// AfterHtml parses the html and inserts it after the set of matched elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) AfterHtml(htmlStr string) *Selection {
return s.eachNodeHtml(htmlStr, true, func(node *html.Node, nodes []*html.Node) {
nextSibling := node.NextSibling
for _, n := range nodes {
if node.Parent != nil {
node.Parent.InsertBefore(n, nextSibling)
}
}
})
}
// AfterNodes inserts the nodes after each element in the set of matched elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) AfterNodes(ns ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return s.manipulateNodes(ns, true, func(sn *html.Node, n *html.Node) {
if sn.Parent != nil {
sn.Parent.InsertBefore(n, sn.NextSibling)
}
})
}
// Append appends the elements specified by the selector to the end of each element
// in the set of matched elements, following those rules:
//
// 1) The selector is applied to the root document.
//
// 2) Elements that are part of the document will be moved to the new location.
//
// 3) If there are multiple locations to append to, cloned nodes will be
// appended to all target locations except the last one, which will be moved
// as noted in (2).
func (s *Selection) Append(selector string) *Selection {
return s.AppendMatcher(compileMatcher(selector))
}
// AppendMatcher appends the elements specified by the matcher to the end of each element
// in the set of matched elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) AppendMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return s.AppendNodes(m.MatchAll(s.document.rootNode)...)
}
// AppendSelection appends the elements in the selection to the end of each element
// in the set of matched elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) AppendSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
return s.AppendNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// AppendHtml parses the html and appends it to the set of matched elements.
func (s *Selection) AppendHtml(htmlStr string) *Selection {
return s.eachNodeHtml(htmlStr, false, func(node *html.Node, nodes []*html.Node) {
for _, n := range nodes {
node.AppendChild(n)
}
})
}
// AppendNodes appends the specified nodes to each node in the set of matched elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) AppendNodes(ns ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return s.manipulateNodes(ns, false, func(sn *html.Node, n *html.Node) {
sn.AppendChild(n)
})
}
// Before inserts the matched elements before each element in the set of matched elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) Before(selector string) *Selection {
return s.BeforeMatcher(compileMatcher(selector))
}
// BeforeMatcher inserts the matched elements before each element in the set of matched elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) BeforeMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return s.BeforeNodes(m.MatchAll(s.document.rootNode)...)
}
// BeforeSelection inserts the elements in the selection before each element in the set of matched
// elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) BeforeSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
return s.BeforeNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// BeforeHtml parses the html and inserts it before the set of matched elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) BeforeHtml(htmlStr string) *Selection {
return s.eachNodeHtml(htmlStr, true, func(node *html.Node, nodes []*html.Node) {
for _, n := range nodes {
if node.Parent != nil {
node.Parent.InsertBefore(n, node)
}
}
})
}
// BeforeNodes inserts the nodes before each element in the set of matched elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) BeforeNodes(ns ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return s.manipulateNodes(ns, false, func(sn *html.Node, n *html.Node) {
if sn.Parent != nil {
sn.Parent.InsertBefore(n, sn)
}
})
}
// Clone creates a deep copy of the set of matched nodes. The new nodes will not be
// attached to the document.
func (s *Selection) Clone() *Selection {
ns := newEmptySelection(s.document)
ns.Nodes = cloneNodes(s.Nodes)
return ns
}
// Empty removes all children nodes from the set of matched elements.
// It returns the children nodes in a new Selection.
func (s *Selection) Empty() *Selection {
var nodes []*html.Node
for _, n := range s.Nodes {
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = n.FirstChild {
n.RemoveChild(c)
nodes = append(nodes, c)
}
}
return pushStack(s, nodes)
}
// Prepend prepends the elements specified by the selector to each element in
// the set of matched elements, following the same rules as Append.
func (s *Selection) Prepend(selector string) *Selection {
return s.PrependMatcher(compileMatcher(selector))
}
// PrependMatcher prepends the elements specified by the matcher to each
// element in the set of matched elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) PrependMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return s.PrependNodes(m.MatchAll(s.document.rootNode)...)
}
// PrependSelection prepends the elements in the selection to each element in
// the set of matched elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) PrependSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
return s.PrependNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// PrependHtml parses the html and prepends it to the set of matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrependHtml(htmlStr string) *Selection {
return s.eachNodeHtml(htmlStr, false, func(node *html.Node, nodes []*html.Node) {
firstChild := node.FirstChild
for _, n := range nodes {
node.InsertBefore(n, firstChild)
}
})
}
// PrependNodes prepends the specified nodes to each node in the set of
// matched elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) PrependNodes(ns ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return s.manipulateNodes(ns, true, func(sn *html.Node, n *html.Node) {
// sn.FirstChild may be nil, in which case this functions like
// sn.AppendChild()
sn.InsertBefore(n, sn.FirstChild)
})
}
// Remove removes the set of matched elements from the document.
// It returns the same selection, now consisting of nodes not in the document.
func (s *Selection) Remove() *Selection {
for _, n := range s.Nodes {
if n.Parent != nil {
n.Parent.RemoveChild(n)
}
}
return s
}
// RemoveFiltered removes from the current set of matched elements those that
// match the selector filter. It returns the Selection of removed nodes.
//
// For example if the selection s contains "<h1>", "<h2>" and "<h3>"
// and s.RemoveFiltered("h2") is called, only the "<h2>" node is removed
// (and returned), while "<h1>" and "<h3>" are kept in the document.
func (s *Selection) RemoveFiltered(selector string) *Selection {
return s.RemoveMatcher(compileMatcher(selector))
}
// RemoveMatcher removes from the current set of matched elements those that
// match the Matcher filter. It returns the Selection of removed nodes.
// See RemoveFiltered for additional information.
func (s *Selection) RemoveMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return s.FilterMatcher(m).Remove()
}
// ReplaceWith replaces each element in the set of matched elements with the
// nodes matched by the given selector.
// It returns the removed elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) ReplaceWith(selector string) *Selection {
return s.ReplaceWithMatcher(compileMatcher(selector))
}
// ReplaceWithMatcher replaces each element in the set of matched elements with
// the nodes matched by the given Matcher.
// It returns the removed elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) ReplaceWithMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return s.ReplaceWithNodes(m.MatchAll(s.document.rootNode)...)
}
// ReplaceWithSelection replaces each element in the set of matched elements with
// the nodes from the given Selection.
// It returns the removed elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) ReplaceWithSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
return s.ReplaceWithNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// ReplaceWithHtml replaces each element in the set of matched elements with
// the parsed HTML.
// It returns the removed elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) ReplaceWithHtml(htmlStr string) *Selection {
s.eachNodeHtml(htmlStr, true, func(node *html.Node, nodes []*html.Node) {
nextSibling := node.NextSibling
for _, n := range nodes {
if node.Parent != nil {
node.Parent.InsertBefore(n, nextSibling)
}
}
})
return s.Remove()
}
// ReplaceWithNodes replaces each element in the set of matched elements with
// the given nodes.
// It returns the removed elements.
//
// This follows the same rules as Selection.Append.
func (s *Selection) ReplaceWithNodes(ns ...*html.Node) *Selection {
s.AfterNodes(ns...)
return s.Remove()
}
// SetHtml sets the html content of each element in the selection to
// specified html string.
func (s *Selection) SetHtml(htmlStr string) *Selection {
for _, context := range s.Nodes {
for c := context.FirstChild; c != nil; c = context.FirstChild {
context.RemoveChild(c)
}
}
return s.eachNodeHtml(htmlStr, false, func(node *html.Node, nodes []*html.Node) {
for _, n := range nodes {
node.AppendChild(n)
}
})
}
// SetText sets the content of each element in the selection to specified content.
// The provided text string is escaped.
func (s *Selection) SetText(text string) *Selection {
return s.SetHtml(html.EscapeString(text))
}
// Unwrap removes the parents of the set of matched elements, leaving the matched
// elements (and their siblings, if any) in their place.
// It returns the original selection.
func (s *Selection) Unwrap() *Selection {
s.Parent().Each(func(i int, ss *Selection) {
// For some reason, jquery allows unwrap to remove the <head> element, so
// allowing it here too. Same for <html>. Why it allows those elements to
// be unwrapped while not allowing body is a mystery to me.
if ss.Nodes[0].Data != "body" {
ss.ReplaceWithSelection(ss.Contents())
}
})
return s
}
// Wrap wraps each element in the set of matched elements inside the first
// element matched by the given selector. The matched child is cloned before
// being inserted into the document.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) Wrap(selector string) *Selection {
return s.WrapMatcher(compileMatcher(selector))
}
// WrapMatcher wraps each element in the set of matched elements inside the
// first element matched by the given matcher. The matched child is cloned
// before being inserted into the document.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) WrapMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return s.wrapNodes(m.MatchAll(s.document.rootNode)...)
}
// WrapSelection wraps each element in the set of matched elements inside the
// first element in the given Selection. The element is cloned before being
// inserted into the document.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) WrapSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
return s.wrapNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// WrapHtml wraps each element in the set of matched elements inside the inner-
// most child of the given HTML.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) WrapHtml(htmlStr string) *Selection {
nodesMap := make(map[string][]*html.Node)
for _, context := range s.Nodes {
var parent *html.Node
if context.Parent != nil {
parent = context.Parent
} else {
parent = &html.Node{Type: html.ElementNode}
}
nodes, found := nodesMap[nodeName(parent)]
if !found {
nodes = parseHtmlWithContext(htmlStr, parent)
nodesMap[nodeName(parent)] = nodes
}
newSingleSelection(context, s.document).wrapAllNodes(cloneNodes(nodes)...)
}
return s
}
// WrapNode wraps each element in the set of matched elements inside the inner-
// most child of the given node. The given node is copied before being inserted
// into the document.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) WrapNode(n *html.Node) *Selection {
return s.wrapNodes(n)
}
func (s *Selection) wrapNodes(ns ...*html.Node) *Selection {
s.Each(func(i int, ss *Selection) {
ss.wrapAllNodes(ns...)
})
return s
}
// WrapAll wraps a single HTML structure, matched by the given selector, around
// all elements in the set of matched elements. The matched child is cloned
// before being inserted into the document.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) WrapAll(selector string) *Selection {
return s.WrapAllMatcher(compileMatcher(selector))
}
// WrapAllMatcher wraps a single HTML structure, matched by the given Matcher,
// around all elements in the set of matched elements. The matched child is
// cloned before being inserted into the document.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) WrapAllMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return s.wrapAllNodes(m.MatchAll(s.document.rootNode)...)
}
// WrapAllSelection wraps a single HTML structure, the first node of the given
// Selection, around all elements in the set of matched elements. The matched
// child is cloned before being inserted into the document.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) WrapAllSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
return s.wrapAllNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// WrapAllHtml wraps the given HTML structure around all elements in the set of
// matched elements. The matched child is cloned before being inserted into the
// document.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) WrapAllHtml(htmlStr string) *Selection {
var context *html.Node
var nodes []*html.Node
if len(s.Nodes) > 0 {
context = s.Nodes[0]
if context.Parent != nil {
nodes = parseHtmlWithContext(htmlStr, context)
} else {
nodes = parseHtml(htmlStr)
}
}
return s.wrapAllNodes(nodes...)
}
func (s *Selection) wrapAllNodes(ns ...*html.Node) *Selection {
if len(ns) > 0 {
return s.WrapAllNode(ns[0])
}
return s
}
// WrapAllNode wraps the given node around the first element in the Selection,
// making all other nodes in the Selection children of the given node. The node
// is cloned before being inserted into the document.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) WrapAllNode(n *html.Node) *Selection {
if s.Size() == 0 {
return s
}
wrap := cloneNode(n)
first := s.Nodes[0]
if first.Parent != nil {
first.Parent.InsertBefore(wrap, first)
first.Parent.RemoveChild(first)
}
for c := getFirstChildEl(wrap); c != nil; c = getFirstChildEl(wrap) {
wrap = c
}
newSingleSelection(wrap, s.document).AppendSelection(s)
return s
}
// WrapInner wraps an HTML structure, matched by the given selector, around the
// content of element in the set of matched elements. The matched child is
// cloned before being inserted into the document.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) WrapInner(selector string) *Selection {
return s.WrapInnerMatcher(compileMatcher(selector))
}
// WrapInnerMatcher wraps an HTML structure, matched by the given selector,
// around the content of element in the set of matched elements. The matched
// child is cloned before being inserted into the document.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) WrapInnerMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return s.wrapInnerNodes(m.MatchAll(s.document.rootNode)...)
}
// WrapInnerSelection wraps an HTML structure, matched by the given selector,
// around the content of element in the set of matched elements. The matched
// child is cloned before being inserted into the document.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) WrapInnerSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
return s.wrapInnerNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// WrapInnerHtml wraps an HTML structure, matched by the given selector, around
// the content of element in the set of matched elements. The matched child is
// cloned before being inserted into the document.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) WrapInnerHtml(htmlStr string) *Selection {
nodesMap := make(map[string][]*html.Node)
for _, context := range s.Nodes {
nodes, found := nodesMap[nodeName(context)]
if !found {
nodes = parseHtmlWithContext(htmlStr, context)
nodesMap[nodeName(context)] = nodes
}
newSingleSelection(context, s.document).wrapInnerNodes(cloneNodes(nodes)...)
}
return s
}
// WrapInnerNode wraps an HTML structure, matched by the given selector, around
// the content of element in the set of matched elements. The matched child is
// cloned before being inserted into the document.
//
// It returns the original set of elements.
func (s *Selection) WrapInnerNode(n *html.Node) *Selection {
return s.wrapInnerNodes(n)
}
func (s *Selection) wrapInnerNodes(ns ...*html.Node) *Selection {
if len(ns) == 0 {
return s
}
s.Each(func(i int, s *Selection) {
contents := s.Contents()
if contents.Size() > 0 {
contents.wrapAllNodes(ns...)
} else {
s.AppendNodes(cloneNode(ns[0]))
}
})
return s
}
func parseHtml(h string) []*html.Node {
// Errors are only returned when the io.Reader returns any error besides
// EOF, but strings.Reader never will
nodes, err := html.ParseFragment(strings.NewReader(h), &html.Node{Type: html.ElementNode})
if err != nil {
panic("goquery: failed to parse HTML: " + err.Error())
}
return nodes
}
func parseHtmlWithContext(h string, context *html.Node) []*html.Node {
// Errors are only returned when the io.Reader returns any error besides
// EOF, but strings.Reader never will
nodes, err := html.ParseFragment(strings.NewReader(h), context)
if err != nil {
panic("goquery: failed to parse HTML: " + err.Error())
}
return nodes
}
// Get the first child that is an ElementNode
func getFirstChildEl(n *html.Node) *html.Node {
c := n.FirstChild
for c != nil && c.Type != html.ElementNode {
c = c.NextSibling
}
return c
}
// Deep copy a slice of nodes.
func cloneNodes(ns []*html.Node) []*html.Node {
cns := make([]*html.Node, 0, len(ns))
for _, n := range ns {
cns = append(cns, cloneNode(n))
}
return cns
}
// Deep copy a node. The new node has clones of all the original node's
// children but none of its parents or siblings.
func cloneNode(n *html.Node) *html.Node {
nn := &html.Node{
Type: n.Type,
DataAtom: n.DataAtom,
Data: n.Data,
Attr: make([]html.Attribute, len(n.Attr)),
}
copy(nn.Attr, n.Attr)
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
nn.AppendChild(cloneNode(c))
}
return nn
}
func (s *Selection) manipulateNodes(ns []*html.Node, reverse bool,
f func(sn *html.Node, n *html.Node)) *Selection {
lasti := s.Size() - 1
// net.Html doesn't provide document fragments for insertion, so to get
// things in the correct order with After() and Prepend(), the callback
// needs to be called on the reverse of the nodes.
if reverse {
for i, j := 0, len(ns)-1; i < j; i, j = i+1, j-1 {
ns[i], ns[j] = ns[j], ns[i]
}
}
for i, sn := range s.Nodes {
for _, n := range ns {
if i != lasti {
f(sn, cloneNode(n))
} else {
if n.Parent != nil {
n.Parent.RemoveChild(n)
}
f(sn, n)
}
}
}
return s
}
// eachNodeHtml parses the given html string and inserts the resulting nodes in the dom with the mergeFn.
// The parsed nodes are inserted for each element of the selection.
// isParent can be used to indicate that the elements of the selection should be treated as the parent for the parsed html.
// A cache is used to avoid parsing the html multiple times should the elements of the selection result in the same context.
func (s *Selection) eachNodeHtml(htmlStr string, isParent bool, mergeFn func(n *html.Node, nodes []*html.Node)) *Selection {
// cache to avoid parsing the html for the same context multiple times
nodeCache := make(map[string][]*html.Node)
var context *html.Node
for _, n := range s.Nodes {
if isParent {
context = n.Parent
} else {
if n.Type != html.ElementNode {
continue
}
context = n
}
if context != nil {
nodes, found := nodeCache[nodeName(context)]
if !found {
nodes = parseHtmlWithContext(htmlStr, context)
nodeCache[nodeName(context)] = nodes
}
mergeFn(n, cloneNodes(nodes))
}
}
return s
}

275
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/property.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
package goquery
import (
"regexp"
"strings"
"golang.org/x/net/html"
)
var rxClassTrim = regexp.MustCompile("[\t\r\n]")
// Attr gets the specified attribute's value for the first element in the
// Selection. To get the value for each element individually, use a looping
// construct such as Each or Map method.
func (s *Selection) Attr(attrName string) (val string, exists bool) {
if len(s.Nodes) == 0 {
return
}
return getAttributeValue(attrName, s.Nodes[0])
}
// AttrOr works like Attr but returns default value if attribute is not present.
func (s *Selection) AttrOr(attrName, defaultValue string) string {
if len(s.Nodes) == 0 {
return defaultValue
}
val, exists := getAttributeValue(attrName, s.Nodes[0])
if !exists {
return defaultValue
}
return val
}
// RemoveAttr removes the named attribute from each element in the set of matched elements.
func (s *Selection) RemoveAttr(attrName string) *Selection {
for _, n := range s.Nodes {
removeAttr(n, attrName)
}
return s
}
// SetAttr sets the given attribute on each element in the set of matched elements.
func (s *Selection) SetAttr(attrName, val string) *Selection {
for _, n := range s.Nodes {
attr := getAttributePtr(attrName, n)
if attr == nil {
n.Attr = append(n.Attr, html.Attribute{Key: attrName, Val: val})
} else {
attr.Val = val
}
}
return s
}
// Text gets the combined text contents of each element in the set of matched
// elements, including their descendants.
func (s *Selection) Text() string {
var builder strings.Builder
// Slightly optimized vs calling Each: no single selection object created
var f func(*html.Node)
f = func(n *html.Node) {
if n.Type == html.TextNode {
// Keep newlines and spaces, like jQuery
builder.WriteString(n.Data)
}
if n.FirstChild != nil {
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
f(c)
}
}
}
for _, n := range s.Nodes {
f(n)
}
return builder.String()
}
// Size is an alias for Length.
func (s *Selection) Size() int {
return s.Length()
}
// Length returns the number of elements in the Selection object.
func (s *Selection) Length() int {
return len(s.Nodes)
}
// Html gets the HTML contents of the first element in the set of matched
// elements. It includes text and comment nodes.
func (s *Selection) Html() (ret string, e error) {
// Since there is no .innerHtml, the HTML content must be re-created from
// the nodes using html.Render.
var builder strings.Builder
if len(s.Nodes) > 0 {
for c := s.Nodes[0].FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
e = html.Render(&builder, c)
if e != nil {
return
}
}
ret = builder.String()
}
return
}
// AddClass adds the given class(es) to each element in the set of matched elements.
// Multiple class names can be specified, separated by a space or via multiple arguments.
func (s *Selection) AddClass(class ...string) *Selection {
classStr := strings.TrimSpace(strings.Join(class, " "))
if classStr == "" {
return s
}
tcls := getClassesSlice(classStr)
for _, n := range s.Nodes {
curClasses, attr := getClassesAndAttr(n, true)
for _, newClass := range tcls {
if !strings.Contains(curClasses, " "+newClass+" ") {
curClasses += newClass + " "
}
}
setClasses(n, attr, curClasses)
}
return s
}
// HasClass determines whether any of the matched elements are assigned the
// given class.
func (s *Selection) HasClass(class string) bool {
class = " " + class + " "
for _, n := range s.Nodes {
classes, _ := getClassesAndAttr(n, false)
if strings.Contains(classes, class) {
return true
}
}
return false
}
// RemoveClass removes the given class(es) from each element in the set of matched elements.
// Multiple class names can be specified, separated by a space or via multiple arguments.
// If no class name is provided, all classes are removed.
func (s *Selection) RemoveClass(class ...string) *Selection {
var rclasses []string
classStr := strings.TrimSpace(strings.Join(class, " "))
remove := classStr == ""
if !remove {
rclasses = getClassesSlice(classStr)
}
for _, n := range s.Nodes {
if remove {
removeAttr(n, "class")
} else {
classes, attr := getClassesAndAttr(n, true)
for _, rcl := range rclasses {
classes = strings.ReplaceAll(classes, " "+rcl+" ", " ")
}
setClasses(n, attr, classes)
}
}
return s
}
// ToggleClass adds or removes the given class(es) for each element in the set of matched elements.
// Multiple class names can be specified, separated by a space or via multiple arguments.
func (s *Selection) ToggleClass(class ...string) *Selection {
classStr := strings.TrimSpace(strings.Join(class, " "))
if classStr == "" {
return s
}
tcls := getClassesSlice(classStr)
for _, n := range s.Nodes {
classes, attr := getClassesAndAttr(n, true)
for _, tcl := range tcls {
spaceAroundTcl := " " + tcl + " "
if strings.Contains(classes, spaceAroundTcl) {
classes = strings.ReplaceAll(classes, spaceAroundTcl, " ")
} else {
classes += tcl + " "
}
}
setClasses(n, attr, classes)
}
return s
}
func getAttributePtr(attrName string, n *html.Node) *html.Attribute {
if n == nil {
return nil
}
for i, a := range n.Attr {
if a.Key == attrName {
return &n.Attr[i]
}
}
return nil
}
// Private function to get the specified attribute's value from a node.
func getAttributeValue(attrName string, n *html.Node) (val string, exists bool) {
if a := getAttributePtr(attrName, n); a != nil {
val = a.Val
exists = true
}
return
}
// Get and normalize the "class" attribute from the node.
func getClassesAndAttr(n *html.Node, create bool) (classes string, attr *html.Attribute) {
// Applies only to element nodes
if n.Type == html.ElementNode {
attr = getAttributePtr("class", n)
if attr == nil && create {
n.Attr = append(n.Attr, html.Attribute{
Key: "class",
Val: "",
})
attr = &n.Attr[len(n.Attr)-1]
}
}
if attr == nil {
classes = " "
} else {
classes = rxClassTrim.ReplaceAllString(" "+attr.Val+" ", " ")
}
return
}
func getClassesSlice(classes string) []string {
return strings.Split(rxClassTrim.ReplaceAllString(" "+classes+" ", " "), " ")
}
func removeAttr(n *html.Node, attrName string) {
for i, a := range n.Attr {
if a.Key == attrName {
n.Attr[i], n.Attr[len(n.Attr)-1], n.Attr =
n.Attr[len(n.Attr)-1], html.Attribute{}, n.Attr[:len(n.Attr)-1]
return
}
}
}
func setClasses(n *html.Node, attr *html.Attribute, classes string) {
classes = strings.TrimSpace(classes)
if classes == "" {
removeAttr(n, "class")
return
}
attr.Val = classes
}

49
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/query.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
package goquery
import "golang.org/x/net/html"
// Is checks the current matched set of elements against a selector and
// returns true if at least one of these elements matches.
func (s *Selection) Is(selector string) bool {
return s.IsMatcher(compileMatcher(selector))
}
// IsMatcher checks the current matched set of elements against a matcher and
// returns true if at least one of these elements matches.
func (s *Selection) IsMatcher(m Matcher) bool {
if len(s.Nodes) > 0 {
if len(s.Nodes) == 1 {
return m.Match(s.Nodes[0])
}
return len(m.Filter(s.Nodes)) > 0
}
return false
}
// IsFunction checks the current matched set of elements against a predicate and
// returns true if at least one of these elements matches.
func (s *Selection) IsFunction(f func(int, *Selection) bool) bool {
return s.FilterFunction(f).Length() > 0
}
// IsSelection checks the current matched set of elements against a Selection object
// and returns true if at least one of these elements matches.
func (s *Selection) IsSelection(sel *Selection) bool {
return s.FilterSelection(sel).Length() > 0
}
// IsNodes checks the current matched set of elements against the specified nodes
// and returns true if at least one of these elements matches.
func (s *Selection) IsNodes(nodes ...*html.Node) bool {
return s.FilterNodes(nodes...).Length() > 0
}
// Contains returns true if the specified Node is within,
// at any depth, one of the nodes in the Selection object.
// It is NOT inclusive, to behave like jQuery's implementation, and
// unlike Javascript's .contains, so if the contained
// node is itself in the selection, it returns false.
func (s *Selection) Contains(n *html.Node) bool {
return sliceContains(s.Nodes, n)
}

704
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/traversal.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,704 @@
package goquery
import "golang.org/x/net/html"
type siblingType int
// Sibling type, used internally when iterating over children at the same
// level (siblings) to specify which nodes are requested.
const (
siblingPrevUntil siblingType = iota - 3
siblingPrevAll
siblingPrev
siblingAll
siblingNext
siblingNextAll
siblingNextUntil
siblingAllIncludingNonElements
)
// Find gets the descendants of each element in the current set of matched
// elements, filtered by a selector. It returns a new Selection object
// containing these matched elements.
//
// Note that as for all methods accepting a selector string, the selector is
// compiled and applied by the cascadia package and inherits its behavior and
// constraints regarding supported selectors. See the note on cascadia in
// the goquery documentation here:
// https://github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery?tab=readme-ov-file#api
func (s *Selection) Find(selector string) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, findWithMatcher(s.Nodes, compileMatcher(selector)))
}
// FindMatcher gets the descendants of each element in the current set of matched
// elements, filtered by the matcher. It returns a new Selection object
// containing these matched elements.
func (s *Selection) FindMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, findWithMatcher(s.Nodes, m))
}
// FindSelection gets the descendants of each element in the current
// Selection, filtered by a Selection. It returns a new Selection object
// containing these matched elements.
func (s *Selection) FindSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
if sel == nil {
return pushStack(s, nil)
}
return s.FindNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// FindNodes gets the descendants of each element in the current
// Selection, filtered by some nodes. It returns a new Selection object
// containing these matched elements.
func (s *Selection) FindNodes(nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, mapNodes(nodes, func(i int, n *html.Node) []*html.Node {
if sliceContains(s.Nodes, n) {
return []*html.Node{n}
}
return nil
}))
}
// Contents gets the children of each element in the Selection,
// including text and comment nodes. It returns a new Selection object
// containing these elements.
func (s *Selection) Contents() *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getChildrenNodes(s.Nodes, siblingAllIncludingNonElements))
}
// ContentsFiltered gets the children of each element in the Selection,
// filtered by the specified selector. It returns a new Selection
// object containing these elements. Since selectors only act on Element nodes,
// this function is an alias to ChildrenFiltered unless the selector is empty,
// in which case it is an alias to Contents.
func (s *Selection) ContentsFiltered(selector string) *Selection {
if selector != "" {
return s.ChildrenFiltered(selector)
}
return s.Contents()
}
// ContentsMatcher gets the children of each element in the Selection,
// filtered by the specified matcher. It returns a new Selection
// object containing these elements. Since matchers only act on Element nodes,
// this function is an alias to ChildrenMatcher.
func (s *Selection) ContentsMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return s.ChildrenMatcher(m)
}
// Children gets the child elements of each element in the Selection.
// It returns a new Selection object containing these elements.
func (s *Selection) Children() *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getChildrenNodes(s.Nodes, siblingAll))
}
// ChildrenFiltered gets the child elements of each element in the Selection,
// filtered by the specified selector. It returns a new
// Selection object containing these elements.
func (s *Selection) ChildrenFiltered(selector string) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getChildrenNodes(s.Nodes, siblingAll), compileMatcher(selector))
}
// ChildrenMatcher gets the child elements of each element in the Selection,
// filtered by the specified matcher. It returns a new
// Selection object containing these elements.
func (s *Selection) ChildrenMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getChildrenNodes(s.Nodes, siblingAll), m)
}
// Parent gets the parent of each element in the Selection. It returns a
// new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) Parent() *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getParentNodes(s.Nodes))
}
// ParentFiltered gets the parent of each element in the Selection filtered by a
// selector. It returns a new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) ParentFiltered(selector string) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getParentNodes(s.Nodes), compileMatcher(selector))
}
// ParentMatcher gets the parent of each element in the Selection filtered by a
// matcher. It returns a new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) ParentMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getParentNodes(s.Nodes), m)
}
// Closest gets the first element that matches the selector by testing the
// element itself and traversing up through its ancestors in the DOM tree.
func (s *Selection) Closest(selector string) *Selection {
cs := compileMatcher(selector)
return s.ClosestMatcher(cs)
}
// ClosestMatcher gets the first element that matches the matcher by testing the
// element itself and traversing up through its ancestors in the DOM tree.
func (s *Selection) ClosestMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, mapNodes(s.Nodes, func(i int, n *html.Node) []*html.Node {
// For each node in the selection, test the node itself, then each parent
// until a match is found.
for ; n != nil; n = n.Parent {
if m.Match(n) {
return []*html.Node{n}
}
}
return nil
}))
}
// ClosestNodes gets the first element that matches one of the nodes by testing the
// element itself and traversing up through its ancestors in the DOM tree.
func (s *Selection) ClosestNodes(nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
set := make(map[*html.Node]bool)
for _, n := range nodes {
set[n] = true
}
return pushStack(s, mapNodes(s.Nodes, func(i int, n *html.Node) []*html.Node {
// For each node in the selection, test the node itself, then each parent
// until a match is found.
for ; n != nil; n = n.Parent {
if set[n] {
return []*html.Node{n}
}
}
return nil
}))
}
// ClosestSelection gets the first element that matches one of the nodes in the
// Selection by testing the element itself and traversing up through its ancestors
// in the DOM tree.
func (s *Selection) ClosestSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
if sel == nil {
return pushStack(s, nil)
}
return s.ClosestNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// Parents gets the ancestors of each element in the current Selection. It
// returns a new Selection object with the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) Parents() *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getParentsNodes(s.Nodes, nil, nil))
}
// ParentsFiltered gets the ancestors of each element in the current
// Selection. It returns a new Selection object with the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) ParentsFiltered(selector string) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getParentsNodes(s.Nodes, nil, nil), compileMatcher(selector))
}
// ParentsMatcher gets the ancestors of each element in the current
// Selection. It returns a new Selection object with the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) ParentsMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getParentsNodes(s.Nodes, nil, nil), m)
}
// ParentsUntil gets the ancestors of each element in the Selection, up to but
// not including the element matched by the selector. It returns a new Selection
// object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) ParentsUntil(selector string) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getParentsNodes(s.Nodes, compileMatcher(selector), nil))
}
// ParentsUntilMatcher gets the ancestors of each element in the Selection, up to but
// not including the element matched by the matcher. It returns a new Selection
// object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) ParentsUntilMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getParentsNodes(s.Nodes, m, nil))
}
// ParentsUntilSelection gets the ancestors of each element in the Selection,
// up to but not including the elements in the specified Selection. It returns a
// new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) ParentsUntilSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
if sel == nil {
return s.Parents()
}
return s.ParentsUntilNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// ParentsUntilNodes gets the ancestors of each element in the Selection,
// up to but not including the specified nodes. It returns a
// new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) ParentsUntilNodes(nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getParentsNodes(s.Nodes, nil, nodes))
}
// ParentsFilteredUntil is like ParentsUntil, with the option to filter the
// results based on a selector string. It returns a new Selection
// object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) ParentsFilteredUntil(filterSelector, untilSelector string) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getParentsNodes(s.Nodes, compileMatcher(untilSelector), nil), compileMatcher(filterSelector))
}
// ParentsFilteredUntilMatcher is like ParentsUntilMatcher, with the option to filter the
// results based on a matcher. It returns a new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) ParentsFilteredUntilMatcher(filter, until Matcher) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getParentsNodes(s.Nodes, until, nil), filter)
}
// ParentsFilteredUntilSelection is like ParentsUntilSelection, with the
// option to filter the results based on a selector string. It returns a new
// Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) ParentsFilteredUntilSelection(filterSelector string, sel *Selection) *Selection {
return s.ParentsMatcherUntilSelection(compileMatcher(filterSelector), sel)
}
// ParentsMatcherUntilSelection is like ParentsUntilSelection, with the
// option to filter the results based on a matcher. It returns a new
// Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) ParentsMatcherUntilSelection(filter Matcher, sel *Selection) *Selection {
if sel == nil {
return s.ParentsMatcher(filter)
}
return s.ParentsMatcherUntilNodes(filter, sel.Nodes...)
}
// ParentsFilteredUntilNodes is like ParentsUntilNodes, with the
// option to filter the results based on a selector string. It returns a new
// Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) ParentsFilteredUntilNodes(filterSelector string, nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getParentsNodes(s.Nodes, nil, nodes), compileMatcher(filterSelector))
}
// ParentsMatcherUntilNodes is like ParentsUntilNodes, with the
// option to filter the results based on a matcher. It returns a new
// Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) ParentsMatcherUntilNodes(filter Matcher, nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getParentsNodes(s.Nodes, nil, nodes), filter)
}
// Siblings gets the siblings of each element in the Selection. It returns
// a new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) Siblings() *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingAll, nil, nil))
}
// SiblingsFiltered gets the siblings of each element in the Selection
// filtered by a selector. It returns a new Selection object containing the
// matched elements.
func (s *Selection) SiblingsFiltered(selector string) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingAll, nil, nil), compileMatcher(selector))
}
// SiblingsMatcher gets the siblings of each element in the Selection
// filtered by a matcher. It returns a new Selection object containing the
// matched elements.
func (s *Selection) SiblingsMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingAll, nil, nil), m)
}
// Next gets the immediately following sibling of each element in the
// Selection. It returns a new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) Next() *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingNext, nil, nil))
}
// NextFiltered gets the immediately following sibling of each element in the
// Selection filtered by a selector. It returns a new Selection object
// containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextFiltered(selector string) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingNext, nil, nil), compileMatcher(selector))
}
// NextMatcher gets the immediately following sibling of each element in the
// Selection filtered by a matcher. It returns a new Selection object
// containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingNext, nil, nil), m)
}
// NextAll gets all the following siblings of each element in the
// Selection. It returns a new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextAll() *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingNextAll, nil, nil))
}
// NextAllFiltered gets all the following siblings of each element in the
// Selection filtered by a selector. It returns a new Selection object
// containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextAllFiltered(selector string) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingNextAll, nil, nil), compileMatcher(selector))
}
// NextAllMatcher gets all the following siblings of each element in the
// Selection filtered by a matcher. It returns a new Selection object
// containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextAllMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingNextAll, nil, nil), m)
}
// Prev gets the immediately preceding sibling of each element in the
// Selection. It returns a new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) Prev() *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingPrev, nil, nil))
}
// PrevFiltered gets the immediately preceding sibling of each element in the
// Selection filtered by a selector. It returns a new Selection object
// containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevFiltered(selector string) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingPrev, nil, nil), compileMatcher(selector))
}
// PrevMatcher gets the immediately preceding sibling of each element in the
// Selection filtered by a matcher. It returns a new Selection object
// containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingPrev, nil, nil), m)
}
// PrevAll gets all the preceding siblings of each element in the
// Selection. It returns a new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevAll() *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingPrevAll, nil, nil))
}
// PrevAllFiltered gets all the preceding siblings of each element in the
// Selection filtered by a selector. It returns a new Selection object
// containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevAllFiltered(selector string) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingPrevAll, nil, nil), compileMatcher(selector))
}
// PrevAllMatcher gets all the preceding siblings of each element in the
// Selection filtered by a matcher. It returns a new Selection object
// containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevAllMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingPrevAll, nil, nil), m)
}
// NextUntil gets all following siblings of each element up to but not
// including the element matched by the selector. It returns a new Selection
// object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextUntil(selector string) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingNextUntil,
compileMatcher(selector), nil))
}
// NextUntilMatcher gets all following siblings of each element up to but not
// including the element matched by the matcher. It returns a new Selection
// object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextUntilMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingNextUntil,
m, nil))
}
// NextUntilSelection gets all following siblings of each element up to but not
// including the element matched by the Selection. It returns a new Selection
// object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextUntilSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
if sel == nil {
return s.NextAll()
}
return s.NextUntilNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// NextUntilNodes gets all following siblings of each element up to but not
// including the element matched by the nodes. It returns a new Selection
// object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextUntilNodes(nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingNextUntil,
nil, nodes))
}
// PrevUntil gets all preceding siblings of each element up to but not
// including the element matched by the selector. It returns a new Selection
// object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevUntil(selector string) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingPrevUntil,
compileMatcher(selector), nil))
}
// PrevUntilMatcher gets all preceding siblings of each element up to but not
// including the element matched by the matcher. It returns a new Selection
// object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevUntilMatcher(m Matcher) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingPrevUntil,
m, nil))
}
// PrevUntilSelection gets all preceding siblings of each element up to but not
// including the element matched by the Selection. It returns a new Selection
// object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevUntilSelection(sel *Selection) *Selection {
if sel == nil {
return s.PrevAll()
}
return s.PrevUntilNodes(sel.Nodes...)
}
// PrevUntilNodes gets all preceding siblings of each element up to but not
// including the element matched by the nodes. It returns a new Selection
// object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevUntilNodes(nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return pushStack(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingPrevUntil,
nil, nodes))
}
// NextFilteredUntil is like NextUntil, with the option to filter
// the results based on a selector string.
// It returns a new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextFilteredUntil(filterSelector, untilSelector string) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingNextUntil,
compileMatcher(untilSelector), nil), compileMatcher(filterSelector))
}
// NextFilteredUntilMatcher is like NextUntilMatcher, with the option to filter
// the results based on a matcher.
// It returns a new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextFilteredUntilMatcher(filter, until Matcher) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingNextUntil,
until, nil), filter)
}
// NextFilteredUntilSelection is like NextUntilSelection, with the
// option to filter the results based on a selector string. It returns a new
// Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextFilteredUntilSelection(filterSelector string, sel *Selection) *Selection {
return s.NextMatcherUntilSelection(compileMatcher(filterSelector), sel)
}
// NextMatcherUntilSelection is like NextUntilSelection, with the
// option to filter the results based on a matcher. It returns a new
// Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextMatcherUntilSelection(filter Matcher, sel *Selection) *Selection {
if sel == nil {
return s.NextMatcher(filter)
}
return s.NextMatcherUntilNodes(filter, sel.Nodes...)
}
// NextFilteredUntilNodes is like NextUntilNodes, with the
// option to filter the results based on a selector string. It returns a new
// Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextFilteredUntilNodes(filterSelector string, nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingNextUntil,
nil, nodes), compileMatcher(filterSelector))
}
// NextMatcherUntilNodes is like NextUntilNodes, with the
// option to filter the results based on a matcher. It returns a new
// Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) NextMatcherUntilNodes(filter Matcher, nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingNextUntil,
nil, nodes), filter)
}
// PrevFilteredUntil is like PrevUntil, with the option to filter
// the results based on a selector string.
// It returns a new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevFilteredUntil(filterSelector, untilSelector string) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingPrevUntil,
compileMatcher(untilSelector), nil), compileMatcher(filterSelector))
}
// PrevFilteredUntilMatcher is like PrevUntilMatcher, with the option to filter
// the results based on a matcher.
// It returns a new Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevFilteredUntilMatcher(filter, until Matcher) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingPrevUntil,
until, nil), filter)
}
// PrevFilteredUntilSelection is like PrevUntilSelection, with the
// option to filter the results based on a selector string. It returns a new
// Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevFilteredUntilSelection(filterSelector string, sel *Selection) *Selection {
return s.PrevMatcherUntilSelection(compileMatcher(filterSelector), sel)
}
// PrevMatcherUntilSelection is like PrevUntilSelection, with the
// option to filter the results based on a matcher. It returns a new
// Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevMatcherUntilSelection(filter Matcher, sel *Selection) *Selection {
if sel == nil {
return s.PrevMatcher(filter)
}
return s.PrevMatcherUntilNodes(filter, sel.Nodes...)
}
// PrevFilteredUntilNodes is like PrevUntilNodes, with the
// option to filter the results based on a selector string. It returns a new
// Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevFilteredUntilNodes(filterSelector string, nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingPrevUntil,
nil, nodes), compileMatcher(filterSelector))
}
// PrevMatcherUntilNodes is like PrevUntilNodes, with the
// option to filter the results based on a matcher. It returns a new
// Selection object containing the matched elements.
func (s *Selection) PrevMatcherUntilNodes(filter Matcher, nodes ...*html.Node) *Selection {
return filterAndPush(s, getSiblingNodes(s.Nodes, siblingPrevUntil,
nil, nodes), filter)
}
// Filter and push filters the nodes based on a matcher, and pushes the results
// on the stack, with the srcSel as previous selection.
func filterAndPush(srcSel *Selection, nodes []*html.Node, m Matcher) *Selection {
// Create a temporary Selection with the specified nodes to filter using winnow
sel := &Selection{nodes, srcSel.document, nil}
// Filter based on matcher and push on stack
return pushStack(srcSel, winnow(sel, m, true))
}
// Internal implementation of Find that return raw nodes.
func findWithMatcher(nodes []*html.Node, m Matcher) []*html.Node {
// Map nodes to find the matches within the children of each node
return mapNodes(nodes, func(i int, n *html.Node) (result []*html.Node) {
// Go down one level, becausejQuery's Find selects only within descendants
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
if c.Type == html.ElementNode {
result = append(result, m.MatchAll(c)...)
}
}
return
})
}
// Internal implementation to get all parent nodes, stopping at the specified
// node (or nil if no stop).
func getParentsNodes(nodes []*html.Node, stopm Matcher, stopNodes []*html.Node) []*html.Node {
return mapNodes(nodes, func(i int, n *html.Node) (result []*html.Node) {
for p := n.Parent; p != nil; p = p.Parent {
sel := newSingleSelection(p, nil)
if stopm != nil {
if sel.IsMatcher(stopm) {
break
}
} else if len(stopNodes) > 0 {
if sel.IsNodes(stopNodes...) {
break
}
}
if p.Type == html.ElementNode {
result = append(result, p)
}
}
return
})
}
// Internal implementation of sibling nodes that return a raw slice of matches.
func getSiblingNodes(nodes []*html.Node, st siblingType, untilm Matcher, untilNodes []*html.Node) []*html.Node {
var f func(*html.Node) bool
// If the requested siblings are ...Until, create the test function to
// determine if the until condition is reached (returns true if it is)
if st == siblingNextUntil || st == siblingPrevUntil {
f = func(n *html.Node) bool {
if untilm != nil {
// Matcher-based condition
sel := newSingleSelection(n, nil)
return sel.IsMatcher(untilm)
} else if len(untilNodes) > 0 {
// Nodes-based condition
sel := newSingleSelection(n, nil)
return sel.IsNodes(untilNodes...)
}
return false
}
}
return mapNodes(nodes, func(i int, n *html.Node) []*html.Node {
return getChildrenWithSiblingType(n.Parent, st, n, f)
})
}
// Gets the children nodes of each node in the specified slice of nodes,
// based on the sibling type request.
func getChildrenNodes(nodes []*html.Node, st siblingType) []*html.Node {
return mapNodes(nodes, func(i int, n *html.Node) []*html.Node {
return getChildrenWithSiblingType(n, st, nil, nil)
})
}
// Gets the children of the specified parent, based on the requested sibling
// type, skipping a specified node if required.
func getChildrenWithSiblingType(parent *html.Node, st siblingType, skipNode *html.Node,
untilFunc func(*html.Node) bool) (result []*html.Node) {
// Create the iterator function
var iter = func(cur *html.Node) (ret *html.Node) {
// Based on the sibling type requested, iterate the right way
for {
switch st {
case siblingAll, siblingAllIncludingNonElements:
if cur == nil {
// First iteration, start with first child of parent
// Skip node if required
if ret = parent.FirstChild; ret == skipNode && skipNode != nil {
ret = skipNode.NextSibling
}
} else {
// Skip node if required
if ret = cur.NextSibling; ret == skipNode && skipNode != nil {
ret = skipNode.NextSibling
}
}
case siblingPrev, siblingPrevAll, siblingPrevUntil:
if cur == nil {
// Start with previous sibling of the skip node
ret = skipNode.PrevSibling
} else {
ret = cur.PrevSibling
}
case siblingNext, siblingNextAll, siblingNextUntil:
if cur == nil {
// Start with next sibling of the skip node
ret = skipNode.NextSibling
} else {
ret = cur.NextSibling
}
default:
panic("Invalid sibling type.")
}
if ret == nil || ret.Type == html.ElementNode || st == siblingAllIncludingNonElements {
return
}
// Not a valid node, try again from this one
cur = ret
}
}
for c := iter(nil); c != nil; c = iter(c) {
// If this is an ...Until case, test before append (returns true
// if the until condition is reached)
if st == siblingNextUntil || st == siblingPrevUntil {
if untilFunc(c) {
return
}
}
result = append(result, c)
if st == siblingNext || st == siblingPrev {
// Only one node was requested (immediate next or previous), so exit
return
}
}
return
}
// Internal implementation of parent nodes that return a raw slice of Nodes.
func getParentNodes(nodes []*html.Node) []*html.Node {
return mapNodes(nodes, func(i int, n *html.Node) []*html.Node {
if n.Parent != nil && n.Parent.Type == html.ElementNode {
return []*html.Node{n.Parent}
}
return nil
})
}
// Internal map function used by many traversing methods. Takes the source nodes
// to iterate on and the mapping function that returns an array of nodes.
// Returns an array of nodes mapped by calling the callback function once for
// each node in the source nodes.
func mapNodes(nodes []*html.Node, f func(int, *html.Node) []*html.Node) (result []*html.Node) {
set := make(map[*html.Node]bool)
for i, n := range nodes {
if vals := f(i, n); len(vals) > 0 {
result = appendWithoutDuplicates(result, vals, set)
}
}
return result
}

203
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/type.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
package goquery
import (
"errors"
"io"
"net/http"
"net/url"
"github.com/andybalholm/cascadia"
"golang.org/x/net/html"
)
// Document represents an HTML document to be manipulated. Unlike jQuery, which
// is loaded as part of a DOM document, and thus acts upon its containing
// document, GoQuery doesn't know which HTML document to act upon. So it needs
// to be told, and that's what the Document class is for. It holds the root
// document node to manipulate, and can make selections on this document.
type Document struct {
*Selection
Url *url.URL
rootNode *html.Node
}
// NewDocumentFromNode is a Document constructor that takes a root html Node
// as argument.
func NewDocumentFromNode(root *html.Node) *Document {
return newDocument(root, nil)
}
// NewDocument is a Document constructor that takes a string URL as argument.
// It loads the specified document, parses it, and stores the root Document
// node, ready to be manipulated.
//
// Deprecated: Use the net/http standard library package to make the request
// and validate the response before calling goquery.NewDocumentFromReader
// with the response's body.
func NewDocument(url string) (*Document, error) {
// Load the URL
res, e := http.Get(url)
if e != nil {
return nil, e
}
return NewDocumentFromResponse(res)
}
// NewDocumentFromReader returns a Document from an io.Reader.
// It returns an error as second value if the reader's data cannot be parsed
// as html. It does not check if the reader is also an io.Closer, the
// provided reader is never closed by this call. It is the responsibility
// of the caller to close it if required.
func NewDocumentFromReader(r io.Reader) (*Document, error) {
root, e := html.Parse(r)
if e != nil {
return nil, e
}
return newDocument(root, nil), nil
}
// NewDocumentFromResponse is another Document constructor that takes an http response as argument.
// It loads the specified response's document, parses it, and stores the root Document
// node, ready to be manipulated. The response's body is closed on return.
//
// Deprecated: Use goquery.NewDocumentFromReader with the response's body.
func NewDocumentFromResponse(res *http.Response) (*Document, error) {
if res == nil {
return nil, errors.New("Response is nil")
}
defer res.Body.Close()
if res.Request == nil {
return nil, errors.New("Response.Request is nil")
}
// Parse the HTML into nodes
root, e := html.Parse(res.Body)
if e != nil {
return nil, e
}
// Create and fill the document
return newDocument(root, res.Request.URL), nil
}
// CloneDocument creates a deep-clone of a document.
func CloneDocument(doc *Document) *Document {
return newDocument(cloneNode(doc.rootNode), doc.Url)
}
// Private constructor, make sure all fields are correctly filled.
func newDocument(root *html.Node, url *url.URL) *Document {
// Create and fill the document
d := &Document{nil, url, root}
d.Selection = newSingleSelection(root, d)
return d
}
// Selection represents a collection of nodes matching some criteria. The
// initial Selection can be created by using Document.Find, and then
// manipulated using the jQuery-like chainable syntax and methods.
type Selection struct {
Nodes []*html.Node
document *Document
prevSel *Selection
}
// Helper constructor to create an empty selection
func newEmptySelection(doc *Document) *Selection {
return &Selection{nil, doc, nil}
}
// Helper constructor to create a selection of only one node
func newSingleSelection(node *html.Node, doc *Document) *Selection {
return &Selection{[]*html.Node{node}, doc, nil}
}
// Matcher is an interface that defines the methods to match
// HTML nodes against a compiled selector string. Cascadia's
// Selector implements this interface.
type Matcher interface {
Match(*html.Node) bool
MatchAll(*html.Node) []*html.Node
Filter([]*html.Node) []*html.Node
}
// Single compiles a selector string to a Matcher that stops after the first
// match is found.
//
// By default, Selection.Find and other functions that accept a selector string
// to select nodes will use all matches corresponding to that selector. By
// using the Matcher returned by Single, at most the first match will be
// selected.
//
// For example, those two statements are semantically equivalent:
//
// sel1 := doc.Find("a").First()
// sel2 := doc.FindMatcher(goquery.Single("a"))
//
// The one using Single is optimized to be potentially much faster on large
// documents.
//
// Only the behaviour of the MatchAll method of the Matcher interface is
// altered compared to standard Matchers. This means that the single-selection
// property of the Matcher only applies for Selection methods where the Matcher
// is used to select nodes, not to filter or check if a node matches the
// Matcher - in those cases, the behaviour of the Matcher is unchanged (e.g.
// FilterMatcher(Single("div")) will still result in a Selection with multiple
// "div"s if there were many "div"s in the Selection to begin with).
func Single(selector string) Matcher {
return singleMatcher{compileMatcher(selector)}
}
// SingleMatcher returns a Matcher matches the same nodes as m, but that stops
// after the first match is found.
//
// See the documentation of function Single for more details.
func SingleMatcher(m Matcher) Matcher {
if _, ok := m.(singleMatcher); ok {
// m is already a singleMatcher
return m
}
return singleMatcher{m}
}
// compileMatcher compiles the selector string s and returns
// the corresponding Matcher. If s is an invalid selector string,
// it returns a Matcher that fails all matches.
func compileMatcher(s string) Matcher {
cs, err := cascadia.Compile(s)
if err != nil {
return invalidMatcher{}
}
return cs
}
type singleMatcher struct {
Matcher
}
func (m singleMatcher) MatchAll(n *html.Node) []*html.Node {
// Optimized version - stops finding at the first match (cascadia-compiled
// matchers all use this code path).
if mm, ok := m.Matcher.(interface{ MatchFirst(*html.Node) *html.Node }); ok {
node := mm.MatchFirst(n)
if node == nil {
return nil
}
return []*html.Node{node}
}
// Fallback version, for e.g. test mocks that don't provide the MatchFirst
// method.
nodes := m.Matcher.MatchAll(n)
if len(nodes) > 0 {
return nodes[:1:1]
}
return nil
}
// invalidMatcher is a Matcher that always fails to match.
type invalidMatcher struct{}
func (invalidMatcher) Match(n *html.Node) bool { return false }
func (invalidMatcher) MatchAll(n *html.Node) []*html.Node { return nil }
func (invalidMatcher) Filter(ns []*html.Node) []*html.Node { return nil }

177
vendor/github.com/PuerkitoBio/goquery/utilities.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
package goquery
import (
"io"
"strings"
"golang.org/x/net/html"
)
// used to determine if a set (map[*html.Node]bool) should be used
// instead of iterating over a slice. The set uses more memory and
// is slower than slice iteration for small N.
const minNodesForSet = 1000
var nodeNames = []string{
html.ErrorNode: "#error",
html.TextNode: "#text",
html.DocumentNode: "#document",
html.CommentNode: "#comment",
}
// NodeName returns the node name of the first element in the selection.
// It tries to behave in a similar way as the DOM's nodeName property
// (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Node/nodeName).
//
// Go's net/html package defines the following node types, listed with
// the corresponding returned value from this function:
//
// ErrorNode : #error
// TextNode : #text
// DocumentNode : #document
// ElementNode : the element's tag name
// CommentNode : #comment
// DoctypeNode : the name of the document type
func NodeName(s *Selection) string {
if s.Length() == 0 {
return ""
}
return nodeName(s.Get(0))
}
// nodeName returns the node name of the given html node.
// See NodeName for additional details on behaviour.
func nodeName(node *html.Node) string {
if node == nil {
return ""
}
switch node.Type {
case html.ElementNode, html.DoctypeNode:
return node.Data
default:
if int(node.Type) < len(nodeNames) {
return nodeNames[node.Type]
}
return ""
}
}
// Render renders the HTML of the first item in the selection and writes it to
// the writer. It behaves the same as OuterHtml but writes to w instead of
// returning the string.
func Render(w io.Writer, s *Selection) error {
if s.Length() == 0 {
return nil
}
n := s.Get(0)
return html.Render(w, n)
}
// OuterHtml returns the outer HTML rendering of the first item in
// the selection - that is, the HTML including the first element's
// tag and attributes.
//
// Unlike Html, this is a function and not a method on the Selection,
// because this is not a jQuery method (in javascript-land, this is
// a property provided by the DOM).
func OuterHtml(s *Selection) (string, error) {
var builder strings.Builder
if err := Render(&builder, s); err != nil {
return "", err
}
return builder.String(), nil
}
// Loop through all container nodes to search for the target node.
func sliceContains(container []*html.Node, contained *html.Node) bool {
for _, n := range container {
if nodeContains(n, contained) {
return true
}
}
return false
}
// Checks if the contained node is within the container node.
func nodeContains(container *html.Node, contained *html.Node) bool {
// Check if the parent of the contained node is the container node, traversing
// upward until the top is reached, or the container is found.
for contained = contained.Parent; contained != nil; contained = contained.Parent {
if container == contained {
return true
}
}
return false
}
// Checks if the target node is in the slice of nodes.
func isInSlice(slice []*html.Node, node *html.Node) bool {
return indexInSlice(slice, node) > -1
}
// Returns the index of the target node in the slice, or -1.
func indexInSlice(slice []*html.Node, node *html.Node) int {
if node != nil {
for i, n := range slice {
if n == node {
return i
}
}
}
return -1
}
// Appends the new nodes to the target slice, making sure no duplicate is added.
// There is no check to the original state of the target slice, so it may still
// contain duplicates. The target slice is returned because append() may create
// a new underlying array. If targetSet is nil, a local set is created with the
// target if len(target) + len(nodes) is greater than minNodesForSet.
func appendWithoutDuplicates(target []*html.Node, nodes []*html.Node, targetSet map[*html.Node]bool) []*html.Node {
// if there are not that many nodes, don't use the map, faster to just use nested loops
// (unless a non-nil targetSet is passed, in which case the caller knows better).
if targetSet == nil && len(target)+len(nodes) < minNodesForSet {
for _, n := range nodes {
if !isInSlice(target, n) {
target = append(target, n)
}
}
return target
}
// if a targetSet is passed, then assume it is reliable, otherwise create one
// and initialize it with the current target contents.
if targetSet == nil {
targetSet = make(map[*html.Node]bool, len(target))
for _, n := range target {
targetSet[n] = true
}
}
for _, n := range nodes {
if !targetSet[n] {
target = append(target, n)
targetSet[n] = true
}
}
return target
}
// Loop through a selection, returning only those nodes that pass the predicate
// function.
func grep(sel *Selection, predicate func(i int, s *Selection) bool) (result []*html.Node) {
for i, n := range sel.Nodes {
if predicate(i, newSingleSelection(n, sel.document)) {
result = append(result, n)
}
}
return result
}
// Creates a new Selection object based on the specified nodes, and keeps the
// source Selection object on the stack (linked list).
func pushStack(fromSel *Selection, nodes []*html.Node) *Selection {
result := &Selection{nodes, fromSel.document, fromSel}
return result
}

14
vendor/github.com/andybalholm/cascadia/.travis.yml generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
language: go
go:
- 1.3
- 1.4
install:
- go get github.com/andybalholm/cascadia
script:
- go test -v
notifications:
email: false

24
vendor/github.com/andybalholm/cascadia/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
Copyright (c) 2011 Andy Balholm. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

144
vendor/github.com/andybalholm/cascadia/README.md generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
# cascadia
[![](https://travis-ci.org/andybalholm/cascadia.svg)](https://travis-ci.org/andybalholm/cascadia)
The Cascadia package implements CSS selectors for use with the parse trees produced by the html package.
To test CSS selectors without writing Go code, check out [cascadia](https://github.com/suntong/cascadia) the command line tool, a thin wrapper around this package.
[Refer to godoc here](https://godoc.org/github.com/andybalholm/cascadia).
## Example
The following is an example of how you can use Cascadia.
```go
package main
import (
"fmt"
"log"
"strings"
"github.com/andybalholm/cascadia"
"golang.org/x/net/html"
)
var pricingHtml string = `
<div class="card mb-4 box-shadow">
<div class="card-header">
<h4 class="my-0 font-weight-normal">Free</h4>
</div>
<div class="card-body">
<h1 class="card-title pricing-card-title">$0/mo</h1>
<ul class="list-unstyled mt-3 mb-4">
<li>10 users included</li>
<li>2 GB of storage</li>
<li><a href="https://example.com">See more</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
<div class="card mb-4 box-shadow">
<div class="card-header">
<h4 class="my-0 font-weight-normal">Pro</h4>
</div>
<div class="card-body">
<h1 class="card-title pricing-card-title">$15/mo</h1>
<ul class="list-unstyled mt-3 mb-4">
<li>20 users included</li>
<li>10 GB of storage</li>
<li><a href="https://example.com">See more</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
<div class="card mb-4 box-shadow">
<div class="card-header">
<h4 class="my-0 font-weight-normal">Enterprise</h4>
</div>
<div class="card-body">
<h1 class="card-title pricing-card-title">$29/mo</h1>
<ul class="list-unstyled mt-3 mb-4">
<li>30 users included</li>
<li>15 GB of storage</li>
<li><a>See more</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
`
func Query(n *html.Node, query string) *html.Node {
sel, err := cascadia.Parse(query)
if err != nil {
return &html.Node{}
}
return cascadia.Query(n, sel)
}
func QueryAll(n *html.Node, query string) []*html.Node {
sel, err := cascadia.Parse(query)
if err != nil {
return []*html.Node{}
}
return cascadia.QueryAll(n, sel)
}
func AttrOr(n *html.Node, attrName, or string) string {
for _, a := range n.Attr {
if a.Key == attrName {
return a.Val
}
}
return or
}
func main() {
doc, err := html.Parse(strings.NewReader(pricingHtml))
if err != nil {
log.Fatal(err)
}
fmt.Printf("List of pricing plans:\n\n")
for i, p := range QueryAll(doc, "div.card.mb-4.box-shadow") {
planName := Query(p, "h4").FirstChild.Data
price := Query(p, ".pricing-card-title").FirstChild.Data
usersIncluded := Query(p, "li:first-child").FirstChild.Data
storage := Query(p, "li:nth-child(2)").FirstChild.Data
detailsUrl := AttrOr(Query(p, "li:last-child a"), "href", "(No link available)")
fmt.Printf(
"Plan #%d\nName: %s\nPrice: %s\nUsers: %s\nStorage: %s\nDetails: %s\n\n",
i+1,
planName,
price,
usersIncluded,
storage,
detailsUrl,
)
}
}
```
The output is:
```
List of pricing plans:
Plan #1
Name: Free
Price: $0/mo
Users: 10 users included
Storage: 2 GB of storage
Details: https://example.com
Plan #2
Name: Pro
Price: $15/mo
Users: 20 users included
Storage: 10 GB of storage
Details: https://example.com
Plan #3
Name: Enterprise
Price: $29/mo
Users: 30 users included
Storage: 15 GB of storage
Details: (No link available)
```

889
vendor/github.com/andybalholm/cascadia/parser.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,889 @@
// Package cascadia is an implementation of CSS selectors.
package cascadia
import (
"errors"
"fmt"
"regexp"
"strconv"
"strings"
)
// a parser for CSS selectors
type parser struct {
s string // the source text
i int // the current position
// if `false`, parsing a pseudo-element
// returns an error.
acceptPseudoElements bool
}
// parseEscape parses a backslash escape.
func (p *parser) parseEscape() (result string, err error) {
if len(p.s) < p.i+2 || p.s[p.i] != '\\' {
return "", errors.New("invalid escape sequence")
}
start := p.i + 1
c := p.s[start]
switch {
case c == '\r' || c == '\n' || c == '\f':
return "", errors.New("escaped line ending outside string")
case hexDigit(c):
// unicode escape (hex)
var i int
for i = start; i < start+6 && i < len(p.s) && hexDigit(p.s[i]); i++ {
// empty
}
v, _ := strconv.ParseUint(p.s[start:i], 16, 64)
if len(p.s) > i {
switch p.s[i] {
case '\r':
i++
if len(p.s) > i && p.s[i] == '\n' {
i++
}
case ' ', '\t', '\n', '\f':
i++
}
}
p.i = i
return string(rune(v)), nil
}
// Return the literal character after the backslash.
result = p.s[start : start+1]
p.i += 2
return result, nil
}
// toLowerASCII returns s with all ASCII capital letters lowercased.
func toLowerASCII(s string) string {
var b []byte
for i := 0; i < len(s); i++ {
if c := s[i]; 'A' <= c && c <= 'Z' {
if b == nil {
b = make([]byte, len(s))
copy(b, s)
}
b[i] = s[i] + ('a' - 'A')
}
}
if b == nil {
return s
}
return string(b)
}
func hexDigit(c byte) bool {
return '0' <= c && c <= '9' || 'a' <= c && c <= 'f' || 'A' <= c && c <= 'F'
}
// nameStart returns whether c can be the first character of an identifier
// (not counting an initial hyphen, or an escape sequence).
func nameStart(c byte) bool {
return 'a' <= c && c <= 'z' || 'A' <= c && c <= 'Z' || c == '_' || c > 127
}
// nameChar returns whether c can be a character within an identifier
// (not counting an escape sequence).
func nameChar(c byte) bool {
return 'a' <= c && c <= 'z' || 'A' <= c && c <= 'Z' || c == '_' || c > 127 ||
c == '-' || '0' <= c && c <= '9'
}
// parseIdentifier parses an identifier.
func (p *parser) parseIdentifier() (result string, err error) {
const prefix = '-'
var numPrefix int
for len(p.s) > p.i && p.s[p.i] == prefix {
p.i++
numPrefix++
}
if len(p.s) <= p.i {
return "", errors.New("expected identifier, found EOF instead")
}
if c := p.s[p.i]; !(nameStart(c) || c == '\\') {
return "", fmt.Errorf("expected identifier, found %c instead", c)
}
result, err = p.parseName()
if numPrefix > 0 && err == nil {
result = strings.Repeat(string(prefix), numPrefix) + result
}
return
}
// parseName parses a name (which is like an identifier, but doesn't have
// extra restrictions on the first character).
func (p *parser) parseName() (result string, err error) {
i := p.i
loop:
for i < len(p.s) {
c := p.s[i]
switch {
case nameChar(c):
start := i
for i < len(p.s) && nameChar(p.s[i]) {
i++
}
result += p.s[start:i]
case c == '\\':
p.i = i
val, err := p.parseEscape()
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
i = p.i
result += val
default:
break loop
}
}
if result == "" {
return "", errors.New("expected name, found EOF instead")
}
p.i = i
return result, nil
}
// parseString parses a single- or double-quoted string.
func (p *parser) parseString() (result string, err error) {
i := p.i
if len(p.s) < i+2 {
return "", errors.New("expected string, found EOF instead")
}
quote := p.s[i]
i++
loop:
for i < len(p.s) {
switch p.s[i] {
case '\\':
if len(p.s) > i+1 {
switch c := p.s[i+1]; c {
case '\r':
if len(p.s) > i+2 && p.s[i+2] == '\n' {
i += 3
continue loop
}
fallthrough
case '\n', '\f':
i += 2
continue loop
}
}
p.i = i
val, err := p.parseEscape()
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
i = p.i
result += val
case quote:
break loop
case '\r', '\n', '\f':
return "", errors.New("unexpected end of line in string")
default:
start := i
for i < len(p.s) {
if c := p.s[i]; c == quote || c == '\\' || c == '\r' || c == '\n' || c == '\f' {
break
}
i++
}
result += p.s[start:i]
}
}
if i >= len(p.s) {
return "", errors.New("EOF in string")
}
// Consume the final quote.
i++
p.i = i
return result, nil
}
// parseRegex parses a regular expression; the end is defined by encountering an
// unmatched closing ')' or ']' which is not consumed
func (p *parser) parseRegex() (rx *regexp.Regexp, err error) {
i := p.i
if len(p.s) < i+2 {
return nil, errors.New("expected regular expression, found EOF instead")
}
// number of open parens or brackets;
// when it becomes negative, finished parsing regex
open := 0
loop:
for i < len(p.s) {
switch p.s[i] {
case '(', '[':
open++
case ')', ']':
open--
if open < 0 {
break loop
}
}
i++
}
if i >= len(p.s) {
return nil, errors.New("EOF in regular expression")
}
rx, err = regexp.Compile(p.s[p.i:i])
p.i = i
return rx, err
}
// skipWhitespace consumes whitespace characters and comments.
// It returns true if there was actually anything to skip.
func (p *parser) skipWhitespace() bool {
i := p.i
for i < len(p.s) {
switch p.s[i] {
case ' ', '\t', '\r', '\n', '\f':
i++
continue
case '/':
if strings.HasPrefix(p.s[i:], "/*") {
end := strings.Index(p.s[i+len("/*"):], "*/")
if end != -1 {
i += end + len("/**/")
continue
}
}
}
break
}
if i > p.i {
p.i = i
return true
}
return false
}
// consumeParenthesis consumes an opening parenthesis and any following
// whitespace. It returns true if there was actually a parenthesis to skip.
func (p *parser) consumeParenthesis() bool {
if p.i < len(p.s) && p.s[p.i] == '(' {
p.i++
p.skipWhitespace()
return true
}
return false
}
// consumeClosingParenthesis consumes a closing parenthesis and any preceding
// whitespace. It returns true if there was actually a parenthesis to skip.
func (p *parser) consumeClosingParenthesis() bool {
i := p.i
p.skipWhitespace()
if p.i < len(p.s) && p.s[p.i] == ')' {
p.i++
return true
}
p.i = i
return false
}
// parseTypeSelector parses a type selector (one that matches by tag name).
func (p *parser) parseTypeSelector() (result tagSelector, err error) {
tag, err := p.parseIdentifier()
if err != nil {
return
}
return tagSelector{tag: toLowerASCII(tag)}, nil
}
// parseIDSelector parses a selector that matches by id attribute.
func (p *parser) parseIDSelector() (idSelector, error) {
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
return idSelector{}, fmt.Errorf("expected id selector (#id), found EOF instead")
}
if p.s[p.i] != '#' {
return idSelector{}, fmt.Errorf("expected id selector (#id), found '%c' instead", p.s[p.i])
}
p.i++
id, err := p.parseName()
if err != nil {
return idSelector{}, err
}
return idSelector{id: id}, nil
}
// parseClassSelector parses a selector that matches by class attribute.
func (p *parser) parseClassSelector() (classSelector, error) {
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
return classSelector{}, fmt.Errorf("expected class selector (.class), found EOF instead")
}
if p.s[p.i] != '.' {
return classSelector{}, fmt.Errorf("expected class selector (.class), found '%c' instead", p.s[p.i])
}
p.i++
class, err := p.parseIdentifier()
if err != nil {
return classSelector{}, err
}
return classSelector{class: class}, nil
}
// parseAttributeSelector parses a selector that matches by attribute value.
func (p *parser) parseAttributeSelector() (attrSelector, error) {
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
return attrSelector{}, fmt.Errorf("expected attribute selector ([attribute]), found EOF instead")
}
if p.s[p.i] != '[' {
return attrSelector{}, fmt.Errorf("expected attribute selector ([attribute]), found '%c' instead", p.s[p.i])
}
p.i++
p.skipWhitespace()
key, err := p.parseIdentifier()
if err != nil {
return attrSelector{}, err
}
key = toLowerASCII(key)
p.skipWhitespace()
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
return attrSelector{}, errors.New("unexpected EOF in attribute selector")
}
if p.s[p.i] == ']' {
p.i++
return attrSelector{key: key, operation: ""}, nil
}
if p.i+2 >= len(p.s) {
return attrSelector{}, errors.New("unexpected EOF in attribute selector")
}
op := p.s[p.i : p.i+2]
if op[0] == '=' {
op = "="
} else if op[1] != '=' {
return attrSelector{}, fmt.Errorf(`expected equality operator, found "%s" instead`, op)
}
p.i += len(op)
p.skipWhitespace()
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
return attrSelector{}, errors.New("unexpected EOF in attribute selector")
}
var val string
var rx *regexp.Regexp
if op == "#=" {
rx, err = p.parseRegex()
} else {
switch p.s[p.i] {
case '\'', '"':
val, err = p.parseString()
default:
val, err = p.parseIdentifier()
}
}
if err != nil {
return attrSelector{}, err
}
p.skipWhitespace()
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
return attrSelector{}, errors.New("unexpected EOF in attribute selector")
}
// check if the attribute contains an ignore case flag
ignoreCase := false
if p.s[p.i] == 'i' || p.s[p.i] == 'I' {
ignoreCase = true
p.i++
}
p.skipWhitespace()
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
return attrSelector{}, errors.New("unexpected EOF in attribute selector")
}
if p.s[p.i] != ']' {
return attrSelector{}, fmt.Errorf("expected ']', found '%c' instead", p.s[p.i])
}
p.i++
switch op {
case "=", "!=", "~=", "|=", "^=", "$=", "*=", "#=":
return attrSelector{key: key, val: val, operation: op, regexp: rx, insensitive: ignoreCase}, nil
default:
return attrSelector{}, fmt.Errorf("attribute operator %q is not supported", op)
}
}
var (
errExpectedParenthesis = errors.New("expected '(' but didn't find it")
errExpectedClosingParenthesis = errors.New("expected ')' but didn't find it")
errUnmatchedParenthesis = errors.New("unmatched '('")
)
// parsePseudoclassSelector parses a pseudoclass selector like :not(p) or a pseudo-element
// For backwards compatibility, both ':' and '::' prefix are allowed for pseudo-elements.
// https://drafts.csswg.org/selectors-3/#pseudo-elements
// Returning a nil `Sel` (and a nil `error`) means we found a pseudo-element.
func (p *parser) parsePseudoclassSelector() (out Sel, pseudoElement string, err error) {
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
return nil, "", fmt.Errorf("expected pseudoclass selector (:pseudoclass), found EOF instead")
}
if p.s[p.i] != ':' {
return nil, "", fmt.Errorf("expected attribute selector (:pseudoclass), found '%c' instead", p.s[p.i])
}
p.i++
var mustBePseudoElement bool
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
return nil, "", fmt.Errorf("got empty pseudoclass (or pseudoelement)")
}
if p.s[p.i] == ':' { // we found a pseudo-element
mustBePseudoElement = true
p.i++
}
name, err := p.parseIdentifier()
if err != nil {
return
}
name = toLowerASCII(name)
if mustBePseudoElement && (name != "after" && name != "backdrop" && name != "before" &&
name != "cue" && name != "first-letter" && name != "first-line" && name != "grammar-error" &&
name != "marker" && name != "placeholder" && name != "selection" && name != "spelling-error") {
return out, "", fmt.Errorf("unknown pseudoelement :%s", name)
}
switch name {
case "not", "has", "haschild":
if !p.consumeParenthesis() {
return out, "", errExpectedParenthesis
}
sel, parseErr := p.parseSelectorGroup()
if parseErr != nil {
return out, "", parseErr
}
if !p.consumeClosingParenthesis() {
return out, "", errExpectedClosingParenthesis
}
out = relativePseudoClassSelector{name: name, match: sel}
case "contains", "containsown":
if !p.consumeParenthesis() {
return out, "", errExpectedParenthesis
}
if p.i == len(p.s) {
return out, "", errUnmatchedParenthesis
}
var val string
switch p.s[p.i] {
case '\'', '"':
val, err = p.parseString()
default:
val, err = p.parseIdentifier()
}
if err != nil {
return out, "", err
}
val = strings.ToLower(val)
p.skipWhitespace()
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
return out, "", errors.New("unexpected EOF in pseudo selector")
}
if !p.consumeClosingParenthesis() {
return out, "", errExpectedClosingParenthesis
}
out = containsPseudoClassSelector{own: name == "containsown", value: val}
case "matches", "matchesown":
if !p.consumeParenthesis() {
return out, "", errExpectedParenthesis
}
rx, err := p.parseRegex()
if err != nil {
return out, "", err
}
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
return out, "", errors.New("unexpected EOF in pseudo selector")
}
if !p.consumeClosingParenthesis() {
return out, "", errExpectedClosingParenthesis
}
out = regexpPseudoClassSelector{own: name == "matchesown", regexp: rx}
case "nth-child", "nth-last-child", "nth-of-type", "nth-last-of-type":
if !p.consumeParenthesis() {
return out, "", errExpectedParenthesis
}
a, b, err := p.parseNth()
if err != nil {
return out, "", err
}
if !p.consumeClosingParenthesis() {
return out, "", errExpectedClosingParenthesis
}
last := name == "nth-last-child" || name == "nth-last-of-type"
ofType := name == "nth-of-type" || name == "nth-last-of-type"
out = nthPseudoClassSelector{a: a, b: b, last: last, ofType: ofType}
case "first-child":
out = nthPseudoClassSelector{a: 0, b: 1, ofType: false, last: false}
case "last-child":
out = nthPseudoClassSelector{a: 0, b: 1, ofType: false, last: true}
case "first-of-type":
out = nthPseudoClassSelector{a: 0, b: 1, ofType: true, last: false}
case "last-of-type":
out = nthPseudoClassSelector{a: 0, b: 1, ofType: true, last: true}
case "only-child":
out = onlyChildPseudoClassSelector{ofType: false}
case "only-of-type":
out = onlyChildPseudoClassSelector{ofType: true}
case "input":
out = inputPseudoClassSelector{}
case "empty":
out = emptyElementPseudoClassSelector{}
case "root":
out = rootPseudoClassSelector{}
case "link":
out = linkPseudoClassSelector{}
case "lang":
if !p.consumeParenthesis() {
return out, "", errExpectedParenthesis
}
if p.i == len(p.s) {
return out, "", errUnmatchedParenthesis
}
val, err := p.parseIdentifier()
if err != nil {
return out, "", err
}
val = strings.ToLower(val)
p.skipWhitespace()
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
return out, "", errors.New("unexpected EOF in pseudo selector")
}
if !p.consumeClosingParenthesis() {
return out, "", errExpectedClosingParenthesis
}
out = langPseudoClassSelector{lang: val}
case "enabled":
out = enabledPseudoClassSelector{}
case "disabled":
out = disabledPseudoClassSelector{}
case "checked":
out = checkedPseudoClassSelector{}
case "visited", "hover", "active", "focus", "target":
// Not applicable in a static context: never match.
out = neverMatchSelector{value: ":" + name}
case "after", "backdrop", "before", "cue", "first-letter", "first-line", "grammar-error", "marker", "placeholder", "selection", "spelling-error":
return nil, name, nil
default:
return out, "", fmt.Errorf("unknown pseudoclass or pseudoelement :%s", name)
}
return
}
// parseInteger parses a decimal integer.
func (p *parser) parseInteger() (int, error) {
i := p.i
start := i
for i < len(p.s) && '0' <= p.s[i] && p.s[i] <= '9' {
i++
}
if i == start {
return 0, errors.New("expected integer, but didn't find it")
}
p.i = i
val, err := strconv.Atoi(p.s[start:i])
if err != nil {
return 0, err
}
return val, nil
}
// parseNth parses the argument for :nth-child (normally of the form an+b).
func (p *parser) parseNth() (a, b int, err error) {
// initial state
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
goto eof
}
switch p.s[p.i] {
case '-':
p.i++
goto negativeA
case '+':
p.i++
goto positiveA
case '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9':
goto positiveA
case 'n', 'N':
a = 1
p.i++
goto readN
case 'o', 'O', 'e', 'E':
id, nameErr := p.parseName()
if nameErr != nil {
return 0, 0, nameErr
}
id = toLowerASCII(id)
if id == "odd" {
return 2, 1, nil
}
if id == "even" {
return 2, 0, nil
}
return 0, 0, fmt.Errorf("expected 'odd' or 'even', but found '%s' instead", id)
default:
goto invalid
}
positiveA:
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
goto eof
}
switch p.s[p.i] {
case '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9':
a, err = p.parseInteger()
if err != nil {
return 0, 0, err
}
goto readA
case 'n', 'N':
a = 1
p.i++
goto readN
default:
goto invalid
}
negativeA:
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
goto eof
}
switch p.s[p.i] {
case '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9':
a, err = p.parseInteger()
if err != nil {
return 0, 0, err
}
a = -a
goto readA
case 'n', 'N':
a = -1
p.i++
goto readN
default:
goto invalid
}
readA:
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
goto eof
}
switch p.s[p.i] {
case 'n', 'N':
p.i++
goto readN
default:
// The number we read as a is actually b.
return 0, a, nil
}
readN:
p.skipWhitespace()
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
goto eof
}
switch p.s[p.i] {
case '+':
p.i++
p.skipWhitespace()
b, err = p.parseInteger()
if err != nil {
return 0, 0, err
}
return a, b, nil
case '-':
p.i++
p.skipWhitespace()
b, err = p.parseInteger()
if err != nil {
return 0, 0, err
}
return a, -b, nil
default:
return a, 0, nil
}
eof:
return 0, 0, errors.New("unexpected EOF while attempting to parse expression of form an+b")
invalid:
return 0, 0, errors.New("unexpected character while attempting to parse expression of form an+b")
}
// parseSimpleSelectorSequence parses a selector sequence that applies to
// a single element.
func (p *parser) parseSimpleSelectorSequence() (Sel, error) {
var selectors []Sel
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
return nil, errors.New("expected selector, found EOF instead")
}
switch p.s[p.i] {
case '*':
// It's the universal selector. Just skip over it, since it doesn't affect the meaning.
p.i++
if p.i+2 < len(p.s) && p.s[p.i:p.i+2] == "|*" { // other version of universal selector
p.i += 2
}
case '#', '.', '[', ':':
// There's no type selector. Wait to process the other till the main loop.
default:
r, err := p.parseTypeSelector()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
selectors = append(selectors, r)
}
var pseudoElement string
loop:
for p.i < len(p.s) {
var (
ns Sel
newPseudoElement string
err error
)
switch p.s[p.i] {
case '#':
ns, err = p.parseIDSelector()
case '.':
ns, err = p.parseClassSelector()
case '[':
ns, err = p.parseAttributeSelector()
case ':':
ns, newPseudoElement, err = p.parsePseudoclassSelector()
default:
break loop
}
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
// From https://drafts.csswg.org/selectors-3/#pseudo-elements :
// "Only one pseudo-element may appear per selector, and if present
// it must appear after the sequence of simple selectors that
// represents the subjects of the selector.""
if ns == nil { // we found a pseudo-element
if pseudoElement != "" {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("only one pseudo-element is accepted per selector, got %s and %s", pseudoElement, newPseudoElement)
}
if !p.acceptPseudoElements {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("pseudo-element %s found, but pseudo-elements support is disabled", newPseudoElement)
}
pseudoElement = newPseudoElement
} else {
if pseudoElement != "" {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("pseudo-element %s must be at the end of selector", pseudoElement)
}
selectors = append(selectors, ns)
}
}
if len(selectors) == 1 && pseudoElement == "" { // no need wrap the selectors in compoundSelector
return selectors[0], nil
}
return compoundSelector{selectors: selectors, pseudoElement: pseudoElement}, nil
}
// parseSelector parses a selector that may include combinators.
func (p *parser) parseSelector() (Sel, error) {
p.skipWhitespace()
result, err := p.parseSimpleSelectorSequence()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
for {
var (
combinator byte
c Sel
)
if p.skipWhitespace() {
combinator = ' '
}
if p.i >= len(p.s) {
return result, nil
}
switch p.s[p.i] {
case '+', '>', '~':
combinator = p.s[p.i]
p.i++
p.skipWhitespace()
case ',', ')':
// These characters can't begin a selector, but they can legally occur after one.
return result, nil
}
if combinator == 0 {
return result, nil
}
c, err = p.parseSimpleSelectorSequence()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
result = combinedSelector{first: result, combinator: combinator, second: c}
}
}
// parseSelectorGroup parses a group of selectors, separated by commas.
func (p *parser) parseSelectorGroup() (SelectorGroup, error) {
current, err := p.parseSelector()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
result := SelectorGroup{current}
for p.i < len(p.s) {
if p.s[p.i] != ',' {
break
}
p.i++
c, err := p.parseSelector()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
result = append(result, c)
}
return result, nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
package cascadia
import (
"bytes"
"fmt"
"regexp"
"strings"
"golang.org/x/net/html"
"golang.org/x/net/html/atom"
)
// This file implements the pseudo classes selectors,
// which share the implementation of PseudoElement() and Specificity()
type abstractPseudoClass struct{}
func (s abstractPseudoClass) Specificity() Specificity {
return Specificity{0, 1, 0}
}
func (c abstractPseudoClass) PseudoElement() string {
return ""
}
type relativePseudoClassSelector struct {
name string // one of "not", "has", "haschild"
match SelectorGroup
}
func (s relativePseudoClassSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
if n.Type != html.ElementNode {
return false
}
switch s.name {
case "not":
// matches elements that do not match a.
return !s.match.Match(n)
case "has":
// matches elements with any descendant that matches a.
return hasDescendantMatch(n, s.match)
case "haschild":
// matches elements with a child that matches a.
return hasChildMatch(n, s.match)
default:
panic(fmt.Sprintf("unsupported relative pseudo class selector : %s", s.name))
}
}
// hasChildMatch returns whether n has any child that matches a.
func hasChildMatch(n *html.Node, a Matcher) bool {
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
if a.Match(c) {
return true
}
}
return false
}
// hasDescendantMatch performs a depth-first search of n's descendants,
// testing whether any of them match a. It returns true as soon as a match is
// found, or false if no match is found.
func hasDescendantMatch(n *html.Node, a Matcher) bool {
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
if a.Match(c) || (c.Type == html.ElementNode && hasDescendantMatch(c, a)) {
return true
}
}
return false
}
// Specificity returns the specificity of the most specific selectors
// in the pseudo-class arguments.
// See https://www.w3.org/TR/selectors/#specificity-rules
func (s relativePseudoClassSelector) Specificity() Specificity {
var max Specificity
for _, sel := range s.match {
newSpe := sel.Specificity()
if max.Less(newSpe) {
max = newSpe
}
}
return max
}
func (c relativePseudoClassSelector) PseudoElement() string {
return ""
}
type containsPseudoClassSelector struct {
abstractPseudoClass
value string
own bool
}
func (s containsPseudoClassSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
var text string
if s.own {
// matches nodes that directly contain the given text
text = strings.ToLower(nodeOwnText(n))
} else {
// matches nodes that contain the given text.
text = strings.ToLower(nodeText(n))
}
return strings.Contains(text, s.value)
}
type regexpPseudoClassSelector struct {
abstractPseudoClass
regexp *regexp.Regexp
own bool
}
func (s regexpPseudoClassSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
var text string
if s.own {
// matches nodes whose text directly matches the specified regular expression
text = nodeOwnText(n)
} else {
// matches nodes whose text matches the specified regular expression
text = nodeText(n)
}
return s.regexp.MatchString(text)
}
// writeNodeText writes the text contained in n and its descendants to b.
func writeNodeText(n *html.Node, b *bytes.Buffer) {
switch n.Type {
case html.TextNode:
b.WriteString(n.Data)
case html.ElementNode:
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
writeNodeText(c, b)
}
}
}
// nodeText returns the text contained in n and its descendants.
func nodeText(n *html.Node) string {
var b bytes.Buffer
writeNodeText(n, &b)
return b.String()
}
// nodeOwnText returns the contents of the text nodes that are direct
// children of n.
func nodeOwnText(n *html.Node) string {
var b bytes.Buffer
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
if c.Type == html.TextNode {
b.WriteString(c.Data)
}
}
return b.String()
}
type nthPseudoClassSelector struct {
abstractPseudoClass
a, b int
last, ofType bool
}
func (s nthPseudoClassSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
if s.a == 0 {
if s.last {
return simpleNthLastChildMatch(s.b, s.ofType, n)
} else {
return simpleNthChildMatch(s.b, s.ofType, n)
}
}
return nthChildMatch(s.a, s.b, s.last, s.ofType, n)
}
// nthChildMatch implements :nth-child(an+b).
// If last is true, implements :nth-last-child instead.
// If ofType is true, implements :nth-of-type instead.
func nthChildMatch(a, b int, last, ofType bool, n *html.Node) bool {
if n.Type != html.ElementNode {
return false
}
parent := n.Parent
if parent == nil {
return false
}
i := -1
count := 0
for c := parent.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
if (c.Type != html.ElementNode) || (ofType && c.Data != n.Data) {
continue
}
count++
if c == n {
i = count
if !last {
break
}
}
}
if i == -1 {
// This shouldn't happen, since n should always be one of its parent's children.
return false
}
if last {
i = count - i + 1
}
i -= b
if a == 0 {
return i == 0
}
return i%a == 0 && i/a >= 0
}
// simpleNthChildMatch implements :nth-child(b).
// If ofType is true, implements :nth-of-type instead.
func simpleNthChildMatch(b int, ofType bool, n *html.Node) bool {
if n.Type != html.ElementNode {
return false
}
parent := n.Parent
if parent == nil {
return false
}
count := 0
for c := parent.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
if c.Type != html.ElementNode || (ofType && c.Data != n.Data) {
continue
}
count++
if c == n {
return count == b
}
if count >= b {
return false
}
}
return false
}
// simpleNthLastChildMatch implements :nth-last-child(b).
// If ofType is true, implements :nth-last-of-type instead.
func simpleNthLastChildMatch(b int, ofType bool, n *html.Node) bool {
if n.Type != html.ElementNode {
return false
}
parent := n.Parent
if parent == nil {
return false
}
count := 0
for c := parent.LastChild; c != nil; c = c.PrevSibling {
if c.Type != html.ElementNode || (ofType && c.Data != n.Data) {
continue
}
count++
if c == n {
return count == b
}
if count >= b {
return false
}
}
return false
}
type onlyChildPseudoClassSelector struct {
abstractPseudoClass
ofType bool
}
// Match implements :only-child.
// If `ofType` is true, it implements :only-of-type instead.
func (s onlyChildPseudoClassSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
if n.Type != html.ElementNode {
return false
}
parent := n.Parent
if parent == nil {
return false
}
count := 0
for c := parent.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
if (c.Type != html.ElementNode) || (s.ofType && c.Data != n.Data) {
continue
}
count++
if count > 1 {
return false
}
}
return count == 1
}
type inputPseudoClassSelector struct {
abstractPseudoClass
}
// Matches input, select, textarea and button elements.
func (s inputPseudoClassSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
return n.Type == html.ElementNode && (n.Data == "input" || n.Data == "select" || n.Data == "textarea" || n.Data == "button")
}
type emptyElementPseudoClassSelector struct {
abstractPseudoClass
}
// Matches empty elements.
func (s emptyElementPseudoClassSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
if n.Type != html.ElementNode {
return false
}
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
switch c.Type {
case html.ElementNode:
return false
case html.TextNode:
if strings.TrimSpace(nodeText(c)) == "" {
continue
} else {
return false
}
}
}
return true
}
type rootPseudoClassSelector struct {
abstractPseudoClass
}
// Match implements :root
func (s rootPseudoClassSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
if n.Type != html.ElementNode {
return false
}
if n.Parent == nil {
return false
}
return n.Parent.Type == html.DocumentNode
}
func hasAttr(n *html.Node, attr string) bool {
return matchAttribute(n, attr, func(string) bool { return true })
}
type linkPseudoClassSelector struct {
abstractPseudoClass
}
// Match implements :link
func (s linkPseudoClassSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
return (n.DataAtom == atom.A || n.DataAtom == atom.Area || n.DataAtom == atom.Link) && hasAttr(n, "href")
}
type langPseudoClassSelector struct {
abstractPseudoClass
lang string
}
func (s langPseudoClassSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
own := matchAttribute(n, "lang", func(val string) bool {
return val == s.lang || strings.HasPrefix(val, s.lang+"-")
})
if n.Parent == nil {
return own
}
return own || s.Match(n.Parent)
}
type enabledPseudoClassSelector struct {
abstractPseudoClass
}
func (s enabledPseudoClassSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
if n.Type != html.ElementNode {
return false
}
switch n.DataAtom {
case atom.A, atom.Area, atom.Link:
return hasAttr(n, "href")
case atom.Optgroup, atom.Menuitem, atom.Fieldset:
return !hasAttr(n, "disabled")
case atom.Button, atom.Input, atom.Select, atom.Textarea, atom.Option:
return !hasAttr(n, "disabled") && !inDisabledFieldset(n)
}
return false
}
type disabledPseudoClassSelector struct {
abstractPseudoClass
}
func (s disabledPseudoClassSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
if n.Type != html.ElementNode {
return false
}
switch n.DataAtom {
case atom.Optgroup, atom.Menuitem, atom.Fieldset:
return hasAttr(n, "disabled")
case atom.Button, atom.Input, atom.Select, atom.Textarea, atom.Option:
return hasAttr(n, "disabled") || inDisabledFieldset(n)
}
return false
}
func hasLegendInPreviousSiblings(n *html.Node) bool {
for s := n.PrevSibling; s != nil; s = s.PrevSibling {
if s.DataAtom == atom.Legend {
return true
}
}
return false
}
func inDisabledFieldset(n *html.Node) bool {
if n.Parent == nil {
return false
}
if n.Parent.DataAtom == atom.Fieldset && hasAttr(n.Parent, "disabled") &&
(n.DataAtom != atom.Legend || hasLegendInPreviousSiblings(n)) {
return true
}
return inDisabledFieldset(n.Parent)
}
type checkedPseudoClassSelector struct {
abstractPseudoClass
}
func (s checkedPseudoClassSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
if n.Type != html.ElementNode {
return false
}
switch n.DataAtom {
case atom.Input, atom.Menuitem:
return hasAttr(n, "checked") && matchAttribute(n, "type", func(val string) bool {
t := toLowerASCII(val)
return t == "checkbox" || t == "radio"
})
case atom.Option:
return hasAttr(n, "selected")
}
return false
}

586
vendor/github.com/andybalholm/cascadia/selector.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,586 @@
package cascadia
import (
"fmt"
"regexp"
"strings"
"golang.org/x/net/html"
)
// Matcher is the interface for basic selector functionality.
// Match returns whether a selector matches n.
type Matcher interface {
Match(n *html.Node) bool
}
// Sel is the interface for all the functionality provided by selectors.
type Sel interface {
Matcher
Specificity() Specificity
// Returns a CSS input compiling to this selector.
String() string
// Returns a pseudo-element, or an empty string.
PseudoElement() string
}
// Parse parses a selector. Use `ParseWithPseudoElement`
// if you need support for pseudo-elements.
func Parse(sel string) (Sel, error) {
p := &parser{s: sel}
compiled, err := p.parseSelector()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if p.i < len(sel) {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("parsing %q: %d bytes left over", sel, len(sel)-p.i)
}
return compiled, nil
}
// ParseWithPseudoElement parses a single selector,
// with support for pseudo-element.
func ParseWithPseudoElement(sel string) (Sel, error) {
p := &parser{s: sel, acceptPseudoElements: true}
compiled, err := p.parseSelector()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if p.i < len(sel) {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("parsing %q: %d bytes left over", sel, len(sel)-p.i)
}
return compiled, nil
}
// ParseGroup parses a selector, or a group of selectors separated by commas.
// Use `ParseGroupWithPseudoElements`
// if you need support for pseudo-elements.
func ParseGroup(sel string) (SelectorGroup, error) {
p := &parser{s: sel}
compiled, err := p.parseSelectorGroup()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if p.i < len(sel) {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("parsing %q: %d bytes left over", sel, len(sel)-p.i)
}
return compiled, nil
}
// ParseGroupWithPseudoElements parses a selector, or a group of selectors separated by commas.
// It supports pseudo-elements.
func ParseGroupWithPseudoElements(sel string) (SelectorGroup, error) {
p := &parser{s: sel, acceptPseudoElements: true}
compiled, err := p.parseSelectorGroup()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if p.i < len(sel) {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("parsing %q: %d bytes left over", sel, len(sel)-p.i)
}
return compiled, nil
}
// A Selector is a function which tells whether a node matches or not.
//
// This type is maintained for compatibility; I recommend using the newer and
// more idiomatic interfaces Sel and Matcher.
type Selector func(*html.Node) bool
// Compile parses a selector and returns, if successful, a Selector object
// that can be used to match against html.Node objects.
func Compile(sel string) (Selector, error) {
compiled, err := ParseGroup(sel)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return Selector(compiled.Match), nil
}
// MustCompile is like Compile, but panics instead of returning an error.
func MustCompile(sel string) Selector {
compiled, err := Compile(sel)
if err != nil {
panic(err)
}
return compiled
}
// MatchAll returns a slice of the nodes that match the selector,
// from n and its children.
func (s Selector) MatchAll(n *html.Node) []*html.Node {
return s.matchAllInto(n, nil)
}
func (s Selector) matchAllInto(n *html.Node, storage []*html.Node) []*html.Node {
if s(n) {
storage = append(storage, n)
}
for child := n.FirstChild; child != nil; child = child.NextSibling {
storage = s.matchAllInto(child, storage)
}
return storage
}
func queryInto(n *html.Node, m Matcher, storage []*html.Node) []*html.Node {
for child := n.FirstChild; child != nil; child = child.NextSibling {
if m.Match(child) {
storage = append(storage, child)
}
storage = queryInto(child, m, storage)
}
return storage
}
// QueryAll returns a slice of all the nodes that match m, from the descendants
// of n.
func QueryAll(n *html.Node, m Matcher) []*html.Node {
return queryInto(n, m, nil)
}
// Match returns true if the node matches the selector.
func (s Selector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
return s(n)
}
// MatchFirst returns the first node that matches s, from n and its children.
func (s Selector) MatchFirst(n *html.Node) *html.Node {
if s.Match(n) {
return n
}
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
m := s.MatchFirst(c)
if m != nil {
return m
}
}
return nil
}
// Query returns the first node that matches m, from the descendants of n.
// If none matches, it returns nil.
func Query(n *html.Node, m Matcher) *html.Node {
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
if m.Match(c) {
return c
}
if matched := Query(c, m); matched != nil {
return matched
}
}
return nil
}
// Filter returns the nodes in nodes that match the selector.
func (s Selector) Filter(nodes []*html.Node) (result []*html.Node) {
for _, n := range nodes {
if s(n) {
result = append(result, n)
}
}
return result
}
// Filter returns the nodes that match m.
func Filter(nodes []*html.Node, m Matcher) (result []*html.Node) {
for _, n := range nodes {
if m.Match(n) {
result = append(result, n)
}
}
return result
}
type tagSelector struct {
tag string
}
// Matches elements with a given tag name.
func (t tagSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
return n.Type == html.ElementNode && n.Data == t.tag
}
func (c tagSelector) Specificity() Specificity {
return Specificity{0, 0, 1}
}
func (c tagSelector) PseudoElement() string {
return ""
}
type classSelector struct {
class string
}
// Matches elements by class attribute.
func (t classSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
return matchAttribute(n, "class", func(s string) bool {
return matchInclude(t.class, s, false)
})
}
func (c classSelector) Specificity() Specificity {
return Specificity{0, 1, 0}
}
func (c classSelector) PseudoElement() string {
return ""
}
type idSelector struct {
id string
}
// Matches elements by id attribute.
func (t idSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
return matchAttribute(n, "id", func(s string) bool {
return s == t.id
})
}
func (c idSelector) Specificity() Specificity {
return Specificity{1, 0, 0}
}
func (c idSelector) PseudoElement() string {
return ""
}
type attrSelector struct {
key, val, operation string
regexp *regexp.Regexp
insensitive bool
}
// Matches elements by attribute value.
func (t attrSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
switch t.operation {
case "":
return matchAttribute(n, t.key, func(string) bool { return true })
case "=":
return matchAttribute(n, t.key, func(s string) bool { return matchInsensitiveValue(s, t.val, t.insensitive) })
case "!=":
return attributeNotEqualMatch(t.key, t.val, n, t.insensitive)
case "~=":
// matches elements where the attribute named key is a whitespace-separated list that includes val.
return matchAttribute(n, t.key, func(s string) bool { return matchInclude(t.val, s, t.insensitive) })
case "|=":
return attributeDashMatch(t.key, t.val, n, t.insensitive)
case "^=":
return attributePrefixMatch(t.key, t.val, n, t.insensitive)
case "$=":
return attributeSuffixMatch(t.key, t.val, n, t.insensitive)
case "*=":
return attributeSubstringMatch(t.key, t.val, n, t.insensitive)
case "#=":
return attributeRegexMatch(t.key, t.regexp, n)
default:
panic(fmt.Sprintf("unsuported operation : %s", t.operation))
}
}
// matches elements where we ignore (or not) the case of the attribute value
// the user attribute is the value set by the user to match elements
// the real attribute is the attribute value found in the code parsed
func matchInsensitiveValue(userAttr string, realAttr string, ignoreCase bool) bool {
if ignoreCase {
return strings.EqualFold(userAttr, realAttr)
}
return userAttr == realAttr
}
// matches elements where the attribute named key satisifes the function f.
func matchAttribute(n *html.Node, key string, f func(string) bool) bool {
if n.Type != html.ElementNode {
return false
}
for _, a := range n.Attr {
if a.Key == key && f(a.Val) {
return true
}
}
return false
}
// attributeNotEqualMatch matches elements where
// the attribute named key does not have the value val.
func attributeNotEqualMatch(key, val string, n *html.Node, ignoreCase bool) bool {
if n.Type != html.ElementNode {
return false
}
for _, a := range n.Attr {
if a.Key == key && matchInsensitiveValue(a.Val, val, ignoreCase) {
return false
}
}
return true
}
// returns true if s is a whitespace-separated list that includes val.
func matchInclude(val string, s string, ignoreCase bool) bool {
for s != "" {
i := strings.IndexAny(s, " \t\r\n\f")
if i == -1 {
return matchInsensitiveValue(s, val, ignoreCase)
}
if matchInsensitiveValue(s[:i], val, ignoreCase) {
return true
}
s = s[i+1:]
}
return false
}
// matches elements where the attribute named key equals val or starts with val plus a hyphen.
func attributeDashMatch(key, val string, n *html.Node, ignoreCase bool) bool {
return matchAttribute(n, key,
func(s string) bool {
if matchInsensitiveValue(s, val, ignoreCase) {
return true
}
if len(s) <= len(val) {
return false
}
if matchInsensitiveValue(s[:len(val)], val, ignoreCase) && s[len(val)] == '-' {
return true
}
return false
})
}
// attributePrefixMatch returns a Selector that matches elements where
// the attribute named key starts with val.
func attributePrefixMatch(key, val string, n *html.Node, ignoreCase bool) bool {
return matchAttribute(n, key,
func(s string) bool {
if strings.TrimSpace(s) == "" {
return false
}
if ignoreCase {
return strings.HasPrefix(strings.ToLower(s), strings.ToLower(val))
}
return strings.HasPrefix(s, val)
})
}
// attributeSuffixMatch matches elements where
// the attribute named key ends with val.
func attributeSuffixMatch(key, val string, n *html.Node, ignoreCase bool) bool {
return matchAttribute(n, key,
func(s string) bool {
if strings.TrimSpace(s) == "" {
return false
}
if ignoreCase {
return strings.HasSuffix(strings.ToLower(s), strings.ToLower(val))
}
return strings.HasSuffix(s, val)
})
}
// attributeSubstringMatch matches nodes where
// the attribute named key contains val.
func attributeSubstringMatch(key, val string, n *html.Node, ignoreCase bool) bool {
return matchAttribute(n, key,
func(s string) bool {
if strings.TrimSpace(s) == "" {
return false
}
if ignoreCase {
return strings.Contains(strings.ToLower(s), strings.ToLower(val))
}
return strings.Contains(s, val)
})
}
// attributeRegexMatch matches nodes where
// the attribute named key matches the regular expression rx
func attributeRegexMatch(key string, rx *regexp.Regexp, n *html.Node) bool {
return matchAttribute(n, key,
func(s string) bool {
return rx.MatchString(s)
})
}
func (c attrSelector) Specificity() Specificity {
return Specificity{0, 1, 0}
}
func (c attrSelector) PseudoElement() string {
return ""
}
// see pseudo_classes.go for pseudo classes selectors
// on a static context, some selectors can't match anything
type neverMatchSelector struct {
value string
}
func (s neverMatchSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
return false
}
func (s neverMatchSelector) Specificity() Specificity {
return Specificity{0, 0, 0}
}
func (c neverMatchSelector) PseudoElement() string {
return ""
}
type compoundSelector struct {
selectors []Sel
pseudoElement string
}
// Matches elements if each sub-selectors matches.
func (t compoundSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
if len(t.selectors) == 0 {
return n.Type == html.ElementNode
}
for _, sel := range t.selectors {
if !sel.Match(n) {
return false
}
}
return true
}
func (s compoundSelector) Specificity() Specificity {
var out Specificity
for _, sel := range s.selectors {
out = out.Add(sel.Specificity())
}
if s.pseudoElement != "" {
// https://drafts.csswg.org/selectors-3/#specificity
out = out.Add(Specificity{0, 0, 1})
}
return out
}
func (c compoundSelector) PseudoElement() string {
return c.pseudoElement
}
type combinedSelector struct {
first Sel
combinator byte
second Sel
}
func (t combinedSelector) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
if t.first == nil {
return false // maybe we should panic
}
switch t.combinator {
case 0:
return t.first.Match(n)
case ' ':
return descendantMatch(t.first, t.second, n)
case '>':
return childMatch(t.first, t.second, n)
case '+':
return siblingMatch(t.first, t.second, true, n)
case '~':
return siblingMatch(t.first, t.second, false, n)
default:
panic("unknown combinator")
}
}
// matches an element if it matches d and has an ancestor that matches a.
func descendantMatch(a, d Matcher, n *html.Node) bool {
if !d.Match(n) {
return false
}
for p := n.Parent; p != nil; p = p.Parent {
if a.Match(p) {
return true
}
}
return false
}
// matches an element if it matches d and its parent matches a.
func childMatch(a, d Matcher, n *html.Node) bool {
return d.Match(n) && n.Parent != nil && a.Match(n.Parent)
}
// matches an element if it matches s2 and is preceded by an element that matches s1.
// If adjacent is true, the sibling must be immediately before the element.
func siblingMatch(s1, s2 Matcher, adjacent bool, n *html.Node) bool {
if !s2.Match(n) {
return false
}
if adjacent {
for n = n.PrevSibling; n != nil; n = n.PrevSibling {
if n.Type == html.TextNode || n.Type == html.CommentNode {
continue
}
return s1.Match(n)
}
return false
}
// Walk backwards looking for element that matches s1
for c := n.PrevSibling; c != nil; c = c.PrevSibling {
if s1.Match(c) {
return true
}
}
return false
}
func (s combinedSelector) Specificity() Specificity {
spec := s.first.Specificity()
if s.second != nil {
spec = spec.Add(s.second.Specificity())
}
return spec
}
// on combinedSelector, a pseudo-element only makes sens on the last
// selector, although others increase specificity.
func (c combinedSelector) PseudoElement() string {
if c.second == nil {
return ""
}
return c.second.PseudoElement()
}
// A SelectorGroup is a list of selectors, which matches if any of the
// individual selectors matches.
type SelectorGroup []Sel
// Match returns true if the node matches one of the single selectors.
func (s SelectorGroup) Match(n *html.Node) bool {
for _, sel := range s {
if sel.Match(n) {
return true
}
}
return false
}

176
vendor/github.com/andybalholm/cascadia/serialize.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
package cascadia
import (
"fmt"
"strconv"
"strings"
)
// implements the reverse operation Sel -> string
var specialCharReplacer *strings.Replacer
func init() {
var pairs []string
for _, s := range ",!\"#$%&'()*+ -./:;<=>?@[\\]^`{|}~" {
pairs = append(pairs, string(s), "\\"+string(s))
}
specialCharReplacer = strings.NewReplacer(pairs...)
}
// espace special CSS char
func escape(s string) string { return specialCharReplacer.Replace(s) }
func (c tagSelector) String() string {
return c.tag
}
func (c idSelector) String() string {
return "#" + escape(c.id)
}
func (c classSelector) String() string {
return "." + escape(c.class)
}
func (c attrSelector) String() string {
val := c.val
if c.operation == "#=" {
val = c.regexp.String()
} else if c.operation != "" {
val = fmt.Sprintf(`"%s"`, val)
}
ignoreCase := ""
if c.insensitive {
ignoreCase = " i"
}
return fmt.Sprintf(`[%s%s%s%s]`, c.key, c.operation, val, ignoreCase)
}
func (c relativePseudoClassSelector) String() string {
return fmt.Sprintf(":%s(%s)", c.name, c.match.String())
}
func (c containsPseudoClassSelector) String() string {
s := "contains"
if c.own {
s += "Own"
}
return fmt.Sprintf(`:%s("%s")`, s, c.value)
}
func (c regexpPseudoClassSelector) String() string {
s := "matches"
if c.own {
s += "Own"
}
return fmt.Sprintf(":%s(%s)", s, c.regexp.String())
}
func (c nthPseudoClassSelector) String() string {
if c.a == 0 && c.b == 1 { // special cases
s := ":first-"
if c.last {
s = ":last-"
}
if c.ofType {
s += "of-type"
} else {
s += "child"
}
return s
}
var name string
switch [2]bool{c.last, c.ofType} {
case [2]bool{true, true}:
name = "nth-last-of-type"
case [2]bool{true, false}:
name = "nth-last-child"
case [2]bool{false, true}:
name = "nth-of-type"
case [2]bool{false, false}:
name = "nth-child"
}
s := fmt.Sprintf("+%d", c.b)
if c.b < 0 { // avoid +-8 invalid syntax
s = strconv.Itoa(c.b)
}
return fmt.Sprintf(":%s(%dn%s)", name, c.a, s)
}
func (c onlyChildPseudoClassSelector) String() string {
if c.ofType {
return ":only-of-type"
}
return ":only-child"
}
func (c inputPseudoClassSelector) String() string {
return ":input"
}
func (c emptyElementPseudoClassSelector) String() string {
return ":empty"
}
func (c rootPseudoClassSelector) String() string {
return ":root"
}
func (c linkPseudoClassSelector) String() string {
return ":link"
}
func (c langPseudoClassSelector) String() string {
return fmt.Sprintf(":lang(%s)", c.lang)
}
func (c neverMatchSelector) String() string {
return c.value
}
func (c enabledPseudoClassSelector) String() string {
return ":enabled"
}
func (c disabledPseudoClassSelector) String() string {
return ":disabled"
}
func (c checkedPseudoClassSelector) String() string {
return ":checked"
}
func (c compoundSelector) String() string {
if len(c.selectors) == 0 && c.pseudoElement == "" {
return "*"
}
chunks := make([]string, len(c.selectors))
for i, sel := range c.selectors {
chunks[i] = sel.String()
}
s := strings.Join(chunks, "")
if c.pseudoElement != "" {
s += "::" + c.pseudoElement
}
return s
}
func (c combinedSelector) String() string {
start := c.first.String()
if c.second != nil {
start += fmt.Sprintf(" %s %s", string(c.combinator), c.second.String())
}
return start
}
func (c SelectorGroup) String() string {
ck := make([]string, len(c))
for i, s := range c {
ck[i] = s.String()
}
return strings.Join(ck, ", ")
}

26
vendor/github.com/andybalholm/cascadia/specificity.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
package cascadia
// Specificity is the CSS specificity as defined in
// https://www.w3.org/TR/selectors/#specificity-rules
// with the convention Specificity = [A,B,C].
type Specificity [3]int
// returns `true` if s < other (strictly), false otherwise
func (s Specificity) Less(other Specificity) bool {
for i := range s {
if s[i] < other[i] {
return true
}
if s[i] > other[i] {
return false
}
}
return false
}
func (s Specificity) Add(other Specificity) Specificity {
for i, sp := range other {
s[i] += sp
}
return s
}

25
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/.gitignore generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
# Compiled Object files, Static and Dynamic libs (Shared Objects)
*.o
*.a
*.so
# Folders
_obj
_test
# Architecture specific extensions/prefixes
*.[568vq]
[568vq].out
*.cgo1.go
*.cgo2.c
_cgo_defun.c
_cgo_gotypes.go
_cgo_export.*
_testmain.go
*.exe
.idea/
*.iml

9
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/AUTHORS generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
# This is the official list of Gorilla WebSocket authors for copyright
# purposes.
#
# Please keep the list sorted.
Gary Burd <gary@beagledreams.com>
Google LLC (https://opensource.google.com/)
Joachim Bauch <mail@joachim-bauch.de>

22
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
Copyright (c) 2013 The Gorilla WebSocket Authors. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

39
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/README.md generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
# Gorilla WebSocket
[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/websocket?status.svg)](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/websocket)
[![CircleCI](https://circleci.com/gh/gorilla/websocket.svg?style=svg)](https://circleci.com/gh/gorilla/websocket)
Gorilla WebSocket is a [Go](http://golang.org/) implementation of the
[WebSocket](http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6455.txt) protocol.
---
⚠️ **[The Gorilla WebSocket Package is looking for a new maintainer](https://github.com/gorilla/websocket/issues/370)**
---
### Documentation
* [API Reference](https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/gorilla/websocket?tab=doc)
* [Chat example](https://github.com/gorilla/websocket/tree/master/examples/chat)
* [Command example](https://github.com/gorilla/websocket/tree/master/examples/command)
* [Client and server example](https://github.com/gorilla/websocket/tree/master/examples/echo)
* [File watch example](https://github.com/gorilla/websocket/tree/master/examples/filewatch)
### Status
The Gorilla WebSocket package provides a complete and tested implementation of
the [WebSocket](http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6455.txt) protocol. The
package API is stable.
### Installation
go get github.com/gorilla/websocket
### Protocol Compliance
The Gorilla WebSocket package passes the server tests in the [Autobahn Test
Suite](https://github.com/crossbario/autobahn-testsuite) using the application in the [examples/autobahn
subdirectory](https://github.com/gorilla/websocket/tree/master/examples/autobahn).

422
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/client.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
// Copyright 2013 The Gorilla WebSocket Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package websocket
import (
"bytes"
"context"
"crypto/tls"
"errors"
"io"
"io/ioutil"
"net"
"net/http"
"net/http/httptrace"
"net/url"
"strings"
"time"
)
// ErrBadHandshake is returned when the server response to opening handshake is
// invalid.
var ErrBadHandshake = errors.New("websocket: bad handshake")
var errInvalidCompression = errors.New("websocket: invalid compression negotiation")
// NewClient creates a new client connection using the given net connection.
// The URL u specifies the host and request URI. Use requestHeader to specify
// the origin (Origin), subprotocols (Sec-WebSocket-Protocol) and cookies
// (Cookie). Use the response.Header to get the selected subprotocol
// (Sec-WebSocket-Protocol) and cookies (Set-Cookie).
//
// If the WebSocket handshake fails, ErrBadHandshake is returned along with a
// non-nil *http.Response so that callers can handle redirects, authentication,
// etc.
//
// Deprecated: Use Dialer instead.
func NewClient(netConn net.Conn, u *url.URL, requestHeader http.Header, readBufSize, writeBufSize int) (c *Conn, response *http.Response, err error) {
d := Dialer{
ReadBufferSize: readBufSize,
WriteBufferSize: writeBufSize,
NetDial: func(net, addr string) (net.Conn, error) {
return netConn, nil
},
}
return d.Dial(u.String(), requestHeader)
}
// A Dialer contains options for connecting to WebSocket server.
//
// It is safe to call Dialer's methods concurrently.
type Dialer struct {
// NetDial specifies the dial function for creating TCP connections. If
// NetDial is nil, net.Dial is used.
NetDial func(network, addr string) (net.Conn, error)
// NetDialContext specifies the dial function for creating TCP connections. If
// NetDialContext is nil, NetDial is used.
NetDialContext func(ctx context.Context, network, addr string) (net.Conn, error)
// NetDialTLSContext specifies the dial function for creating TLS/TCP connections. If
// NetDialTLSContext is nil, NetDialContext is used.
// If NetDialTLSContext is set, Dial assumes the TLS handshake is done there and
// TLSClientConfig is ignored.
NetDialTLSContext func(ctx context.Context, network, addr string) (net.Conn, error)
// Proxy specifies a function to return a proxy for a given
// Request. If the function returns a non-nil error, the
// request is aborted with the provided error.
// If Proxy is nil or returns a nil *URL, no proxy is used.
Proxy func(*http.Request) (*url.URL, error)
// TLSClientConfig specifies the TLS configuration to use with tls.Client.
// If nil, the default configuration is used.
// If either NetDialTLS or NetDialTLSContext are set, Dial assumes the TLS handshake
// is done there and TLSClientConfig is ignored.
TLSClientConfig *tls.Config
// HandshakeTimeout specifies the duration for the handshake to complete.
HandshakeTimeout time.Duration
// ReadBufferSize and WriteBufferSize specify I/O buffer sizes in bytes. If a buffer
// size is zero, then a useful default size is used. The I/O buffer sizes
// do not limit the size of the messages that can be sent or received.
ReadBufferSize, WriteBufferSize int
// WriteBufferPool is a pool of buffers for write operations. If the value
// is not set, then write buffers are allocated to the connection for the
// lifetime of the connection.
//
// A pool is most useful when the application has a modest volume of writes
// across a large number of connections.
//
// Applications should use a single pool for each unique value of
// WriteBufferSize.
WriteBufferPool BufferPool
// Subprotocols specifies the client's requested subprotocols.
Subprotocols []string
// EnableCompression specifies if the client should attempt to negotiate
// per message compression (RFC 7692). Setting this value to true does not
// guarantee that compression will be supported. Currently only "no context
// takeover" modes are supported.
EnableCompression bool
// Jar specifies the cookie jar.
// If Jar is nil, cookies are not sent in requests and ignored
// in responses.
Jar http.CookieJar
}
// Dial creates a new client connection by calling DialContext with a background context.
func (d *Dialer) Dial(urlStr string, requestHeader http.Header) (*Conn, *http.Response, error) {
return d.DialContext(context.Background(), urlStr, requestHeader)
}
var errMalformedURL = errors.New("malformed ws or wss URL")
func hostPortNoPort(u *url.URL) (hostPort, hostNoPort string) {
hostPort = u.Host
hostNoPort = u.Host
if i := strings.LastIndex(u.Host, ":"); i > strings.LastIndex(u.Host, "]") {
hostNoPort = hostNoPort[:i]
} else {
switch u.Scheme {
case "wss":
hostPort += ":443"
case "https":
hostPort += ":443"
default:
hostPort += ":80"
}
}
return hostPort, hostNoPort
}
// DefaultDialer is a dialer with all fields set to the default values.
var DefaultDialer = &Dialer{
Proxy: http.ProxyFromEnvironment,
HandshakeTimeout: 45 * time.Second,
}
// nilDialer is dialer to use when receiver is nil.
var nilDialer = *DefaultDialer
// DialContext creates a new client connection. Use requestHeader to specify the
// origin (Origin), subprotocols (Sec-WebSocket-Protocol) and cookies (Cookie).
// Use the response.Header to get the selected subprotocol
// (Sec-WebSocket-Protocol) and cookies (Set-Cookie).
//
// The context will be used in the request and in the Dialer.
//
// If the WebSocket handshake fails, ErrBadHandshake is returned along with a
// non-nil *http.Response so that callers can handle redirects, authentication,
// etcetera. The response body may not contain the entire response and does not
// need to be closed by the application.
func (d *Dialer) DialContext(ctx context.Context, urlStr string, requestHeader http.Header) (*Conn, *http.Response, error) {
if d == nil {
d = &nilDialer
}
challengeKey, err := generateChallengeKey()
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
u, err := url.Parse(urlStr)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
switch u.Scheme {
case "ws":
u.Scheme = "http"
case "wss":
u.Scheme = "https"
default:
return nil, nil, errMalformedURL
}
if u.User != nil {
// User name and password are not allowed in websocket URIs.
return nil, nil, errMalformedURL
}
req := &http.Request{
Method: http.MethodGet,
URL: u,
Proto: "HTTP/1.1",
ProtoMajor: 1,
ProtoMinor: 1,
Header: make(http.Header),
Host: u.Host,
}
req = req.WithContext(ctx)
// Set the cookies present in the cookie jar of the dialer
if d.Jar != nil {
for _, cookie := range d.Jar.Cookies(u) {
req.AddCookie(cookie)
}
}
// Set the request headers using the capitalization for names and values in
// RFC examples. Although the capitalization shouldn't matter, there are
// servers that depend on it. The Header.Set method is not used because the
// method canonicalizes the header names.
req.Header["Upgrade"] = []string{"websocket"}
req.Header["Connection"] = []string{"Upgrade"}
req.Header["Sec-WebSocket-Key"] = []string{challengeKey}
req.Header["Sec-WebSocket-Version"] = []string{"13"}
if len(d.Subprotocols) > 0 {
req.Header["Sec-WebSocket-Protocol"] = []string{strings.Join(d.Subprotocols, ", ")}
}
for k, vs := range requestHeader {
switch {
case k == "Host":
if len(vs) > 0 {
req.Host = vs[0]
}
case k == "Upgrade" ||
k == "Connection" ||
k == "Sec-Websocket-Key" ||
k == "Sec-Websocket-Version" ||
k == "Sec-Websocket-Extensions" ||
(k == "Sec-Websocket-Protocol" && len(d.Subprotocols) > 0):
return nil, nil, errors.New("websocket: duplicate header not allowed: " + k)
case k == "Sec-Websocket-Protocol":
req.Header["Sec-WebSocket-Protocol"] = vs
default:
req.Header[k] = vs
}
}
if d.EnableCompression {
req.Header["Sec-WebSocket-Extensions"] = []string{"permessage-deflate; server_no_context_takeover; client_no_context_takeover"}
}
if d.HandshakeTimeout != 0 {
var cancel func()
ctx, cancel = context.WithTimeout(ctx, d.HandshakeTimeout)
defer cancel()
}
// Get network dial function.
var netDial func(network, add string) (net.Conn, error)
switch u.Scheme {
case "http":
if d.NetDialContext != nil {
netDial = func(network, addr string) (net.Conn, error) {
return d.NetDialContext(ctx, network, addr)
}
} else if d.NetDial != nil {
netDial = d.NetDial
}
case "https":
if d.NetDialTLSContext != nil {
netDial = func(network, addr string) (net.Conn, error) {
return d.NetDialTLSContext(ctx, network, addr)
}
} else if d.NetDialContext != nil {
netDial = func(network, addr string) (net.Conn, error) {
return d.NetDialContext(ctx, network, addr)
}
} else if d.NetDial != nil {
netDial = d.NetDial
}
default:
return nil, nil, errMalformedURL
}
if netDial == nil {
netDialer := &net.Dialer{}
netDial = func(network, addr string) (net.Conn, error) {
return netDialer.DialContext(ctx, network, addr)
}
}
// If needed, wrap the dial function to set the connection deadline.
if deadline, ok := ctx.Deadline(); ok {
forwardDial := netDial
netDial = func(network, addr string) (net.Conn, error) {
c, err := forwardDial(network, addr)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
err = c.SetDeadline(deadline)
if err != nil {
c.Close()
return nil, err
}
return c, nil
}
}
// If needed, wrap the dial function to connect through a proxy.
if d.Proxy != nil {
proxyURL, err := d.Proxy(req)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if proxyURL != nil {
dialer, err := proxy_FromURL(proxyURL, netDialerFunc(netDial))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
netDial = dialer.Dial
}
}
hostPort, hostNoPort := hostPortNoPort(u)
trace := httptrace.ContextClientTrace(ctx)
if trace != nil && trace.GetConn != nil {
trace.GetConn(hostPort)
}
netConn, err := netDial("tcp", hostPort)
if trace != nil && trace.GotConn != nil {
trace.GotConn(httptrace.GotConnInfo{
Conn: netConn,
})
}
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer func() {
if netConn != nil {
netConn.Close()
}
}()
if u.Scheme == "https" && d.NetDialTLSContext == nil {
// If NetDialTLSContext is set, assume that the TLS handshake has already been done
cfg := cloneTLSConfig(d.TLSClientConfig)
if cfg.ServerName == "" {
cfg.ServerName = hostNoPort
}
tlsConn := tls.Client(netConn, cfg)
netConn = tlsConn
if trace != nil && trace.TLSHandshakeStart != nil {
trace.TLSHandshakeStart()
}
err := doHandshake(ctx, tlsConn, cfg)
if trace != nil && trace.TLSHandshakeDone != nil {
trace.TLSHandshakeDone(tlsConn.ConnectionState(), err)
}
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
}
conn := newConn(netConn, false, d.ReadBufferSize, d.WriteBufferSize, d.WriteBufferPool, nil, nil)
if err := req.Write(netConn); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if trace != nil && trace.GotFirstResponseByte != nil {
if peek, err := conn.br.Peek(1); err == nil && len(peek) == 1 {
trace.GotFirstResponseByte()
}
}
resp, err := http.ReadResponse(conn.br, req)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if d.Jar != nil {
if rc := resp.Cookies(); len(rc) > 0 {
d.Jar.SetCookies(u, rc)
}
}
if resp.StatusCode != 101 ||
!tokenListContainsValue(resp.Header, "Upgrade", "websocket") ||
!tokenListContainsValue(resp.Header, "Connection", "upgrade") ||
resp.Header.Get("Sec-Websocket-Accept") != computeAcceptKey(challengeKey) {
// Before closing the network connection on return from this
// function, slurp up some of the response to aid application
// debugging.
buf := make([]byte, 1024)
n, _ := io.ReadFull(resp.Body, buf)
resp.Body = ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader(buf[:n]))
return nil, resp, ErrBadHandshake
}
for _, ext := range parseExtensions(resp.Header) {
if ext[""] != "permessage-deflate" {
continue
}
_, snct := ext["server_no_context_takeover"]
_, cnct := ext["client_no_context_takeover"]
if !snct || !cnct {
return nil, resp, errInvalidCompression
}
conn.newCompressionWriter = compressNoContextTakeover
conn.newDecompressionReader = decompressNoContextTakeover
break
}
resp.Body = ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader([]byte{}))
conn.subprotocol = resp.Header.Get("Sec-Websocket-Protocol")
netConn.SetDeadline(time.Time{})
netConn = nil // to avoid close in defer.
return conn, resp, nil
}
func cloneTLSConfig(cfg *tls.Config) *tls.Config {
if cfg == nil {
return &tls.Config{}
}
return cfg.Clone()
}

148
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/compression.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
// Copyright 2017 The Gorilla WebSocket Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package websocket
import (
"compress/flate"
"errors"
"io"
"strings"
"sync"
)
const (
minCompressionLevel = -2 // flate.HuffmanOnly not defined in Go < 1.6
maxCompressionLevel = flate.BestCompression
defaultCompressionLevel = 1
)
var (
flateWriterPools [maxCompressionLevel - minCompressionLevel + 1]sync.Pool
flateReaderPool = sync.Pool{New: func() interface{} {
return flate.NewReader(nil)
}}
)
func decompressNoContextTakeover(r io.Reader) io.ReadCloser {
const tail =
// Add four bytes as specified in RFC
"\x00\x00\xff\xff" +
// Add final block to squelch unexpected EOF error from flate reader.
"\x01\x00\x00\xff\xff"
fr, _ := flateReaderPool.Get().(io.ReadCloser)
fr.(flate.Resetter).Reset(io.MultiReader(r, strings.NewReader(tail)), nil)
return &flateReadWrapper{fr}
}
func isValidCompressionLevel(level int) bool {
return minCompressionLevel <= level && level <= maxCompressionLevel
}
func compressNoContextTakeover(w io.WriteCloser, level int) io.WriteCloser {
p := &flateWriterPools[level-minCompressionLevel]
tw := &truncWriter{w: w}
fw, _ := p.Get().(*flate.Writer)
if fw == nil {
fw, _ = flate.NewWriter(tw, level)
} else {
fw.Reset(tw)
}
return &flateWriteWrapper{fw: fw, tw: tw, p: p}
}
// truncWriter is an io.Writer that writes all but the last four bytes of the
// stream to another io.Writer.
type truncWriter struct {
w io.WriteCloser
n int
p [4]byte
}
func (w *truncWriter) Write(p []byte) (int, error) {
n := 0
// fill buffer first for simplicity.
if w.n < len(w.p) {
n = copy(w.p[w.n:], p)
p = p[n:]
w.n += n
if len(p) == 0 {
return n, nil
}
}
m := len(p)
if m > len(w.p) {
m = len(w.p)
}
if nn, err := w.w.Write(w.p[:m]); err != nil {
return n + nn, err
}
copy(w.p[:], w.p[m:])
copy(w.p[len(w.p)-m:], p[len(p)-m:])
nn, err := w.w.Write(p[:len(p)-m])
return n + nn, err
}
type flateWriteWrapper struct {
fw *flate.Writer
tw *truncWriter
p *sync.Pool
}
func (w *flateWriteWrapper) Write(p []byte) (int, error) {
if w.fw == nil {
return 0, errWriteClosed
}
return w.fw.Write(p)
}
func (w *flateWriteWrapper) Close() error {
if w.fw == nil {
return errWriteClosed
}
err1 := w.fw.Flush()
w.p.Put(w.fw)
w.fw = nil
if w.tw.p != [4]byte{0, 0, 0xff, 0xff} {
return errors.New("websocket: internal error, unexpected bytes at end of flate stream")
}
err2 := w.tw.w.Close()
if err1 != nil {
return err1
}
return err2
}
type flateReadWrapper struct {
fr io.ReadCloser
}
func (r *flateReadWrapper) Read(p []byte) (int, error) {
if r.fr == nil {
return 0, io.ErrClosedPipe
}
n, err := r.fr.Read(p)
if err == io.EOF {
// Preemptively place the reader back in the pool. This helps with
// scenarios where the application does not call NextReader() soon after
// this final read.
r.Close()
}
return n, err
}
func (r *flateReadWrapper) Close() error {
if r.fr == nil {
return io.ErrClosedPipe
}
err := r.fr.Close()
flateReaderPool.Put(r.fr)
r.fr = nil
return err
}

1230
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/conn.go generated vendored Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

227
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/doc.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
// Copyright 2013 The Gorilla WebSocket Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
// Package websocket implements the WebSocket protocol defined in RFC 6455.
//
// Overview
//
// The Conn type represents a WebSocket connection. A server application calls
// the Upgrader.Upgrade method from an HTTP request handler to get a *Conn:
//
// var upgrader = websocket.Upgrader{
// ReadBufferSize: 1024,
// WriteBufferSize: 1024,
// }
//
// func handler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
// conn, err := upgrader.Upgrade(w, r, nil)
// if err != nil {
// log.Println(err)
// return
// }
// ... Use conn to send and receive messages.
// }
//
// Call the connection's WriteMessage and ReadMessage methods to send and
// receive messages as a slice of bytes. This snippet of code shows how to echo
// messages using these methods:
//
// for {
// messageType, p, err := conn.ReadMessage()
// if err != nil {
// log.Println(err)
// return
// }
// if err := conn.WriteMessage(messageType, p); err != nil {
// log.Println(err)
// return
// }
// }
//
// In above snippet of code, p is a []byte and messageType is an int with value
// websocket.BinaryMessage or websocket.TextMessage.
//
// An application can also send and receive messages using the io.WriteCloser
// and io.Reader interfaces. To send a message, call the connection NextWriter
// method to get an io.WriteCloser, write the message to the writer and close
// the writer when done. To receive a message, call the connection NextReader
// method to get an io.Reader and read until io.EOF is returned. This snippet
// shows how to echo messages using the NextWriter and NextReader methods:
//
// for {
// messageType, r, err := conn.NextReader()
// if err != nil {
// return
// }
// w, err := conn.NextWriter(messageType)
// if err != nil {
// return err
// }
// if _, err := io.Copy(w, r); err != nil {
// return err
// }
// if err := w.Close(); err != nil {
// return err
// }
// }
//
// Data Messages
//
// The WebSocket protocol distinguishes between text and binary data messages.
// Text messages are interpreted as UTF-8 encoded text. The interpretation of
// binary messages is left to the application.
//
// This package uses the TextMessage and BinaryMessage integer constants to
// identify the two data message types. The ReadMessage and NextReader methods
// return the type of the received message. The messageType argument to the
// WriteMessage and NextWriter methods specifies the type of a sent message.
//
// It is the application's responsibility to ensure that text messages are
// valid UTF-8 encoded text.
//
// Control Messages
//
// The WebSocket protocol defines three types of control messages: close, ping
// and pong. Call the connection WriteControl, WriteMessage or NextWriter
// methods to send a control message to the peer.
//
// Connections handle received close messages by calling the handler function
// set with the SetCloseHandler method and by returning a *CloseError from the
// NextReader, ReadMessage or the message Read method. The default close
// handler sends a close message to the peer.
//
// Connections handle received ping messages by calling the handler function
// set with the SetPingHandler method. The default ping handler sends a pong
// message to the peer.
//
// Connections handle received pong messages by calling the handler function
// set with the SetPongHandler method. The default pong handler does nothing.
// If an application sends ping messages, then the application should set a
// pong handler to receive the corresponding pong.
//
// The control message handler functions are called from the NextReader,
// ReadMessage and message reader Read methods. The default close and ping
// handlers can block these methods for a short time when the handler writes to
// the connection.
//
// The application must read the connection to process close, ping and pong
// messages sent from the peer. If the application is not otherwise interested
// in messages from the peer, then the application should start a goroutine to
// read and discard messages from the peer. A simple example is:
//
// func readLoop(c *websocket.Conn) {
// for {
// if _, _, err := c.NextReader(); err != nil {
// c.Close()
// break
// }
// }
// }
//
// Concurrency
//
// Connections support one concurrent reader and one concurrent writer.
//
// Applications are responsible for ensuring that no more than one goroutine
// calls the write methods (NextWriter, SetWriteDeadline, WriteMessage,
// WriteJSON, EnableWriteCompression, SetCompressionLevel) concurrently and
// that no more than one goroutine calls the read methods (NextReader,
// SetReadDeadline, ReadMessage, ReadJSON, SetPongHandler, SetPingHandler)
// concurrently.
//
// The Close and WriteControl methods can be called concurrently with all other
// methods.
//
// Origin Considerations
//
// Web browsers allow Javascript applications to open a WebSocket connection to
// any host. It's up to the server to enforce an origin policy using the Origin
// request header sent by the browser.
//
// The Upgrader calls the function specified in the CheckOrigin field to check
// the origin. If the CheckOrigin function returns false, then the Upgrade
// method fails the WebSocket handshake with HTTP status 403.
//
// If the CheckOrigin field is nil, then the Upgrader uses a safe default: fail
// the handshake if the Origin request header is present and the Origin host is
// not equal to the Host request header.
//
// The deprecated package-level Upgrade function does not perform origin
// checking. The application is responsible for checking the Origin header
// before calling the Upgrade function.
//
// Buffers
//
// Connections buffer network input and output to reduce the number
// of system calls when reading or writing messages.
//
// Write buffers are also used for constructing WebSocket frames. See RFC 6455,
// Section 5 for a discussion of message framing. A WebSocket frame header is
// written to the network each time a write buffer is flushed to the network.
// Decreasing the size of the write buffer can increase the amount of framing
// overhead on the connection.
//
// The buffer sizes in bytes are specified by the ReadBufferSize and
// WriteBufferSize fields in the Dialer and Upgrader. The Dialer uses a default
// size of 4096 when a buffer size field is set to zero. The Upgrader reuses
// buffers created by the HTTP server when a buffer size field is set to zero.
// The HTTP server buffers have a size of 4096 at the time of this writing.
//
// The buffer sizes do not limit the size of a message that can be read or
// written by a connection.
//
// Buffers are held for the lifetime of the connection by default. If the
// Dialer or Upgrader WriteBufferPool field is set, then a connection holds the
// write buffer only when writing a message.
//
// Applications should tune the buffer sizes to balance memory use and
// performance. Increasing the buffer size uses more memory, but can reduce the
// number of system calls to read or write the network. In the case of writing,
// increasing the buffer size can reduce the number of frame headers written to
// the network.
//
// Some guidelines for setting buffer parameters are:
//
// Limit the buffer sizes to the maximum expected message size. Buffers larger
// than the largest message do not provide any benefit.
//
// Depending on the distribution of message sizes, setting the buffer size to
// a value less than the maximum expected message size can greatly reduce memory
// use with a small impact on performance. Here's an example: If 99% of the
// messages are smaller than 256 bytes and the maximum message size is 512
// bytes, then a buffer size of 256 bytes will result in 1.01 more system calls
// than a buffer size of 512 bytes. The memory savings is 50%.
//
// A write buffer pool is useful when the application has a modest number
// writes over a large number of connections. when buffers are pooled, a larger
// buffer size has a reduced impact on total memory use and has the benefit of
// reducing system calls and frame overhead.
//
// Compression EXPERIMENTAL
//
// Per message compression extensions (RFC 7692) are experimentally supported
// by this package in a limited capacity. Setting the EnableCompression option
// to true in Dialer or Upgrader will attempt to negotiate per message deflate
// support.
//
// var upgrader = websocket.Upgrader{
// EnableCompression: true,
// }
//
// If compression was successfully negotiated with the connection's peer, any
// message received in compressed form will be automatically decompressed.
// All Read methods will return uncompressed bytes.
//
// Per message compression of messages written to a connection can be enabled
// or disabled by calling the corresponding Conn method:
//
// conn.EnableWriteCompression(false)
//
// Currently this package does not support compression with "context takeover".
// This means that messages must be compressed and decompressed in isolation,
// without retaining sliding window or dictionary state across messages. For
// more details refer to RFC 7692.
//
// Use of compression is experimental and may result in decreased performance.
package websocket

42
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/join.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
// Copyright 2019 The Gorilla WebSocket Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package websocket
import (
"io"
"strings"
)
// JoinMessages concatenates received messages to create a single io.Reader.
// The string term is appended to each message. The returned reader does not
// support concurrent calls to the Read method.
func JoinMessages(c *Conn, term string) io.Reader {
return &joinReader{c: c, term: term}
}
type joinReader struct {
c *Conn
term string
r io.Reader
}
func (r *joinReader) Read(p []byte) (int, error) {
if r.r == nil {
var err error
_, r.r, err = r.c.NextReader()
if err != nil {
return 0, err
}
if r.term != "" {
r.r = io.MultiReader(r.r, strings.NewReader(r.term))
}
}
n, err := r.r.Read(p)
if err == io.EOF {
err = nil
r.r = nil
}
return n, err
}

60
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/json.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
// Copyright 2013 The Gorilla WebSocket Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package websocket
import (
"encoding/json"
"io"
)
// WriteJSON writes the JSON encoding of v as a message.
//
// Deprecated: Use c.WriteJSON instead.
func WriteJSON(c *Conn, v interface{}) error {
return c.WriteJSON(v)
}
// WriteJSON writes the JSON encoding of v as a message.
//
// See the documentation for encoding/json Marshal for details about the
// conversion of Go values to JSON.
func (c *Conn) WriteJSON(v interface{}) error {
w, err := c.NextWriter(TextMessage)
if err != nil {
return err
}
err1 := json.NewEncoder(w).Encode(v)
err2 := w.Close()
if err1 != nil {
return err1
}
return err2
}
// ReadJSON reads the next JSON-encoded message from the connection and stores
// it in the value pointed to by v.
//
// Deprecated: Use c.ReadJSON instead.
func ReadJSON(c *Conn, v interface{}) error {
return c.ReadJSON(v)
}
// ReadJSON reads the next JSON-encoded message from the connection and stores
// it in the value pointed to by v.
//
// See the documentation for the encoding/json Unmarshal function for details
// about the conversion of JSON to a Go value.
func (c *Conn) ReadJSON(v interface{}) error {
_, r, err := c.NextReader()
if err != nil {
return err
}
err = json.NewDecoder(r).Decode(v)
if err == io.EOF {
// One value is expected in the message.
err = io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
return err
}

55
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/mask.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gorilla WebSocket Authors. All rights reserved. Use of
// this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be found in the
// LICENSE file.
//go:build !appengine
// +build !appengine
package websocket
import "unsafe"
const wordSize = int(unsafe.Sizeof(uintptr(0)))
func maskBytes(key [4]byte, pos int, b []byte) int {
// Mask one byte at a time for small buffers.
if len(b) < 2*wordSize {
for i := range b {
b[i] ^= key[pos&3]
pos++
}
return pos & 3
}
// Mask one byte at a time to word boundary.
if n := int(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0]))) % wordSize; n != 0 {
n = wordSize - n
for i := range b[:n] {
b[i] ^= key[pos&3]
pos++
}
b = b[n:]
}
// Create aligned word size key.
var k [wordSize]byte
for i := range k {
k[i] = key[(pos+i)&3]
}
kw := *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&k))
// Mask one word at a time.
n := (len(b) / wordSize) * wordSize
for i := 0; i < n; i += wordSize {
*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0])) + uintptr(i))) ^= kw
}
// Mask one byte at a time for remaining bytes.
b = b[n:]
for i := range b {
b[i] ^= key[pos&3]
pos++
}
return pos & 3
}

16
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/mask_safe.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gorilla WebSocket Authors. All rights reserved. Use of
// this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be found in the
// LICENSE file.
//go:build appengine
// +build appengine
package websocket
func maskBytes(key [4]byte, pos int, b []byte) int {
for i := range b {
b[i] ^= key[pos&3]
pos++
}
return pos & 3
}

102
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/prepared.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
// Copyright 2017 The Gorilla WebSocket Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package websocket
import (
"bytes"
"net"
"sync"
"time"
)
// PreparedMessage caches on the wire representations of a message payload.
// Use PreparedMessage to efficiently send a message payload to multiple
// connections. PreparedMessage is especially useful when compression is used
// because the CPU and memory expensive compression operation can be executed
// once for a given set of compression options.
type PreparedMessage struct {
messageType int
data []byte
mu sync.Mutex
frames map[prepareKey]*preparedFrame
}
// prepareKey defines a unique set of options to cache prepared frames in PreparedMessage.
type prepareKey struct {
isServer bool
compress bool
compressionLevel int
}
// preparedFrame contains data in wire representation.
type preparedFrame struct {
once sync.Once
data []byte
}
// NewPreparedMessage returns an initialized PreparedMessage. You can then send
// it to connection using WritePreparedMessage method. Valid wire
// representation will be calculated lazily only once for a set of current
// connection options.
func NewPreparedMessage(messageType int, data []byte) (*PreparedMessage, error) {
pm := &PreparedMessage{
messageType: messageType,
frames: make(map[prepareKey]*preparedFrame),
data: data,
}
// Prepare a plain server frame.
_, frameData, err := pm.frame(prepareKey{isServer: true, compress: false})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
// To protect against caller modifying the data argument, remember the data
// copied to the plain server frame.
pm.data = frameData[len(frameData)-len(data):]
return pm, nil
}
func (pm *PreparedMessage) frame(key prepareKey) (int, []byte, error) {
pm.mu.Lock()
frame, ok := pm.frames[key]
if !ok {
frame = &preparedFrame{}
pm.frames[key] = frame
}
pm.mu.Unlock()
var err error
frame.once.Do(func() {
// Prepare a frame using a 'fake' connection.
// TODO: Refactor code in conn.go to allow more direct construction of
// the frame.
mu := make(chan struct{}, 1)
mu <- struct{}{}
var nc prepareConn
c := &Conn{
conn: &nc,
mu: mu,
isServer: key.isServer,
compressionLevel: key.compressionLevel,
enableWriteCompression: true,
writeBuf: make([]byte, defaultWriteBufferSize+maxFrameHeaderSize),
}
if key.compress {
c.newCompressionWriter = compressNoContextTakeover
}
err = c.WriteMessage(pm.messageType, pm.data)
frame.data = nc.buf.Bytes()
})
return pm.messageType, frame.data, err
}
type prepareConn struct {
buf bytes.Buffer
net.Conn
}
func (pc *prepareConn) Write(p []byte) (int, error) { return pc.buf.Write(p) }
func (pc *prepareConn) SetWriteDeadline(t time.Time) error { return nil }

77
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/proxy.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
// Copyright 2017 The Gorilla WebSocket Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package websocket
import (
"bufio"
"encoding/base64"
"errors"
"net"
"net/http"
"net/url"
"strings"
)
type netDialerFunc func(network, addr string) (net.Conn, error)
func (fn netDialerFunc) Dial(network, addr string) (net.Conn, error) {
return fn(network, addr)
}
func init() {
proxy_RegisterDialerType("http", func(proxyURL *url.URL, forwardDialer proxy_Dialer) (proxy_Dialer, error) {
return &httpProxyDialer{proxyURL: proxyURL, forwardDial: forwardDialer.Dial}, nil
})
}
type httpProxyDialer struct {
proxyURL *url.URL
forwardDial func(network, addr string) (net.Conn, error)
}
func (hpd *httpProxyDialer) Dial(network string, addr string) (net.Conn, error) {
hostPort, _ := hostPortNoPort(hpd.proxyURL)
conn, err := hpd.forwardDial(network, hostPort)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
connectHeader := make(http.Header)
if user := hpd.proxyURL.User; user != nil {
proxyUser := user.Username()
if proxyPassword, passwordSet := user.Password(); passwordSet {
credential := base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString([]byte(proxyUser + ":" + proxyPassword))
connectHeader.Set("Proxy-Authorization", "Basic "+credential)
}
}
connectReq := &http.Request{
Method: http.MethodConnect,
URL: &url.URL{Opaque: addr},
Host: addr,
Header: connectHeader,
}
if err := connectReq.Write(conn); err != nil {
conn.Close()
return nil, err
}
// Read response. It's OK to use and discard buffered reader here becaue
// the remote server does not speak until spoken to.
br := bufio.NewReader(conn)
resp, err := http.ReadResponse(br, connectReq)
if err != nil {
conn.Close()
return nil, err
}
if resp.StatusCode != 200 {
conn.Close()
f := strings.SplitN(resp.Status, " ", 2)
return nil, errors.New(f[1])
}
return conn, nil
}

365
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/server.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
// Copyright 2013 The Gorilla WebSocket Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package websocket
import (
"bufio"
"errors"
"io"
"net/http"
"net/url"
"strings"
"time"
)
// HandshakeError describes an error with the handshake from the peer.
type HandshakeError struct {
message string
}
func (e HandshakeError) Error() string { return e.message }
// Upgrader specifies parameters for upgrading an HTTP connection to a
// WebSocket connection.
//
// It is safe to call Upgrader's methods concurrently.
type Upgrader struct {
// HandshakeTimeout specifies the duration for the handshake to complete.
HandshakeTimeout time.Duration
// ReadBufferSize and WriteBufferSize specify I/O buffer sizes in bytes. If a buffer
// size is zero, then buffers allocated by the HTTP server are used. The
// I/O buffer sizes do not limit the size of the messages that can be sent
// or received.
ReadBufferSize, WriteBufferSize int
// WriteBufferPool is a pool of buffers for write operations. If the value
// is not set, then write buffers are allocated to the connection for the
// lifetime of the connection.
//
// A pool is most useful when the application has a modest volume of writes
// across a large number of connections.
//
// Applications should use a single pool for each unique value of
// WriteBufferSize.
WriteBufferPool BufferPool
// Subprotocols specifies the server's supported protocols in order of
// preference. If this field is not nil, then the Upgrade method negotiates a
// subprotocol by selecting the first match in this list with a protocol
// requested by the client. If there's no match, then no protocol is
// negotiated (the Sec-Websocket-Protocol header is not included in the
// handshake response).
Subprotocols []string
// Error specifies the function for generating HTTP error responses. If Error
// is nil, then http.Error is used to generate the HTTP response.
Error func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request, status int, reason error)
// CheckOrigin returns true if the request Origin header is acceptable. If
// CheckOrigin is nil, then a safe default is used: return false if the
// Origin request header is present and the origin host is not equal to
// request Host header.
//
// A CheckOrigin function should carefully validate the request origin to
// prevent cross-site request forgery.
CheckOrigin func(r *http.Request) bool
// EnableCompression specify if the server should attempt to negotiate per
// message compression (RFC 7692). Setting this value to true does not
// guarantee that compression will be supported. Currently only "no context
// takeover" modes are supported.
EnableCompression bool
}
func (u *Upgrader) returnError(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request, status int, reason string) (*Conn, error) {
err := HandshakeError{reason}
if u.Error != nil {
u.Error(w, r, status, err)
} else {
w.Header().Set("Sec-Websocket-Version", "13")
http.Error(w, http.StatusText(status), status)
}
return nil, err
}
// checkSameOrigin returns true if the origin is not set or is equal to the request host.
func checkSameOrigin(r *http.Request) bool {
origin := r.Header["Origin"]
if len(origin) == 0 {
return true
}
u, err := url.Parse(origin[0])
if err != nil {
return false
}
return equalASCIIFold(u.Host, r.Host)
}
func (u *Upgrader) selectSubprotocol(r *http.Request, responseHeader http.Header) string {
if u.Subprotocols != nil {
clientProtocols := Subprotocols(r)
for _, serverProtocol := range u.Subprotocols {
for _, clientProtocol := range clientProtocols {
if clientProtocol == serverProtocol {
return clientProtocol
}
}
}
} else if responseHeader != nil {
return responseHeader.Get("Sec-Websocket-Protocol")
}
return ""
}
// Upgrade upgrades the HTTP server connection to the WebSocket protocol.
//
// The responseHeader is included in the response to the client's upgrade
// request. Use the responseHeader to specify cookies (Set-Cookie). To specify
// subprotocols supported by the server, set Upgrader.Subprotocols directly.
//
// If the upgrade fails, then Upgrade replies to the client with an HTTP error
// response.
func (u *Upgrader) Upgrade(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request, responseHeader http.Header) (*Conn, error) {
const badHandshake = "websocket: the client is not using the websocket protocol: "
if !tokenListContainsValue(r.Header, "Connection", "upgrade") {
return u.returnError(w, r, http.StatusBadRequest, badHandshake+"'upgrade' token not found in 'Connection' header")
}
if !tokenListContainsValue(r.Header, "Upgrade", "websocket") {
return u.returnError(w, r, http.StatusBadRequest, badHandshake+"'websocket' token not found in 'Upgrade' header")
}
if r.Method != http.MethodGet {
return u.returnError(w, r, http.StatusMethodNotAllowed, badHandshake+"request method is not GET")
}
if !tokenListContainsValue(r.Header, "Sec-Websocket-Version", "13") {
return u.returnError(w, r, http.StatusBadRequest, "websocket: unsupported version: 13 not found in 'Sec-Websocket-Version' header")
}
if _, ok := responseHeader["Sec-Websocket-Extensions"]; ok {
return u.returnError(w, r, http.StatusInternalServerError, "websocket: application specific 'Sec-WebSocket-Extensions' headers are unsupported")
}
checkOrigin := u.CheckOrigin
if checkOrigin == nil {
checkOrigin = checkSameOrigin
}
if !checkOrigin(r) {
return u.returnError(w, r, http.StatusForbidden, "websocket: request origin not allowed by Upgrader.CheckOrigin")
}
challengeKey := r.Header.Get("Sec-Websocket-Key")
if challengeKey == "" {
return u.returnError(w, r, http.StatusBadRequest, "websocket: not a websocket handshake: 'Sec-WebSocket-Key' header is missing or blank")
}
subprotocol := u.selectSubprotocol(r, responseHeader)
// Negotiate PMCE
var compress bool
if u.EnableCompression {
for _, ext := range parseExtensions(r.Header) {
if ext[""] != "permessage-deflate" {
continue
}
compress = true
break
}
}
h, ok := w.(http.Hijacker)
if !ok {
return u.returnError(w, r, http.StatusInternalServerError, "websocket: response does not implement http.Hijacker")
}
var brw *bufio.ReadWriter
netConn, brw, err := h.Hijack()
if err != nil {
return u.returnError(w, r, http.StatusInternalServerError, err.Error())
}
if brw.Reader.Buffered() > 0 {
netConn.Close()
return nil, errors.New("websocket: client sent data before handshake is complete")
}
var br *bufio.Reader
if u.ReadBufferSize == 0 && bufioReaderSize(netConn, brw.Reader) > 256 {
// Reuse hijacked buffered reader as connection reader.
br = brw.Reader
}
buf := bufioWriterBuffer(netConn, brw.Writer)
var writeBuf []byte
if u.WriteBufferPool == nil && u.WriteBufferSize == 0 && len(buf) >= maxFrameHeaderSize+256 {
// Reuse hijacked write buffer as connection buffer.
writeBuf = buf
}
c := newConn(netConn, true, u.ReadBufferSize, u.WriteBufferSize, u.WriteBufferPool, br, writeBuf)
c.subprotocol = subprotocol
if compress {
c.newCompressionWriter = compressNoContextTakeover
c.newDecompressionReader = decompressNoContextTakeover
}
// Use larger of hijacked buffer and connection write buffer for header.
p := buf
if len(c.writeBuf) > len(p) {
p = c.writeBuf
}
p = p[:0]
p = append(p, "HTTP/1.1 101 Switching Protocols\r\nUpgrade: websocket\r\nConnection: Upgrade\r\nSec-WebSocket-Accept: "...)
p = append(p, computeAcceptKey(challengeKey)...)
p = append(p, "\r\n"...)
if c.subprotocol != "" {
p = append(p, "Sec-WebSocket-Protocol: "...)
p = append(p, c.subprotocol...)
p = append(p, "\r\n"...)
}
if compress {
p = append(p, "Sec-WebSocket-Extensions: permessage-deflate; server_no_context_takeover; client_no_context_takeover\r\n"...)
}
for k, vs := range responseHeader {
if k == "Sec-Websocket-Protocol" {
continue
}
for _, v := range vs {
p = append(p, k...)
p = append(p, ": "...)
for i := 0; i < len(v); i++ {
b := v[i]
if b <= 31 {
// prevent response splitting.
b = ' '
}
p = append(p, b)
}
p = append(p, "\r\n"...)
}
}
p = append(p, "\r\n"...)
// Clear deadlines set by HTTP server.
netConn.SetDeadline(time.Time{})
if u.HandshakeTimeout > 0 {
netConn.SetWriteDeadline(time.Now().Add(u.HandshakeTimeout))
}
if _, err = netConn.Write(p); err != nil {
netConn.Close()
return nil, err
}
if u.HandshakeTimeout > 0 {
netConn.SetWriteDeadline(time.Time{})
}
return c, nil
}
// Upgrade upgrades the HTTP server connection to the WebSocket protocol.
//
// Deprecated: Use websocket.Upgrader instead.
//
// Upgrade does not perform origin checking. The application is responsible for
// checking the Origin header before calling Upgrade. An example implementation
// of the same origin policy check is:
//
// if req.Header.Get("Origin") != "http://"+req.Host {
// http.Error(w, "Origin not allowed", http.StatusForbidden)
// return
// }
//
// If the endpoint supports subprotocols, then the application is responsible
// for negotiating the protocol used on the connection. Use the Subprotocols()
// function to get the subprotocols requested by the client. Use the
// Sec-Websocket-Protocol response header to specify the subprotocol selected
// by the application.
//
// The responseHeader is included in the response to the client's upgrade
// request. Use the responseHeader to specify cookies (Set-Cookie) and the
// negotiated subprotocol (Sec-Websocket-Protocol).
//
// The connection buffers IO to the underlying network connection. The
// readBufSize and writeBufSize parameters specify the size of the buffers to
// use. Messages can be larger than the buffers.
//
// If the request is not a valid WebSocket handshake, then Upgrade returns an
// error of type HandshakeError. Applications should handle this error by
// replying to the client with an HTTP error response.
func Upgrade(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request, responseHeader http.Header, readBufSize, writeBufSize int) (*Conn, error) {
u := Upgrader{ReadBufferSize: readBufSize, WriteBufferSize: writeBufSize}
u.Error = func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request, status int, reason error) {
// don't return errors to maintain backwards compatibility
}
u.CheckOrigin = func(r *http.Request) bool {
// allow all connections by default
return true
}
return u.Upgrade(w, r, responseHeader)
}
// Subprotocols returns the subprotocols requested by the client in the
// Sec-Websocket-Protocol header.
func Subprotocols(r *http.Request) []string {
h := strings.TrimSpace(r.Header.Get("Sec-Websocket-Protocol"))
if h == "" {
return nil
}
protocols := strings.Split(h, ",")
for i := range protocols {
protocols[i] = strings.TrimSpace(protocols[i])
}
return protocols
}
// IsWebSocketUpgrade returns true if the client requested upgrade to the
// WebSocket protocol.
func IsWebSocketUpgrade(r *http.Request) bool {
return tokenListContainsValue(r.Header, "Connection", "upgrade") &&
tokenListContainsValue(r.Header, "Upgrade", "websocket")
}
// bufioReaderSize size returns the size of a bufio.Reader.
func bufioReaderSize(originalReader io.Reader, br *bufio.Reader) int {
// This code assumes that peek on a reset reader returns
// bufio.Reader.buf[:0].
// TODO: Use bufio.Reader.Size() after Go 1.10
br.Reset(originalReader)
if p, err := br.Peek(0); err == nil {
return cap(p)
}
return 0
}
// writeHook is an io.Writer that records the last slice passed to it vio
// io.Writer.Write.
type writeHook struct {
p []byte
}
func (wh *writeHook) Write(p []byte) (int, error) {
wh.p = p
return len(p), nil
}
// bufioWriterBuffer grabs the buffer from a bufio.Writer.
func bufioWriterBuffer(originalWriter io.Writer, bw *bufio.Writer) []byte {
// This code assumes that bufio.Writer.buf[:1] is passed to the
// bufio.Writer's underlying writer.
var wh writeHook
bw.Reset(&wh)
bw.WriteByte(0)
bw.Flush()
bw.Reset(originalWriter)
return wh.p[:cap(wh.p)]
}

21
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/tls_handshake.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
//go:build go1.17
// +build go1.17
package websocket
import (
"context"
"crypto/tls"
)
func doHandshake(ctx context.Context, tlsConn *tls.Conn, cfg *tls.Config) error {
if err := tlsConn.HandshakeContext(ctx); err != nil {
return err
}
if !cfg.InsecureSkipVerify {
if err := tlsConn.VerifyHostname(cfg.ServerName); err != nil {
return err
}
}
return nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
//go:build !go1.17
// +build !go1.17
package websocket
import (
"context"
"crypto/tls"
)
func doHandshake(ctx context.Context, tlsConn *tls.Conn, cfg *tls.Config) error {
if err := tlsConn.Handshake(); err != nil {
return err
}
if !cfg.InsecureSkipVerify {
if err := tlsConn.VerifyHostname(cfg.ServerName); err != nil {
return err
}
}
return nil
}

283
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/util.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
// Copyright 2013 The Gorilla WebSocket Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package websocket
import (
"crypto/rand"
"crypto/sha1"
"encoding/base64"
"io"
"net/http"
"strings"
"unicode/utf8"
)
var keyGUID = []byte("258EAFA5-E914-47DA-95CA-C5AB0DC85B11")
func computeAcceptKey(challengeKey string) string {
h := sha1.New()
h.Write([]byte(challengeKey))
h.Write(keyGUID)
return base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(h.Sum(nil))
}
func generateChallengeKey() (string, error) {
p := make([]byte, 16)
if _, err := io.ReadFull(rand.Reader, p); err != nil {
return "", err
}
return base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(p), nil
}
// Token octets per RFC 2616.
var isTokenOctet = [256]bool{
'!': true,
'#': true,
'$': true,
'%': true,
'&': true,
'\'': true,
'*': true,
'+': true,
'-': true,
'.': true,
'0': true,
'1': true,
'2': true,
'3': true,
'4': true,
'5': true,
'6': true,
'7': true,
'8': true,
'9': true,
'A': true,
'B': true,
'C': true,
'D': true,
'E': true,
'F': true,
'G': true,
'H': true,
'I': true,
'J': true,
'K': true,
'L': true,
'M': true,
'N': true,
'O': true,
'P': true,
'Q': true,
'R': true,
'S': true,
'T': true,
'U': true,
'W': true,
'V': true,
'X': true,
'Y': true,
'Z': true,
'^': true,
'_': true,
'`': true,
'a': true,
'b': true,
'c': true,
'd': true,
'e': true,
'f': true,
'g': true,
'h': true,
'i': true,
'j': true,
'k': true,
'l': true,
'm': true,
'n': true,
'o': true,
'p': true,
'q': true,
'r': true,
's': true,
't': true,
'u': true,
'v': true,
'w': true,
'x': true,
'y': true,
'z': true,
'|': true,
'~': true,
}
// skipSpace returns a slice of the string s with all leading RFC 2616 linear
// whitespace removed.
func skipSpace(s string) (rest string) {
i := 0
for ; i < len(s); i++ {
if b := s[i]; b != ' ' && b != '\t' {
break
}
}
return s[i:]
}
// nextToken returns the leading RFC 2616 token of s and the string following
// the token.
func nextToken(s string) (token, rest string) {
i := 0
for ; i < len(s); i++ {
if !isTokenOctet[s[i]] {
break
}
}
return s[:i], s[i:]
}
// nextTokenOrQuoted returns the leading token or quoted string per RFC 2616
// and the string following the token or quoted string.
func nextTokenOrQuoted(s string) (value string, rest string) {
if !strings.HasPrefix(s, "\"") {
return nextToken(s)
}
s = s[1:]
for i := 0; i < len(s); i++ {
switch s[i] {
case '"':
return s[:i], s[i+1:]
case '\\':
p := make([]byte, len(s)-1)
j := copy(p, s[:i])
escape := true
for i = i + 1; i < len(s); i++ {
b := s[i]
switch {
case escape:
escape = false
p[j] = b
j++
case b == '\\':
escape = true
case b == '"':
return string(p[:j]), s[i+1:]
default:
p[j] = b
j++
}
}
return "", ""
}
}
return "", ""
}
// equalASCIIFold returns true if s is equal to t with ASCII case folding as
// defined in RFC 4790.
func equalASCIIFold(s, t string) bool {
for s != "" && t != "" {
sr, size := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s)
s = s[size:]
tr, size := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(t)
t = t[size:]
if sr == tr {
continue
}
if 'A' <= sr && sr <= 'Z' {
sr = sr + 'a' - 'A'
}
if 'A' <= tr && tr <= 'Z' {
tr = tr + 'a' - 'A'
}
if sr != tr {
return false
}
}
return s == t
}
// tokenListContainsValue returns true if the 1#token header with the given
// name contains a token equal to value with ASCII case folding.
func tokenListContainsValue(header http.Header, name string, value string) bool {
headers:
for _, s := range header[name] {
for {
var t string
t, s = nextToken(skipSpace(s))
if t == "" {
continue headers
}
s = skipSpace(s)
if s != "" && s[0] != ',' {
continue headers
}
if equalASCIIFold(t, value) {
return true
}
if s == "" {
continue headers
}
s = s[1:]
}
}
return false
}
// parseExtensions parses WebSocket extensions from a header.
func parseExtensions(header http.Header) []map[string]string {
// From RFC 6455:
//
// Sec-WebSocket-Extensions = extension-list
// extension-list = 1#extension
// extension = extension-token *( ";" extension-param )
// extension-token = registered-token
// registered-token = token
// extension-param = token [ "=" (token | quoted-string) ]
// ;When using the quoted-string syntax variant, the value
// ;after quoted-string unescaping MUST conform to the
// ;'token' ABNF.
var result []map[string]string
headers:
for _, s := range header["Sec-Websocket-Extensions"] {
for {
var t string
t, s = nextToken(skipSpace(s))
if t == "" {
continue headers
}
ext := map[string]string{"": t}
for {
s = skipSpace(s)
if !strings.HasPrefix(s, ";") {
break
}
var k string
k, s = nextToken(skipSpace(s[1:]))
if k == "" {
continue headers
}
s = skipSpace(s)
var v string
if strings.HasPrefix(s, "=") {
v, s = nextTokenOrQuoted(skipSpace(s[1:]))
s = skipSpace(s)
}
if s != "" && s[0] != ',' && s[0] != ';' {
continue headers
}
ext[k] = v
}
if s != "" && s[0] != ',' {
continue headers
}
result = append(result, ext)
if s == "" {
continue headers
}
s = s[1:]
}
}
return result
}

473
vendor/github.com/gorilla/websocket/x_net_proxy.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
// Code generated by golang.org/x/tools/cmd/bundle. DO NOT EDIT.
//go:generate bundle -o x_net_proxy.go golang.org/x/net/proxy
// Package proxy provides support for a variety of protocols to proxy network
// data.
//
package websocket
import (
"errors"
"io"
"net"
"net/url"
"os"
"strconv"
"strings"
"sync"
)
type proxy_direct struct{}
// Direct is a direct proxy: one that makes network connections directly.
var proxy_Direct = proxy_direct{}
func (proxy_direct) Dial(network, addr string) (net.Conn, error) {
return net.Dial(network, addr)
}
// A PerHost directs connections to a default Dialer unless the host name
// requested matches one of a number of exceptions.
type proxy_PerHost struct {
def, bypass proxy_Dialer
bypassNetworks []*net.IPNet
bypassIPs []net.IP
bypassZones []string
bypassHosts []string
}
// NewPerHost returns a PerHost Dialer that directs connections to either
// defaultDialer or bypass, depending on whether the connection matches one of
// the configured rules.
func proxy_NewPerHost(defaultDialer, bypass proxy_Dialer) *proxy_PerHost {
return &proxy_PerHost{
def: defaultDialer,
bypass: bypass,
}
}
// Dial connects to the address addr on the given network through either
// defaultDialer or bypass.
func (p *proxy_PerHost) Dial(network, addr string) (c net.Conn, err error) {
host, _, err := net.SplitHostPort(addr)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return p.dialerForRequest(host).Dial(network, addr)
}
func (p *proxy_PerHost) dialerForRequest(host string) proxy_Dialer {
if ip := net.ParseIP(host); ip != nil {
for _, net := range p.bypassNetworks {
if net.Contains(ip) {
return p.bypass
}
}
for _, bypassIP := range p.bypassIPs {
if bypassIP.Equal(ip) {
return p.bypass
}
}
return p.def
}
for _, zone := range p.bypassZones {
if strings.HasSuffix(host, zone) {
return p.bypass
}
if host == zone[1:] {
// For a zone ".example.com", we match "example.com"
// too.
return p.bypass
}
}
for _, bypassHost := range p.bypassHosts {
if bypassHost == host {
return p.bypass
}
}
return p.def
}
// AddFromString parses a string that contains comma-separated values
// specifying hosts that should use the bypass proxy. Each value is either an
// IP address, a CIDR range, a zone (*.example.com) or a host name
// (localhost). A best effort is made to parse the string and errors are
// ignored.
func (p *proxy_PerHost) AddFromString(s string) {
hosts := strings.Split(s, ",")
for _, host := range hosts {
host = strings.TrimSpace(host)
if len(host) == 0 {
continue
}
if strings.Contains(host, "/") {
// We assume that it's a CIDR address like 127.0.0.0/8
if _, net, err := net.ParseCIDR(host); err == nil {
p.AddNetwork(net)
}
continue
}
if ip := net.ParseIP(host); ip != nil {
p.AddIP(ip)
continue
}
if strings.HasPrefix(host, "*.") {
p.AddZone(host[1:])
continue
}
p.AddHost(host)
}
}
// AddIP specifies an IP address that will use the bypass proxy. Note that
// this will only take effect if a literal IP address is dialed. A connection
// to a named host will never match an IP.
func (p *proxy_PerHost) AddIP(ip net.IP) {
p.bypassIPs = append(p.bypassIPs, ip)
}
// AddNetwork specifies an IP range that will use the bypass proxy. Note that
// this will only take effect if a literal IP address is dialed. A connection
// to a named host will never match.
func (p *proxy_PerHost) AddNetwork(net *net.IPNet) {
p.bypassNetworks = append(p.bypassNetworks, net)
}
// AddZone specifies a DNS suffix that will use the bypass proxy. A zone of
// "example.com" matches "example.com" and all of its subdomains.
func (p *proxy_PerHost) AddZone(zone string) {
if strings.HasSuffix(zone, ".") {
zone = zone[:len(zone)-1]
}
if !strings.HasPrefix(zone, ".") {
zone = "." + zone
}
p.bypassZones = append(p.bypassZones, zone)
}
// AddHost specifies a host name that will use the bypass proxy.
func (p *proxy_PerHost) AddHost(host string) {
if strings.HasSuffix(host, ".") {
host = host[:len(host)-1]
}
p.bypassHosts = append(p.bypassHosts, host)
}
// A Dialer is a means to establish a connection.
type proxy_Dialer interface {
// Dial connects to the given address via the proxy.
Dial(network, addr string) (c net.Conn, err error)
}
// Auth contains authentication parameters that specific Dialers may require.
type proxy_Auth struct {
User, Password string
}
// FromEnvironment returns the dialer specified by the proxy related variables in
// the environment.
func proxy_FromEnvironment() proxy_Dialer {
allProxy := proxy_allProxyEnv.Get()
if len(allProxy) == 0 {
return proxy_Direct
}
proxyURL, err := url.Parse(allProxy)
if err != nil {
return proxy_Direct
}
proxy, err := proxy_FromURL(proxyURL, proxy_Direct)
if err != nil {
return proxy_Direct
}
noProxy := proxy_noProxyEnv.Get()
if len(noProxy) == 0 {
return proxy
}
perHost := proxy_NewPerHost(proxy, proxy_Direct)
perHost.AddFromString(noProxy)
return perHost
}
// proxySchemes is a map from URL schemes to a function that creates a Dialer
// from a URL with such a scheme.
var proxy_proxySchemes map[string]func(*url.URL, proxy_Dialer) (proxy_Dialer, error)
// RegisterDialerType takes a URL scheme and a function to generate Dialers from
// a URL with that scheme and a forwarding Dialer. Registered schemes are used
// by FromURL.
func proxy_RegisterDialerType(scheme string, f func(*url.URL, proxy_Dialer) (proxy_Dialer, error)) {
if proxy_proxySchemes == nil {
proxy_proxySchemes = make(map[string]func(*url.URL, proxy_Dialer) (proxy_Dialer, error))
}
proxy_proxySchemes[scheme] = f
}
// FromURL returns a Dialer given a URL specification and an underlying
// Dialer for it to make network requests.
func proxy_FromURL(u *url.URL, forward proxy_Dialer) (proxy_Dialer, error) {
var auth *proxy_Auth
if u.User != nil {
auth = new(proxy_Auth)
auth.User = u.User.Username()
if p, ok := u.User.Password(); ok {
auth.Password = p
}
}
switch u.Scheme {
case "socks5":
return proxy_SOCKS5("tcp", u.Host, auth, forward)
}
// If the scheme doesn't match any of the built-in schemes, see if it
// was registered by another package.
if proxy_proxySchemes != nil {
if f, ok := proxy_proxySchemes[u.Scheme]; ok {
return f(u, forward)
}
}
return nil, errors.New("proxy: unknown scheme: " + u.Scheme)
}
var (
proxy_allProxyEnv = &proxy_envOnce{
names: []string{"ALL_PROXY", "all_proxy"},
}
proxy_noProxyEnv = &proxy_envOnce{
names: []string{"NO_PROXY", "no_proxy"},
}
)
// envOnce looks up an environment variable (optionally by multiple
// names) once. It mitigates expensive lookups on some platforms
// (e.g. Windows).
// (Borrowed from net/http/transport.go)
type proxy_envOnce struct {
names []string
once sync.Once
val string
}
func (e *proxy_envOnce) Get() string {
e.once.Do(e.init)
return e.val
}
func (e *proxy_envOnce) init() {
for _, n := range e.names {
e.val = os.Getenv(n)
if e.val != "" {
return
}
}
}
// SOCKS5 returns a Dialer that makes SOCKSv5 connections to the given address
// with an optional username and password. See RFC 1928 and RFC 1929.
func proxy_SOCKS5(network, addr string, auth *proxy_Auth, forward proxy_Dialer) (proxy_Dialer, error) {
s := &proxy_socks5{
network: network,
addr: addr,
forward: forward,
}
if auth != nil {
s.user = auth.User
s.password = auth.Password
}
return s, nil
}
type proxy_socks5 struct {
user, password string
network, addr string
forward proxy_Dialer
}
const proxy_socks5Version = 5
const (
proxy_socks5AuthNone = 0
proxy_socks5AuthPassword = 2
)
const proxy_socks5Connect = 1
const (
proxy_socks5IP4 = 1
proxy_socks5Domain = 3
proxy_socks5IP6 = 4
)
var proxy_socks5Errors = []string{
"",
"general failure",
"connection forbidden",
"network unreachable",
"host unreachable",
"connection refused",
"TTL expired",
"command not supported",
"address type not supported",
}
// Dial connects to the address addr on the given network via the SOCKS5 proxy.
func (s *proxy_socks5) Dial(network, addr string) (net.Conn, error) {
switch network {
case "tcp", "tcp6", "tcp4":
default:
return nil, errors.New("proxy: no support for SOCKS5 proxy connections of type " + network)
}
conn, err := s.forward.Dial(s.network, s.addr)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := s.connect(conn, addr); err != nil {
conn.Close()
return nil, err
}
return conn, nil
}
// connect takes an existing connection to a socks5 proxy server,
// and commands the server to extend that connection to target,
// which must be a canonical address with a host and port.
func (s *proxy_socks5) connect(conn net.Conn, target string) error {
host, portStr, err := net.SplitHostPort(target)
if err != nil {
return err
}
port, err := strconv.Atoi(portStr)
if err != nil {
return errors.New("proxy: failed to parse port number: " + portStr)
}
if port < 1 || port > 0xffff {
return errors.New("proxy: port number out of range: " + portStr)
}
// the size here is just an estimate
buf := make([]byte, 0, 6+len(host))
buf = append(buf, proxy_socks5Version)
if len(s.user) > 0 && len(s.user) < 256 && len(s.password) < 256 {
buf = append(buf, 2 /* num auth methods */, proxy_socks5AuthNone, proxy_socks5AuthPassword)
} else {
buf = append(buf, 1 /* num auth methods */, proxy_socks5AuthNone)
}
if _, err := conn.Write(buf); err != nil {
return errors.New("proxy: failed to write greeting to SOCKS5 proxy at " + s.addr + ": " + err.Error())
}
if _, err := io.ReadFull(conn, buf[:2]); err != nil {
return errors.New("proxy: failed to read greeting from SOCKS5 proxy at " + s.addr + ": " + err.Error())
}
if buf[0] != 5 {
return errors.New("proxy: SOCKS5 proxy at " + s.addr + " has unexpected version " + strconv.Itoa(int(buf[0])))
}
if buf[1] == 0xff {
return errors.New("proxy: SOCKS5 proxy at " + s.addr + " requires authentication")
}
// See RFC 1929
if buf[1] == proxy_socks5AuthPassword {
buf = buf[:0]
buf = append(buf, 1 /* password protocol version */)
buf = append(buf, uint8(len(s.user)))
buf = append(buf, s.user...)
buf = append(buf, uint8(len(s.password)))
buf = append(buf, s.password...)
if _, err := conn.Write(buf); err != nil {
return errors.New("proxy: failed to write authentication request to SOCKS5 proxy at " + s.addr + ": " + err.Error())
}
if _, err := io.ReadFull(conn, buf[:2]); err != nil {
return errors.New("proxy: failed to read authentication reply from SOCKS5 proxy at " + s.addr + ": " + err.Error())
}
if buf[1] != 0 {
return errors.New("proxy: SOCKS5 proxy at " + s.addr + " rejected username/password")
}
}
buf = buf[:0]
buf = append(buf, proxy_socks5Version, proxy_socks5Connect, 0 /* reserved */)
if ip := net.ParseIP(host); ip != nil {
if ip4 := ip.To4(); ip4 != nil {
buf = append(buf, proxy_socks5IP4)
ip = ip4
} else {
buf = append(buf, proxy_socks5IP6)
}
buf = append(buf, ip...)
} else {
if len(host) > 255 {
return errors.New("proxy: destination host name too long: " + host)
}
buf = append(buf, proxy_socks5Domain)
buf = append(buf, byte(len(host)))
buf = append(buf, host...)
}
buf = append(buf, byte(port>>8), byte(port))
if _, err := conn.Write(buf); err != nil {
return errors.New("proxy: failed to write connect request to SOCKS5 proxy at " + s.addr + ": " + err.Error())
}
if _, err := io.ReadFull(conn, buf[:4]); err != nil {
return errors.New("proxy: failed to read connect reply from SOCKS5 proxy at " + s.addr + ": " + err.Error())
}
failure := "unknown error"
if int(buf[1]) < len(proxy_socks5Errors) {
failure = proxy_socks5Errors[buf[1]]
}
if len(failure) > 0 {
return errors.New("proxy: SOCKS5 proxy at " + s.addr + " failed to connect: " + failure)
}
bytesToDiscard := 0
switch buf[3] {
case proxy_socks5IP4:
bytesToDiscard = net.IPv4len
case proxy_socks5IP6:
bytesToDiscard = net.IPv6len
case proxy_socks5Domain:
_, err := io.ReadFull(conn, buf[:1])
if err != nil {
return errors.New("proxy: failed to read domain length from SOCKS5 proxy at " + s.addr + ": " + err.Error())
}
bytesToDiscard = int(buf[0])
default:
return errors.New("proxy: got unknown address type " + strconv.Itoa(int(buf[3])) + " from SOCKS5 proxy at " + s.addr)
}
if cap(buf) < bytesToDiscard {
buf = make([]byte, bytesToDiscard)
} else {
buf = buf[:bytesToDiscard]
}
if _, err := io.ReadFull(conn, buf); err != nil {
return errors.New("proxy: failed to read address from SOCKS5 proxy at " + s.addr + ": " + err.Error())
}
// Also need to discard the port number
if _, err := io.ReadFull(conn, buf[:2]); err != nil {
return errors.New("proxy: failed to read port from SOCKS5 proxy at " + s.addr + ": " + err.Error())
}
return nil
}

27
vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
Copyright 2009 The Go Authors.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
* Neither the name of Google LLC nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

22
vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/PATENTS generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
Additional IP Rights Grant (Patents)
"This implementation" means the copyrightable works distributed by
Google as part of the Go project.
Google hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive,
no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section)
patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import,
transfer and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of this
implementation of Go, where such license applies only to those patent
claims, both currently owned or controlled by Google and acquired in
the future, licensable by Google that are necessarily infringed by this
implementation of Go. This grant does not include claims that would be
infringed only as a consequence of further modification of this
implementation. If you or your agent or exclusive licensee institute or
order or agree to the institution of patent litigation against any
entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging
that this implementation of Go or any code incorporated within this
implementation of Go constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, or inducement of patent infringement, then any patent
rights granted to you under this License for this implementation of Go
shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

808
vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/acme/acme.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,808 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
// Package acme provides an implementation of the
// Automatic Certificate Management Environment (ACME) spec,
// most famously used by Let's Encrypt.
//
// The initial implementation of this package was based on an early version
// of the spec. The current implementation supports only the modern
// RFC 8555 but some of the old API surface remains for compatibility.
// While code using the old API will still compile, it will return an error.
// Note the deprecation comments to update your code.
//
// See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555 for the spec.
//
// Most common scenarios will want to use autocert subdirectory instead,
// which provides automatic access to certificates from Let's Encrypt
// and any other ACME-based CA.
package acme
import (
"context"
"crypto"
"crypto/ecdsa"
"crypto/elliptic"
"crypto/rand"
"crypto/sha256"
"crypto/tls"
"crypto/x509"
"crypto/x509/pkix"
"encoding/asn1"
"encoding/base64"
"encoding/json"
"errors"
"fmt"
"math/big"
"net"
"net/http"
"strings"
"sync"
"time"
)
const (
// LetsEncryptURL is the Directory endpoint of Let's Encrypt CA.
LetsEncryptURL = "https://acme-v02.api.letsencrypt.org/directory"
// ALPNProto is the ALPN protocol name used by a CA server when validating
// tls-alpn-01 challenges.
//
// Package users must ensure their servers can negotiate the ACME ALPN in
// order for tls-alpn-01 challenge verifications to succeed.
// See the crypto/tls package's Config.NextProtos field.
ALPNProto = "acme-tls/1"
)
// idPeACMEIdentifier is the OID for the ACME extension for the TLS-ALPN challenge.
// https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-acme-tls-alpn-05#section-5.1
var idPeACMEIdentifier = asn1.ObjectIdentifier{1, 3, 6, 1, 5, 5, 7, 1, 31}
const (
maxChainLen = 5 // max depth and breadth of a certificate chain
maxCertSize = 1 << 20 // max size of a certificate, in DER bytes
// Used for decoding certs from application/pem-certificate-chain response,
// the default when in RFC mode.
maxCertChainSize = maxCertSize * maxChainLen
// Max number of collected nonces kept in memory.
// Expect usual peak of 1 or 2.
maxNonces = 100
)
// Client is an ACME client.
//
// The only required field is Key. An example of creating a client with a new key
// is as follows:
//
// key, err := rsa.GenerateKey(rand.Reader, 2048)
// if err != nil {
// log.Fatal(err)
// }
// client := &Client{Key: key}
type Client struct {
// Key is the account key used to register with a CA and sign requests.
// Key.Public() must return a *rsa.PublicKey or *ecdsa.PublicKey.
//
// The following algorithms are supported:
// RS256, ES256, ES384 and ES512.
// See RFC 7518 for more details about the algorithms.
Key crypto.Signer
// HTTPClient optionally specifies an HTTP client to use
// instead of http.DefaultClient.
HTTPClient *http.Client
// DirectoryURL points to the CA directory endpoint.
// If empty, LetsEncryptURL is used.
// Mutating this value after a successful call of Client's Discover method
// will have no effect.
DirectoryURL string
// RetryBackoff computes the duration after which the nth retry of a failed request
// should occur. The value of n for the first call on failure is 1.
// The values of r and resp are the request and response of the last failed attempt.
// If the returned value is negative or zero, no more retries are done and an error
// is returned to the caller of the original method.
//
// Requests which result in a 4xx client error are not retried,
// except for 400 Bad Request due to "bad nonce" errors and 429 Too Many Requests.
//
// If RetryBackoff is nil, a truncated exponential backoff algorithm
// with the ceiling of 10 seconds is used, where each subsequent retry n
// is done after either ("Retry-After" + jitter) or (2^n seconds + jitter),
// preferring the former if "Retry-After" header is found in the resp.
// The jitter is a random value up to 1 second.
RetryBackoff func(n int, r *http.Request, resp *http.Response) time.Duration
// UserAgent is prepended to the User-Agent header sent to the ACME server,
// which by default is this package's name and version.
//
// Reusable libraries and tools in particular should set this value to be
// identifiable by the server, in case they are causing issues.
UserAgent string
cacheMu sync.Mutex
dir *Directory // cached result of Client's Discover method
// KID is the key identifier provided by the CA. If not provided it will be
// retrieved from the CA by making a call to the registration endpoint.
KID KeyID
noncesMu sync.Mutex
nonces map[string]struct{} // nonces collected from previous responses
}
// accountKID returns a key ID associated with c.Key, the account identity
// provided by the CA during RFC based registration.
// It assumes c.Discover has already been called.
//
// accountKID requires at most one network roundtrip.
// It caches only successful result.
//
// When in pre-RFC mode or when c.getRegRFC responds with an error, accountKID
// returns noKeyID.
func (c *Client) accountKID(ctx context.Context) KeyID {
c.cacheMu.Lock()
defer c.cacheMu.Unlock()
if c.KID != noKeyID {
return c.KID
}
a, err := c.getRegRFC(ctx)
if err != nil {
return noKeyID
}
c.KID = KeyID(a.URI)
return c.KID
}
var errPreRFC = errors.New("acme: server does not support the RFC 8555 version of ACME")
// Discover performs ACME server discovery using c.DirectoryURL.
//
// It caches successful result. So, subsequent calls will not result in
// a network round-trip. This also means mutating c.DirectoryURL after successful call
// of this method will have no effect.
func (c *Client) Discover(ctx context.Context) (Directory, error) {
c.cacheMu.Lock()
defer c.cacheMu.Unlock()
if c.dir != nil {
return *c.dir, nil
}
res, err := c.get(ctx, c.directoryURL(), wantStatus(http.StatusOK))
if err != nil {
return Directory{}, err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
c.addNonce(res.Header)
var v struct {
Reg string `json:"newAccount"`
Authz string `json:"newAuthz"`
Order string `json:"newOrder"`
Revoke string `json:"revokeCert"`
Nonce string `json:"newNonce"`
KeyChange string `json:"keyChange"`
Meta struct {
Terms string `json:"termsOfService"`
Website string `json:"website"`
CAA []string `json:"caaIdentities"`
ExternalAcct bool `json:"externalAccountRequired"`
}
}
if err := json.NewDecoder(res.Body).Decode(&v); err != nil {
return Directory{}, err
}
if v.Order == "" {
return Directory{}, errPreRFC
}
c.dir = &Directory{
RegURL: v.Reg,
AuthzURL: v.Authz,
OrderURL: v.Order,
RevokeURL: v.Revoke,
NonceURL: v.Nonce,
KeyChangeURL: v.KeyChange,
Terms: v.Meta.Terms,
Website: v.Meta.Website,
CAA: v.Meta.CAA,
ExternalAccountRequired: v.Meta.ExternalAcct,
}
return *c.dir, nil
}
func (c *Client) directoryURL() string {
if c.DirectoryURL != "" {
return c.DirectoryURL
}
return LetsEncryptURL
}
// CreateCert was part of the old version of ACME. It is incompatible with RFC 8555.
//
// Deprecated: this was for the pre-RFC 8555 version of ACME. Callers should use CreateOrderCert.
func (c *Client) CreateCert(ctx context.Context, csr []byte, exp time.Duration, bundle bool) (der [][]byte, certURL string, err error) {
return nil, "", errPreRFC
}
// FetchCert retrieves already issued certificate from the given url, in DER format.
// It retries the request until the certificate is successfully retrieved,
// context is cancelled by the caller or an error response is received.
//
// If the bundle argument is true, the returned value also contains the CA (issuer)
// certificate chain.
//
// FetchCert returns an error if the CA's response or chain was unreasonably large.
// Callers are encouraged to parse the returned value to ensure the certificate is valid
// and has expected features.
func (c *Client) FetchCert(ctx context.Context, url string, bundle bool) ([][]byte, error) {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return c.fetchCertRFC(ctx, url, bundle)
}
// RevokeCert revokes a previously issued certificate cert, provided in DER format.
//
// The key argument, used to sign the request, must be authorized
// to revoke the certificate. It's up to the CA to decide which keys are authorized.
// For instance, the key pair of the certificate may be authorized.
// If the key is nil, c.Key is used instead.
func (c *Client) RevokeCert(ctx context.Context, key crypto.Signer, cert []byte, reason CRLReasonCode) error {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil {
return err
}
return c.revokeCertRFC(ctx, key, cert, reason)
}
// AcceptTOS always returns true to indicate the acceptance of a CA's Terms of Service
// during account registration. See Register method of Client for more details.
func AcceptTOS(tosURL string) bool { return true }
// Register creates a new account with the CA using c.Key.
// It returns the registered account. The account acct is not modified.
//
// The registration may require the caller to agree to the CA's Terms of Service (TOS).
// If so, and the account has not indicated the acceptance of the terms (see Account for details),
// Register calls prompt with a TOS URL provided by the CA. Prompt should report
// whether the caller agrees to the terms. To always accept the terms, the caller can use AcceptTOS.
//
// When interfacing with an RFC-compliant CA, non-RFC 8555 fields of acct are ignored
// and prompt is called if Directory's Terms field is non-zero.
// Also see Error's Instance field for when a CA requires already registered accounts to agree
// to an updated Terms of Service.
func (c *Client) Register(ctx context.Context, acct *Account, prompt func(tosURL string) bool) (*Account, error) {
if c.Key == nil {
return nil, errors.New("acme: client.Key must be set to Register")
}
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return c.registerRFC(ctx, acct, prompt)
}
// GetReg retrieves an existing account associated with c.Key.
//
// The url argument is a legacy artifact of the pre-RFC 8555 API
// and is ignored.
func (c *Client) GetReg(ctx context.Context, url string) (*Account, error) {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return c.getRegRFC(ctx)
}
// UpdateReg updates an existing registration.
// It returns an updated account copy. The provided account is not modified.
//
// The account's URI is ignored and the account URL associated with
// c.Key is used instead.
func (c *Client) UpdateReg(ctx context.Context, acct *Account) (*Account, error) {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return c.updateRegRFC(ctx, acct)
}
// AccountKeyRollover attempts to transition a client's account key to a new key.
// On success client's Key is updated which is not concurrency safe.
// On failure an error will be returned.
// The new key is already registered with the ACME provider if the following is true:
// - error is of type acme.Error
// - StatusCode should be 409 (Conflict)
// - Location header will have the KID of the associated account
//
// More about account key rollover can be found at
// https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.3.5.
func (c *Client) AccountKeyRollover(ctx context.Context, newKey crypto.Signer) error {
return c.accountKeyRollover(ctx, newKey)
}
// Authorize performs the initial step in the pre-authorization flow,
// as opposed to order-based flow.
// The caller will then need to choose from and perform a set of returned
// challenges using c.Accept in order to successfully complete authorization.
//
// Once complete, the caller can use AuthorizeOrder which the CA
// should provision with the already satisfied authorization.
// For pre-RFC CAs, the caller can proceed directly to requesting a certificate
// using CreateCert method.
//
// If an authorization has been previously granted, the CA may return
// a valid authorization which has its Status field set to StatusValid.
//
// More about pre-authorization can be found at
// https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.4.1.
func (c *Client) Authorize(ctx context.Context, domain string) (*Authorization, error) {
return c.authorize(ctx, "dns", domain)
}
// AuthorizeIP is the same as Authorize but requests IP address authorization.
// Clients which successfully obtain such authorization may request to issue
// a certificate for IP addresses.
//
// See the ACME spec extension for more details about IP address identifiers:
// https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-acme-ip.
func (c *Client) AuthorizeIP(ctx context.Context, ipaddr string) (*Authorization, error) {
return c.authorize(ctx, "ip", ipaddr)
}
func (c *Client) authorize(ctx context.Context, typ, val string) (*Authorization, error) {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if c.dir.AuthzURL == "" {
// Pre-Authorization is unsupported
return nil, errPreAuthorizationNotSupported
}
type authzID struct {
Type string `json:"type"`
Value string `json:"value"`
}
req := struct {
Resource string `json:"resource"`
Identifier authzID `json:"identifier"`
}{
Resource: "new-authz",
Identifier: authzID{Type: typ, Value: val},
}
res, err := c.post(ctx, nil, c.dir.AuthzURL, req, wantStatus(http.StatusCreated))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
var v wireAuthz
if err := json.NewDecoder(res.Body).Decode(&v); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("acme: invalid response: %v", err)
}
if v.Status != StatusPending && v.Status != StatusValid {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("acme: unexpected status: %s", v.Status)
}
return v.authorization(res.Header.Get("Location")), nil
}
// GetAuthorization retrieves an authorization identified by the given URL.
//
// If a caller needs to poll an authorization until its status is final,
// see the WaitAuthorization method.
func (c *Client) GetAuthorization(ctx context.Context, url string) (*Authorization, error) {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
res, err := c.postAsGet(ctx, url, wantStatus(http.StatusOK))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
var v wireAuthz
if err := json.NewDecoder(res.Body).Decode(&v); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("acme: invalid response: %v", err)
}
return v.authorization(url), nil
}
// RevokeAuthorization relinquishes an existing authorization identified
// by the given URL.
// The url argument is an Authorization.URI value.
//
// If successful, the caller will be required to obtain a new authorization
// using the Authorize or AuthorizeOrder methods before being able to request
// a new certificate for the domain associated with the authorization.
//
// It does not revoke existing certificates.
func (c *Client) RevokeAuthorization(ctx context.Context, url string) error {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil {
return err
}
req := struct {
Resource string `json:"resource"`
Status string `json:"status"`
Delete bool `json:"delete"`
}{
Resource: "authz",
Status: "deactivated",
Delete: true,
}
res, err := c.post(ctx, nil, url, req, wantStatus(http.StatusOK))
if err != nil {
return err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// WaitAuthorization polls an authorization at the given URL
// until it is in one of the final states, StatusValid or StatusInvalid,
// the ACME CA responded with a 4xx error code, or the context is done.
//
// It returns a non-nil Authorization only if its Status is StatusValid.
// In all other cases WaitAuthorization returns an error.
// If the Status is StatusInvalid, the returned error is of type *AuthorizationError.
func (c *Client) WaitAuthorization(ctx context.Context, url string) (*Authorization, error) {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
for {
res, err := c.postAsGet(ctx, url, wantStatus(http.StatusOK, http.StatusAccepted))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
var raw wireAuthz
err = json.NewDecoder(res.Body).Decode(&raw)
res.Body.Close()
switch {
case err != nil:
// Skip and retry.
case raw.Status == StatusValid:
return raw.authorization(url), nil
case raw.Status == StatusInvalid:
return nil, raw.error(url)
}
// Exponential backoff is implemented in c.get above.
// This is just to prevent continuously hitting the CA
// while waiting for a final authorization status.
d := retryAfter(res.Header.Get("Retry-After"))
if d == 0 {
// Given that the fastest challenges TLS-ALPN and HTTP-01
// require a CA to make at least 1 network round trip
// and most likely persist a challenge state,
// this default delay seems reasonable.
d = time.Second
}
t := time.NewTimer(d)
select {
case <-ctx.Done():
t.Stop()
return nil, ctx.Err()
case <-t.C:
// Retry.
}
}
}
// GetChallenge retrieves the current status of an challenge.
//
// A client typically polls a challenge status using this method.
func (c *Client) GetChallenge(ctx context.Context, url string) (*Challenge, error) {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
res, err := c.postAsGet(ctx, url, wantStatus(http.StatusOK, http.StatusAccepted))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
v := wireChallenge{URI: url}
if err := json.NewDecoder(res.Body).Decode(&v); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("acme: invalid response: %v", err)
}
return v.challenge(), nil
}
// Accept informs the server that the client accepts one of its challenges
// previously obtained with c.Authorize.
//
// The server will then perform the validation asynchronously.
func (c *Client) Accept(ctx context.Context, chal *Challenge) (*Challenge, error) {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
payload := json.RawMessage("{}")
if len(chal.Payload) != 0 {
payload = chal.Payload
}
res, err := c.post(ctx, nil, chal.URI, payload, wantStatus(
http.StatusOK, // according to the spec
http.StatusAccepted, // Let's Encrypt: see https://goo.gl/WsJ7VT (acme-divergences.md)
))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
var v wireChallenge
if err := json.NewDecoder(res.Body).Decode(&v); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("acme: invalid response: %v", err)
}
return v.challenge(), nil
}
// DNS01ChallengeRecord returns a DNS record value for a dns-01 challenge response.
// A TXT record containing the returned value must be provisioned under
// "_acme-challenge" name of the domain being validated.
//
// The token argument is a Challenge.Token value.
func (c *Client) DNS01ChallengeRecord(token string) (string, error) {
ka, err := keyAuth(c.Key.Public(), token)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
b := sha256.Sum256([]byte(ka))
return base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(b[:]), nil
}
// HTTP01ChallengeResponse returns the response for an http-01 challenge.
// Servers should respond with the value to HTTP requests at the URL path
// provided by HTTP01ChallengePath to validate the challenge and prove control
// over a domain name.
//
// The token argument is a Challenge.Token value.
func (c *Client) HTTP01ChallengeResponse(token string) (string, error) {
return keyAuth(c.Key.Public(), token)
}
// HTTP01ChallengePath returns the URL path at which the response for an http-01 challenge
// should be provided by the servers.
// The response value can be obtained with HTTP01ChallengeResponse.
//
// The token argument is a Challenge.Token value.
func (c *Client) HTTP01ChallengePath(token string) string {
return "/.well-known/acme-challenge/" + token
}
// TLSSNI01ChallengeCert creates a certificate for TLS-SNI-01 challenge response.
// Always returns an error.
//
// Deprecated: This challenge type was only present in pre-standardized ACME
// protocol drafts and is insecure for use in shared hosting environments.
func (c *Client) TLSSNI01ChallengeCert(token string, opt ...CertOption) (tls.Certificate, string, error) {
return tls.Certificate{}, "", errPreRFC
}
// TLSSNI02ChallengeCert creates a certificate for TLS-SNI-02 challenge response.
// Always returns an error.
//
// Deprecated: This challenge type was only present in pre-standardized ACME
// protocol drafts and is insecure for use in shared hosting environments.
func (c *Client) TLSSNI02ChallengeCert(token string, opt ...CertOption) (tls.Certificate, string, error) {
return tls.Certificate{}, "", errPreRFC
}
// TLSALPN01ChallengeCert creates a certificate for TLS-ALPN-01 challenge response.
// Servers can present the certificate to validate the challenge and prove control
// over an identifier (either a DNS name or the textual form of an IPv4 or IPv6
// address). For more details on TLS-ALPN-01 see
// https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc8737 and https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc8738
//
// The token argument is a Challenge.Token value.
// If a WithKey option is provided, its private part signs the returned cert,
// and the public part is used to specify the signee.
// If no WithKey option is provided, a new ECDSA key is generated using P-256 curve.
//
// The returned certificate is valid for the next 24 hours and must be presented only when
// the server name in the TLS ClientHello matches the identifier, and the special acme-tls/1 ALPN protocol
// has been specified.
//
// Validation requests for IP address identifiers will use the reverse DNS form in the server name
// in the TLS ClientHello since the SNI extension is not supported for IP addresses.
// See RFC 8738 Section 6 for more information.
func (c *Client) TLSALPN01ChallengeCert(token, identifier string, opt ...CertOption) (cert tls.Certificate, err error) {
ka, err := keyAuth(c.Key.Public(), token)
if err != nil {
return tls.Certificate{}, err
}
shasum := sha256.Sum256([]byte(ka))
extValue, err := asn1.Marshal(shasum[:])
if err != nil {
return tls.Certificate{}, err
}
acmeExtension := pkix.Extension{
Id: idPeACMEIdentifier,
Critical: true,
Value: extValue,
}
tmpl := defaultTLSChallengeCertTemplate()
var newOpt []CertOption
for _, o := range opt {
switch o := o.(type) {
case *certOptTemplate:
t := *(*x509.Certificate)(o) // shallow copy is ok
tmpl = &t
default:
newOpt = append(newOpt, o)
}
}
tmpl.ExtraExtensions = append(tmpl.ExtraExtensions, acmeExtension)
newOpt = append(newOpt, WithTemplate(tmpl))
return tlsChallengeCert(identifier, newOpt)
}
// popNonce returns a nonce value previously stored with c.addNonce
// or fetches a fresh one from c.dir.NonceURL.
// If NonceURL is empty, it first tries c.directoryURL() and, failing that,
// the provided url.
func (c *Client) popNonce(ctx context.Context, url string) (string, error) {
c.noncesMu.Lock()
defer c.noncesMu.Unlock()
if len(c.nonces) == 0 {
if c.dir != nil && c.dir.NonceURL != "" {
return c.fetchNonce(ctx, c.dir.NonceURL)
}
dirURL := c.directoryURL()
v, err := c.fetchNonce(ctx, dirURL)
if err != nil && url != dirURL {
v, err = c.fetchNonce(ctx, url)
}
return v, err
}
var nonce string
for nonce = range c.nonces {
delete(c.nonces, nonce)
break
}
return nonce, nil
}
// clearNonces clears any stored nonces
func (c *Client) clearNonces() {
c.noncesMu.Lock()
defer c.noncesMu.Unlock()
c.nonces = make(map[string]struct{})
}
// addNonce stores a nonce value found in h (if any) for future use.
func (c *Client) addNonce(h http.Header) {
v := nonceFromHeader(h)
if v == "" {
return
}
c.noncesMu.Lock()
defer c.noncesMu.Unlock()
if len(c.nonces) >= maxNonces {
return
}
if c.nonces == nil {
c.nonces = make(map[string]struct{})
}
c.nonces[v] = struct{}{}
}
func (c *Client) fetchNonce(ctx context.Context, url string) (string, error) {
r, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(ctx, "HEAD", url, nil)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
resp, err := c.doNoRetry(ctx, r)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
nonce := nonceFromHeader(resp.Header)
if nonce == "" {
if resp.StatusCode > 299 {
return "", responseError(resp)
}
return "", errors.New("acme: nonce not found")
}
return nonce, nil
}
func nonceFromHeader(h http.Header) string {
return h.Get("Replay-Nonce")
}
// linkHeader returns URI-Reference values of all Link headers
// with relation-type rel.
// See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5988#section-5 for details.
func linkHeader(h http.Header, rel string) []string {
var links []string
for _, v := range h["Link"] {
parts := strings.Split(v, ";")
for _, p := range parts {
p = strings.TrimSpace(p)
if !strings.HasPrefix(p, "rel=") {
continue
}
if v := strings.Trim(p[4:], `"`); v == rel {
links = append(links, strings.Trim(parts[0], "<>"))
}
}
}
return links
}
// keyAuth generates a key authorization string for a given token.
func keyAuth(pub crypto.PublicKey, token string) (string, error) {
th, err := JWKThumbprint(pub)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
return fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", token, th), nil
}
// defaultTLSChallengeCertTemplate is a template used to create challenge certs for TLS challenges.
func defaultTLSChallengeCertTemplate() *x509.Certificate {
return &x509.Certificate{
SerialNumber: big.NewInt(1),
NotBefore: time.Now(),
NotAfter: time.Now().Add(24 * time.Hour),
BasicConstraintsValid: true,
KeyUsage: x509.KeyUsageKeyEncipherment | x509.KeyUsageDigitalSignature,
ExtKeyUsage: []x509.ExtKeyUsage{x509.ExtKeyUsageServerAuth},
}
}
// tlsChallengeCert creates a temporary certificate for TLS-ALPN challenges
// for the given identifier, using an auto-generated public/private key pair.
//
// If the provided identifier is a domain name, it will be used as a DNS type SAN and for the
// subject common name. If the provided identifier is an IP address it will be used as an IP type
// SAN.
//
// To create a cert with a custom key pair, specify WithKey option.
func tlsChallengeCert(identifier string, opt []CertOption) (tls.Certificate, error) {
var key crypto.Signer
tmpl := defaultTLSChallengeCertTemplate()
for _, o := range opt {
switch o := o.(type) {
case *certOptKey:
if key != nil {
return tls.Certificate{}, errors.New("acme: duplicate key option")
}
key = o.key
case *certOptTemplate:
t := *(*x509.Certificate)(o) // shallow copy is ok
tmpl = &t
default:
// package's fault, if we let this happen:
panic(fmt.Sprintf("unsupported option type %T", o))
}
}
if key == nil {
var err error
if key, err = ecdsa.GenerateKey(elliptic.P256(), rand.Reader); err != nil {
return tls.Certificate{}, err
}
}
if ip := net.ParseIP(identifier); ip != nil {
tmpl.IPAddresses = []net.IP{ip}
} else {
tmpl.DNSNames = []string{identifier}
tmpl.Subject.CommonName = identifier
}
der, err := x509.CreateCertificate(rand.Reader, tmpl, tmpl, key.Public(), key)
if err != nil {
return tls.Certificate{}, err
}
return tls.Certificate{
Certificate: [][]byte{der},
PrivateKey: key,
}, nil
}
// timeNow is time.Now, except in tests which can mess with it.
var timeNow = time.Now

1187
vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/acme/autocert/autocert.go generated vendored Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

135
vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/acme/autocert/cache.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package autocert
import (
"context"
"errors"
"os"
"path/filepath"
)
// ErrCacheMiss is returned when a certificate is not found in cache.
var ErrCacheMiss = errors.New("acme/autocert: certificate cache miss")
// Cache is used by Manager to store and retrieve previously obtained certificates
// and other account data as opaque blobs.
//
// Cache implementations should not rely on the key naming pattern. Keys can
// include any printable ASCII characters, except the following: \/:*?"<>|
type Cache interface {
// Get returns a certificate data for the specified key.
// If there's no such key, Get returns ErrCacheMiss.
Get(ctx context.Context, key string) ([]byte, error)
// Put stores the data in the cache under the specified key.
// Underlying implementations may use any data storage format,
// as long as the reverse operation, Get, results in the original data.
Put(ctx context.Context, key string, data []byte) error
// Delete removes a certificate data from the cache under the specified key.
// If there's no such key in the cache, Delete returns nil.
Delete(ctx context.Context, key string) error
}
// DirCache implements Cache using a directory on the local filesystem.
// If the directory does not exist, it will be created with 0700 permissions.
type DirCache string
// Get reads a certificate data from the specified file name.
func (d DirCache) Get(ctx context.Context, name string) ([]byte, error) {
name = filepath.Join(string(d), filepath.Clean("/"+name))
var (
data []byte
err error
done = make(chan struct{})
)
go func() {
data, err = os.ReadFile(name)
close(done)
}()
select {
case <-ctx.Done():
return nil, ctx.Err()
case <-done:
}
if os.IsNotExist(err) {
return nil, ErrCacheMiss
}
return data, err
}
// Put writes the certificate data to the specified file name.
// The file will be created with 0600 permissions.
func (d DirCache) Put(ctx context.Context, name string, data []byte) error {
if err := os.MkdirAll(string(d), 0700); err != nil {
return err
}
done := make(chan struct{})
var err error
go func() {
defer close(done)
var tmp string
if tmp, err = d.writeTempFile(name, data); err != nil {
return
}
defer os.Remove(tmp)
select {
case <-ctx.Done():
// Don't overwrite the file if the context was canceled.
default:
newName := filepath.Join(string(d), filepath.Clean("/"+name))
err = os.Rename(tmp, newName)
}
}()
select {
case <-ctx.Done():
return ctx.Err()
case <-done:
}
return err
}
// Delete removes the specified file name.
func (d DirCache) Delete(ctx context.Context, name string) error {
name = filepath.Join(string(d), filepath.Clean("/"+name))
var (
err error
done = make(chan struct{})
)
go func() {
err = os.Remove(name)
close(done)
}()
select {
case <-ctx.Done():
return ctx.Err()
case <-done:
}
if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) {
return err
}
return nil
}
// writeTempFile writes b to a temporary file, closes the file and returns its path.
func (d DirCache) writeTempFile(prefix string, b []byte) (name string, reterr error) {
// TempFile uses 0600 permissions
f, err := os.CreateTemp(string(d), prefix)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
defer func() {
if reterr != nil {
os.Remove(f.Name())
}
}()
if _, err := f.Write(b); err != nil {
f.Close()
return "", err
}
return f.Name(), f.Close()
}

135
vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/acme/autocert/listener.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
// Copyright 2017 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package autocert
import (
"crypto/tls"
"log"
"net"
"os"
"path/filepath"
"time"
)
// NewListener returns a net.Listener that listens on the standard TLS
// port (443) on all interfaces and returns *tls.Conn connections with
// LetsEncrypt certificates for the provided domain or domains.
//
// It enables one-line HTTPS servers:
//
// log.Fatal(http.Serve(autocert.NewListener("example.com"), handler))
//
// NewListener is a convenience function for a common configuration.
// More complex or custom configurations can use the autocert.Manager
// type instead.
//
// Use of this function implies acceptance of the LetsEncrypt Terms of
// Service. If domains is not empty, the provided domains are passed
// to HostWhitelist. If domains is empty, the listener will do
// LetsEncrypt challenges for any requested domain, which is not
// recommended.
//
// Certificates are cached in a "golang-autocert" directory under an
// operating system-specific cache or temp directory. This may not
// be suitable for servers spanning multiple machines.
//
// The returned listener uses a *tls.Config that enables HTTP/2, and
// should only be used with servers that support HTTP/2.
//
// The returned Listener also enables TCP keep-alives on the accepted
// connections. The returned *tls.Conn are returned before their TLS
// handshake has completed.
func NewListener(domains ...string) net.Listener {
m := &Manager{
Prompt: AcceptTOS,
}
if len(domains) > 0 {
m.HostPolicy = HostWhitelist(domains...)
}
dir := cacheDir()
if err := os.MkdirAll(dir, 0700); err != nil {
log.Printf("warning: autocert.NewListener not using a cache: %v", err)
} else {
m.Cache = DirCache(dir)
}
return m.Listener()
}
// Listener listens on the standard TLS port (443) on all interfaces
// and returns a net.Listener returning *tls.Conn connections.
//
// The returned listener uses a *tls.Config that enables HTTP/2, and
// should only be used with servers that support HTTP/2.
//
// The returned Listener also enables TCP keep-alives on the accepted
// connections. The returned *tls.Conn are returned before their TLS
// handshake has completed.
//
// Unlike NewListener, it is the caller's responsibility to initialize
// the Manager m's Prompt, Cache, HostPolicy, and other desired options.
func (m *Manager) Listener() net.Listener {
ln := &listener{
conf: m.TLSConfig(),
}
ln.tcpListener, ln.tcpListenErr = net.Listen("tcp", ":443")
return ln
}
type listener struct {
conf *tls.Config
tcpListener net.Listener
tcpListenErr error
}
func (ln *listener) Accept() (net.Conn, error) {
if ln.tcpListenErr != nil {
return nil, ln.tcpListenErr
}
conn, err := ln.tcpListener.Accept()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
tcpConn := conn.(*net.TCPConn)
// Because Listener is a convenience function, help out with
// this too. This is not possible for the caller to set once
// we return a *tcp.Conn wrapping an inaccessible net.Conn.
// If callers don't want this, they can do things the manual
// way and tweak as needed. But this is what net/http does
// itself, so copy that. If net/http changes, we can change
// here too.
tcpConn.SetKeepAlive(true)
tcpConn.SetKeepAlivePeriod(3 * time.Minute)
return tls.Server(tcpConn, ln.conf), nil
}
func (ln *listener) Addr() net.Addr {
if ln.tcpListener != nil {
return ln.tcpListener.Addr()
}
// net.Listen failed. Return something non-nil in case callers
// call Addr before Accept:
return &net.TCPAddr{IP: net.IP{0, 0, 0, 0}, Port: 443}
}
func (ln *listener) Close() error {
if ln.tcpListenErr != nil {
return ln.tcpListenErr
}
return ln.tcpListener.Close()
}
func cacheDir() string {
const base = "golang-autocert"
cache, err := os.UserCacheDir()
if err != nil {
// Fall back to the root directory.
cache = "/.cache"
}
return filepath.Join(cache, base)
}

158
vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/acme/autocert/renewal.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package autocert
import (
"context"
"crypto"
"sync"
"time"
)
// domainRenewal tracks the state used by the periodic timers
// renewing a single domain's cert.
type domainRenewal struct {
m *Manager
ck certKey
key crypto.Signer
timerMu sync.Mutex
timer *time.Timer
timerClose chan struct{} // if non-nil, renew closes this channel (and nils out the timer fields) instead of running
}
// start starts a cert renewal timer at the time
// defined by the certificate expiration time exp.
//
// If the timer is already started, calling start is a noop.
func (dr *domainRenewal) start(notBefore, notAfter time.Time) {
dr.timerMu.Lock()
defer dr.timerMu.Unlock()
if dr.timer != nil {
return
}
dr.timer = time.AfterFunc(dr.next(notBefore, notAfter), dr.renew)
}
// stop stops the cert renewal timer and waits for any in-flight calls to renew
// to complete. If the timer is already stopped, calling stop is a noop.
func (dr *domainRenewal) stop() {
dr.timerMu.Lock()
defer dr.timerMu.Unlock()
for {
if dr.timer == nil {
return
}
if dr.timer.Stop() {
dr.timer = nil
return
} else {
// dr.timer fired, and we acquired dr.timerMu before the renew callback did.
// (We know this because otherwise the renew callback would have reset dr.timer!)
timerClose := make(chan struct{})
dr.timerClose = timerClose
dr.timerMu.Unlock()
<-timerClose
dr.timerMu.Lock()
}
}
}
// renew is called periodically by a timer.
// The first renew call is kicked off by dr.start.
func (dr *domainRenewal) renew() {
dr.timerMu.Lock()
defer dr.timerMu.Unlock()
if dr.timerClose != nil {
close(dr.timerClose)
dr.timer, dr.timerClose = nil, nil
return
}
ctx, cancel := context.WithTimeout(context.Background(), 10*time.Minute)
defer cancel()
// TODO: rotate dr.key at some point?
next, err := dr.do(ctx)
if err != nil {
next = time.Hour / 2
next += time.Duration(pseudoRand.int63n(int64(next)))
}
testDidRenewLoop(next, err)
dr.timer = time.AfterFunc(next, dr.renew)
}
// updateState locks and replaces the relevant Manager.state item with the given
// state. It additionally updates dr.key with the given state's key.
func (dr *domainRenewal) updateState(state *certState) {
dr.m.stateMu.Lock()
defer dr.m.stateMu.Unlock()
dr.key = state.key
dr.m.state[dr.ck] = state
}
// do is similar to Manager.createCert but it doesn't lock a Manager.state item.
// Instead, it requests a new certificate independently and, upon success,
// replaces dr.m.state item with a new one and updates cache for the given domain.
//
// It may lock and update the Manager.state if the expiration date of the currently
// cached cert is far enough in the future.
//
// The returned value is a time interval after which the renewal should occur again.
func (dr *domainRenewal) do(ctx context.Context) (time.Duration, error) {
// a race is likely unavoidable in a distributed environment
// but we try nonetheless
if tlscert, err := dr.m.cacheGet(ctx, dr.ck); err == nil {
next := dr.next(tlscert.Leaf.NotBefore, tlscert.Leaf.NotAfter)
if next > 0 {
signer, ok := tlscert.PrivateKey.(crypto.Signer)
if ok {
state := &certState{
key: signer,
cert: tlscert.Certificate,
leaf: tlscert.Leaf,
}
dr.updateState(state)
return next, nil
}
}
}
der, leaf, err := dr.m.authorizedCert(ctx, dr.key, dr.ck)
if err != nil {
return 0, err
}
state := &certState{
key: dr.key,
cert: der,
leaf: leaf,
}
tlscert, err := state.tlscert()
if err != nil {
return 0, err
}
if err := dr.m.cachePut(ctx, dr.ck, tlscert); err != nil {
return 0, err
}
dr.updateState(state)
return dr.next(leaf.NotBefore, leaf.NotAfter), nil
}
// next returns the wait time before the next renewal should start.
// If manager.RenewBefore is set, it uses that capped at 30 days,
// otherwise it uses a default of 1/3 of the cert lifetime.
// It builds in a jitter of 10% of the renew threshold, capped at 1 hour.
func (dr *domainRenewal) next(notBefore, notAfter time.Time) time.Duration {
threshold := min(notAfter.Sub(notBefore)/3, 30*24*time.Hour)
if dr.m.RenewBefore > 0 {
threshold = min(dr.m.RenewBefore, 30*24*time.Hour)
}
maxJitter := min(threshold/10, time.Hour)
jitter := pseudoRand.int63n(int64(maxJitter))
renewAt := notAfter.Add(-(threshold - time.Duration(jitter)))
renewWait := renewAt.Sub(dr.m.now())
return max(0, renewWait)
}
var testDidRenewLoop = func(next time.Duration, err error) {}

341
vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/acme/http.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
// Copyright 2018 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package acme
import (
"bytes"
"context"
"crypto"
"crypto/rand"
"encoding/json"
"errors"
"fmt"
"io"
"math/big"
"net/http"
"runtime/debug"
"strconv"
"strings"
"time"
)
// retryTimer encapsulates common logic for retrying unsuccessful requests.
// It is not safe for concurrent use.
type retryTimer struct {
// backoffFn provides backoff delay sequence for retries.
// See Client.RetryBackoff doc comment.
backoffFn func(n int, r *http.Request, res *http.Response) time.Duration
// n is the current retry attempt.
n int
}
func (t *retryTimer) inc() {
t.n++
}
// backoff pauses the current goroutine as described in Client.RetryBackoff.
func (t *retryTimer) backoff(ctx context.Context, r *http.Request, res *http.Response) error {
d := t.backoffFn(t.n, r, res)
if d <= 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("acme: no more retries for %s; tried %d time(s)", r.URL, t.n)
}
wakeup := time.NewTimer(d)
defer wakeup.Stop()
select {
case <-ctx.Done():
return ctx.Err()
case <-wakeup.C:
return nil
}
}
func (c *Client) retryTimer() *retryTimer {
f := c.RetryBackoff
if f == nil {
f = defaultBackoff
}
return &retryTimer{backoffFn: f}
}
// defaultBackoff provides default Client.RetryBackoff implementation
// using a truncated exponential backoff algorithm,
// as described in Client.RetryBackoff.
//
// The n argument is always bounded between 1 and 30.
// The returned value is always greater than 0.
func defaultBackoff(n int, r *http.Request, res *http.Response) time.Duration {
const maxVal = 10 * time.Second
var jitter time.Duration
if x, err := rand.Int(rand.Reader, big.NewInt(1000)); err == nil {
// Set the minimum to 1ms to avoid a case where
// an invalid Retry-After value is parsed into 0 below,
// resulting in the 0 returned value which would unintentionally
// stop the retries.
jitter = (1 + time.Duration(x.Int64())) * time.Millisecond
}
if v, ok := res.Header["Retry-After"]; ok {
return retryAfter(v[0]) + jitter
}
if n < 1 {
n = 1
}
if n > 30 {
n = 30
}
d := time.Duration(1<<uint(n-1))*time.Second + jitter
return min(d, maxVal)
}
// retryAfter parses a Retry-After HTTP header value,
// trying to convert v into an int (seconds) or use http.ParseTime otherwise.
// It returns zero value if v cannot be parsed.
func retryAfter(v string) time.Duration {
if i, err := strconv.Atoi(v); err == nil {
return time.Duration(i) * time.Second
}
t, err := http.ParseTime(v)
if err != nil {
return 0
}
return t.Sub(timeNow())
}
// resOkay is a function that reports whether the provided response is okay.
// It is expected to keep the response body unread.
type resOkay func(*http.Response) bool
// wantStatus returns a function which reports whether the code
// matches the status code of a response.
func wantStatus(codes ...int) resOkay {
return func(res *http.Response) bool {
for _, code := range codes {
if code == res.StatusCode {
return true
}
}
return false
}
}
// get issues an unsigned GET request to the specified URL.
// It returns a non-error value only when ok reports true.
//
// get retries unsuccessful attempts according to c.RetryBackoff
// until the context is done or a non-retriable error is received.
func (c *Client) get(ctx context.Context, url string, ok resOkay) (*http.Response, error) {
retry := c.retryTimer()
for {
req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(ctx, "GET", url, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
res, err := c.doNoRetry(ctx, req)
switch {
case err != nil:
return nil, err
case ok(res):
return res, nil
case isRetriable(res.StatusCode):
retry.inc()
resErr := responseError(res)
res.Body.Close()
// Ignore the error value from retry.backoff
// and return the one from last retry, as received from the CA.
if retry.backoff(ctx, req, res) != nil {
return nil, resErr
}
default:
defer res.Body.Close()
return nil, responseError(res)
}
}
}
// postAsGet is POST-as-GET, a replacement for GET in RFC 8555
// as described in https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-6.3.
// It makes a POST request in KID form with zero JWS payload.
// See nopayload doc comments in jws.go.
func (c *Client) postAsGet(ctx context.Context, url string, ok resOkay) (*http.Response, error) {
return c.post(ctx, nil, url, noPayload, ok)
}
// post issues a signed POST request in JWS format using the provided key
// to the specified URL. If key is nil, c.Key is used instead.
// It returns a non-error value only when ok reports true.
//
// post retries unsuccessful attempts according to c.RetryBackoff
// until the context is done or a non-retriable error is received.
// It uses postNoRetry to make individual requests.
func (c *Client) post(ctx context.Context, key crypto.Signer, url string, body interface{}, ok resOkay) (*http.Response, error) {
retry := c.retryTimer()
for {
res, req, err := c.postNoRetry(ctx, key, url, body)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if ok(res) {
return res, nil
}
resErr := responseError(res)
res.Body.Close()
switch {
// Check for bad nonce before isRetriable because it may have been returned
// with an unretriable response code such as 400 Bad Request.
case isBadNonce(resErr):
// Consider any previously stored nonce values to be invalid.
c.clearNonces()
case !isRetriable(res.StatusCode):
return nil, resErr
}
retry.inc()
// Ignore the error value from retry.backoff
// and return the one from last retry, as received from the CA.
if err := retry.backoff(ctx, req, res); err != nil {
return nil, resErr
}
}
}
// postNoRetry signs the body with the given key and POSTs it to the provided url.
// It is used by c.post to retry unsuccessful attempts.
// The body argument must be JSON-serializable.
//
// If key argument is nil, c.Key is used to sign the request.
// If key argument is nil and c.accountKID returns a non-zero keyID,
// the request is sent in KID form. Otherwise, JWK form is used.
//
// In practice, when interfacing with RFC-compliant CAs most requests are sent in KID form
// and JWK is used only when KID is unavailable: new account endpoint and certificate
// revocation requests authenticated by a cert key.
// See jwsEncodeJSON for other details.
func (c *Client) postNoRetry(ctx context.Context, key crypto.Signer, url string, body interface{}) (*http.Response, *http.Request, error) {
kid := noKeyID
if key == nil {
if c.Key == nil {
return nil, nil, errors.New("acme: Client.Key must be populated to make POST requests")
}
key = c.Key
kid = c.accountKID(ctx)
}
nonce, err := c.popNonce(ctx, url)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
b, err := jwsEncodeJSON(body, key, kid, nonce, url)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(ctx, "POST", url, bytes.NewReader(b))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/jose+json")
res, err := c.doNoRetry(ctx, req)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
c.addNonce(res.Header)
return res, req, nil
}
// doNoRetry issues a request req, replacing its context (if any) with ctx.
func (c *Client) doNoRetry(ctx context.Context, req *http.Request) (*http.Response, error) {
req.Header.Set("User-Agent", c.userAgent())
res, err := c.httpClient().Do(req.WithContext(ctx))
if err != nil {
select {
case <-ctx.Done():
// Prefer the unadorned context error.
// (The acme package had tests assuming this, previously from ctxhttp's
// behavior, predating net/http supporting contexts natively)
// TODO(bradfitz): reconsider this in the future. But for now this
// requires no test updates.
return nil, ctx.Err()
default:
return nil, err
}
}
return res, nil
}
func (c *Client) httpClient() *http.Client {
if c.HTTPClient != nil {
return c.HTTPClient
}
return http.DefaultClient
}
// packageVersion is the version of the module that contains this package, for
// sending as part of the User-Agent header.
var packageVersion string
func init() {
// Set packageVersion if the binary was built in modules mode and x/crypto
// was not replaced with a different module.
info, ok := debug.ReadBuildInfo()
if !ok {
return
}
for _, m := range info.Deps {
if m.Path != "golang.org/x/crypto" {
continue
}
if m.Replace == nil {
packageVersion = m.Version
}
break
}
}
// userAgent returns the User-Agent header value. It includes the package name,
// the module version (if available), and the c.UserAgent value (if set).
func (c *Client) userAgent() string {
ua := "golang.org/x/crypto/acme"
if packageVersion != "" {
ua += "@" + packageVersion
}
if c.UserAgent != "" {
ua = c.UserAgent + " " + ua
}
return ua
}
// isBadNonce reports whether err is an ACME "badnonce" error.
func isBadNonce(err error) bool {
// According to the spec badNonce is urn:ietf:params:acme:error:badNonce.
// However, ACME servers in the wild return their versions of the error.
// See https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-acme-acme-02#section-5.4
// and https://github.com/letsencrypt/boulder/blob/0e07eacb/docs/acme-divergences.md#section-66.
ae, ok := err.(*Error)
return ok && strings.HasSuffix(strings.ToLower(ae.ProblemType), ":badnonce")
}
// isRetriable reports whether a request can be retried
// based on the response status code.
//
// Note that a "bad nonce" error is returned with a non-retriable 400 Bad Request code.
// Callers should parse the response and check with isBadNonce.
func isRetriable(code int) bool {
return code <= 399 || code >= 500 || code == http.StatusTooManyRequests
}
// responseError creates an error of Error type from resp.
func responseError(resp *http.Response) error {
// don't care if ReadAll returns an error:
// json.Unmarshal will fail in that case anyway
b, _ := io.ReadAll(resp.Body)
e := &wireError{Status: resp.StatusCode}
if err := json.Unmarshal(b, e); err != nil {
// this is not a regular error response:
// populate detail with anything we received,
// e.Status will already contain HTTP response code value
e.Detail = string(b)
if e.Detail == "" {
e.Detail = resp.Status
}
}
return e.error(resp.Header)
}

257
vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/acme/jws.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package acme
import (
"crypto"
"crypto/ecdsa"
"crypto/hmac"
"crypto/rand"
"crypto/rsa"
"crypto/sha256"
_ "crypto/sha512" // need for EC keys
"encoding/asn1"
"encoding/base64"
"encoding/json"
"errors"
"fmt"
"math/big"
)
// KeyID is the account key identity provided by a CA during registration.
type KeyID string
// noKeyID indicates that jwsEncodeJSON should compute and use JWK instead of a KID.
// See jwsEncodeJSON for details.
const noKeyID = KeyID("")
// noPayload indicates jwsEncodeJSON will encode zero-length octet string
// in a JWS request. This is called POST-as-GET in RFC 8555 and is used to make
// authenticated GET requests via POSTing with an empty payload.
// See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-6.3 for more details.
const noPayload = ""
// noNonce indicates that the nonce should be omitted from the protected header.
// See jwsEncodeJSON for details.
const noNonce = ""
// jsonWebSignature can be easily serialized into a JWS following
// https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-3.2.
type jsonWebSignature struct {
Protected string `json:"protected"`
Payload string `json:"payload"`
Sig string `json:"signature"`
}
// jwsEncodeJSON signs claimset using provided key and a nonce.
// The result is serialized in JSON format containing either kid or jwk
// fields based on the provided KeyID value.
//
// The claimset is marshalled using json.Marshal unless it is a string.
// In which case it is inserted directly into the message.
//
// If kid is non-empty, its quoted value is inserted in the protected header
// as "kid" field value. Otherwise, JWK is computed using jwkEncode and inserted
// as "jwk" field value. The "jwk" and "kid" fields are mutually exclusive.
//
// If nonce is non-empty, its quoted value is inserted in the protected header.
//
// See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-7.
func jwsEncodeJSON(claimset interface{}, key crypto.Signer, kid KeyID, nonce, url string) ([]byte, error) {
if key == nil {
return nil, errors.New("nil key")
}
alg, sha := jwsHasher(key.Public())
if alg == "" || !sha.Available() {
return nil, ErrUnsupportedKey
}
headers := struct {
Alg string `json:"alg"`
KID string `json:"kid,omitempty"`
JWK json.RawMessage `json:"jwk,omitempty"`
Nonce string `json:"nonce,omitempty"`
URL string `json:"url"`
}{
Alg: alg,
Nonce: nonce,
URL: url,
}
switch kid {
case noKeyID:
jwk, err := jwkEncode(key.Public())
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
headers.JWK = json.RawMessage(jwk)
default:
headers.KID = string(kid)
}
phJSON, err := json.Marshal(headers)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
phead := base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(phJSON)
var payload string
if val, ok := claimset.(string); ok {
payload = val
} else {
cs, err := json.Marshal(claimset)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
payload = base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(cs)
}
hash := sha.New()
hash.Write([]byte(phead + "." + payload))
sig, err := jwsSign(key, sha, hash.Sum(nil))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
enc := jsonWebSignature{
Protected: phead,
Payload: payload,
Sig: base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(sig),
}
return json.Marshal(&enc)
}
// jwsWithMAC creates and signs a JWS using the given key and the HS256
// algorithm. kid and url are included in the protected header. rawPayload
// should not be base64-URL-encoded.
func jwsWithMAC(key []byte, kid, url string, rawPayload []byte) (*jsonWebSignature, error) {
if len(key) == 0 {
return nil, errors.New("acme: cannot sign JWS with an empty MAC key")
}
header := struct {
Algorithm string `json:"alg"`
KID string `json:"kid"`
URL string `json:"url,omitempty"`
}{
// Only HMAC-SHA256 is supported.
Algorithm: "HS256",
KID: kid,
URL: url,
}
rawProtected, err := json.Marshal(header)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
protected := base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(rawProtected)
payload := base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(rawPayload)
h := hmac.New(sha256.New, key)
if _, err := h.Write([]byte(protected + "." + payload)); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
mac := h.Sum(nil)
return &jsonWebSignature{
Protected: protected,
Payload: payload,
Sig: base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(mac),
}, nil
}
// jwkEncode encodes public part of an RSA or ECDSA key into a JWK.
// The result is also suitable for creating a JWK thumbprint.
// https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7517
func jwkEncode(pub crypto.PublicKey) (string, error) {
switch pub := pub.(type) {
case *rsa.PublicKey:
// https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7518#section-6.3.1
n := pub.N
e := big.NewInt(int64(pub.E))
// Field order is important.
// See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638#section-3.3 for details.
return fmt.Sprintf(`{"e":"%s","kty":"RSA","n":"%s"}`,
base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(e.Bytes()),
base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(n.Bytes()),
), nil
case *ecdsa.PublicKey:
// https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7518#section-6.2.1
p := pub.Curve.Params()
n := p.BitSize / 8
if p.BitSize%8 != 0 {
n++
}
x := pub.X.Bytes()
if n > len(x) {
x = append(make([]byte, n-len(x)), x...)
}
y := pub.Y.Bytes()
if n > len(y) {
y = append(make([]byte, n-len(y)), y...)
}
// Field order is important.
// See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638#section-3.3 for details.
return fmt.Sprintf(`{"crv":"%s","kty":"EC","x":"%s","y":"%s"}`,
p.Name,
base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(x),
base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(y),
), nil
}
return "", ErrUnsupportedKey
}
// jwsSign signs the digest using the given key.
// The hash is unused for ECDSA keys.
func jwsSign(key crypto.Signer, hash crypto.Hash, digest []byte) ([]byte, error) {
switch pub := key.Public().(type) {
case *rsa.PublicKey:
return key.Sign(rand.Reader, digest, hash)
case *ecdsa.PublicKey:
sigASN1, err := key.Sign(rand.Reader, digest, hash)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
var rs struct{ R, S *big.Int }
if _, err := asn1.Unmarshal(sigASN1, &rs); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
rb, sb := rs.R.Bytes(), rs.S.Bytes()
size := pub.Params().BitSize / 8
if size%8 > 0 {
size++
}
sig := make([]byte, size*2)
copy(sig[size-len(rb):], rb)
copy(sig[size*2-len(sb):], sb)
return sig, nil
}
return nil, ErrUnsupportedKey
}
// jwsHasher indicates suitable JWS algorithm name and a hash function
// to use for signing a digest with the provided key.
// It returns ("", 0) if the key is not supported.
func jwsHasher(pub crypto.PublicKey) (string, crypto.Hash) {
switch pub := pub.(type) {
case *rsa.PublicKey:
return "RS256", crypto.SHA256
case *ecdsa.PublicKey:
switch pub.Params().Name {
case "P-256":
return "ES256", crypto.SHA256
case "P-384":
return "ES384", crypto.SHA384
case "P-521":
return "ES512", crypto.SHA512
}
}
return "", 0
}
// JWKThumbprint creates a JWK thumbprint out of pub
// as specified in https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638.
func JWKThumbprint(pub crypto.PublicKey) (string, error) {
jwk, err := jwkEncode(pub)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
b := sha256.Sum256([]byte(jwk))
return base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(b[:]), nil
}

479
vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/acme/rfc8555.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,479 @@
// Copyright 2019 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package acme
import (
"context"
"crypto"
"encoding/base64"
"encoding/json"
"encoding/pem"
"errors"
"fmt"
"io"
"net/http"
"time"
)
// DeactivateReg permanently disables an existing account associated with c.Key.
// A deactivated account can no longer request certificate issuance or access
// resources related to the account, such as orders or authorizations.
//
// It only works with CAs implementing RFC 8555.
func (c *Client) DeactivateReg(ctx context.Context) error {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil { // required by c.accountKID
return err
}
url := string(c.accountKID(ctx))
if url == "" {
return ErrNoAccount
}
req := json.RawMessage(`{"status": "deactivated"}`)
res, err := c.post(ctx, nil, url, req, wantStatus(http.StatusOK))
if err != nil {
return err
}
res.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// registerRFC is equivalent to c.Register but for CAs implementing RFC 8555.
// It expects c.Discover to have already been called.
func (c *Client) registerRFC(ctx context.Context, acct *Account, prompt func(tosURL string) bool) (*Account, error) {
c.cacheMu.Lock() // guard c.kid access
defer c.cacheMu.Unlock()
req := struct {
TermsAgreed bool `json:"termsOfServiceAgreed,omitempty"`
Contact []string `json:"contact,omitempty"`
ExternalAccountBinding *jsonWebSignature `json:"externalAccountBinding,omitempty"`
}{
Contact: acct.Contact,
}
if c.dir.Terms != "" {
if prompt == nil {
return nil, errors.New("acme: missing Manager.Prompt to accept server's terms of service")
}
req.TermsAgreed = prompt(c.dir.Terms)
}
// set 'externalAccountBinding' field if requested
if acct.ExternalAccountBinding != nil {
eabJWS, err := c.encodeExternalAccountBinding(acct.ExternalAccountBinding)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("acme: failed to encode external account binding: %v", err)
}
req.ExternalAccountBinding = eabJWS
}
res, err := c.post(ctx, c.Key, c.dir.RegURL, req, wantStatus(
http.StatusOK, // account with this key already registered
http.StatusCreated, // new account created
))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
a, err := responseAccount(res)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
// Cache Account URL even if we return an error to the caller.
// It is by all means a valid and usable "kid" value for future requests.
c.KID = KeyID(a.URI)
if res.StatusCode == http.StatusOK {
return nil, ErrAccountAlreadyExists
}
return a, nil
}
// encodeExternalAccountBinding will encode an external account binding stanza
// as described in https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.3.4.
func (c *Client) encodeExternalAccountBinding(eab *ExternalAccountBinding) (*jsonWebSignature, error) {
jwk, err := jwkEncode(c.Key.Public())
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return jwsWithMAC(eab.Key, eab.KID, c.dir.RegURL, []byte(jwk))
}
// updateRegRFC is equivalent to c.UpdateReg but for CAs implementing RFC 8555.
// It expects c.Discover to have already been called.
func (c *Client) updateRegRFC(ctx context.Context, a *Account) (*Account, error) {
url := string(c.accountKID(ctx))
if url == "" {
return nil, ErrNoAccount
}
req := struct {
Contact []string `json:"contact,omitempty"`
}{
Contact: a.Contact,
}
res, err := c.post(ctx, nil, url, req, wantStatus(http.StatusOK))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
return responseAccount(res)
}
// getRegRFC is equivalent to c.GetReg but for CAs implementing RFC 8555.
// It expects c.Discover to have already been called.
func (c *Client) getRegRFC(ctx context.Context) (*Account, error) {
req := json.RawMessage(`{"onlyReturnExisting": true}`)
res, err := c.post(ctx, c.Key, c.dir.RegURL, req, wantStatus(http.StatusOK))
if e, ok := err.(*Error); ok && e.ProblemType == "urn:ietf:params:acme:error:accountDoesNotExist" {
return nil, ErrNoAccount
}
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
return responseAccount(res)
}
func responseAccount(res *http.Response) (*Account, error) {
var v struct {
Status string
Contact []string
Orders string
}
if err := json.NewDecoder(res.Body).Decode(&v); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("acme: invalid account response: %v", err)
}
return &Account{
URI: res.Header.Get("Location"),
Status: v.Status,
Contact: v.Contact,
OrdersURL: v.Orders,
}, nil
}
// accountKeyRollover attempts to perform account key rollover.
// On success it will change client.Key to the new key.
func (c *Client) accountKeyRollover(ctx context.Context, newKey crypto.Signer) error {
dir, err := c.Discover(ctx) // Also required by c.accountKID
if err != nil {
return err
}
kid := c.accountKID(ctx)
if kid == noKeyID {
return ErrNoAccount
}
oldKey, err := jwkEncode(c.Key.Public())
if err != nil {
return err
}
payload := struct {
Account string `json:"account"`
OldKey json.RawMessage `json:"oldKey"`
}{
Account: string(kid),
OldKey: json.RawMessage(oldKey),
}
inner, err := jwsEncodeJSON(payload, newKey, noKeyID, noNonce, dir.KeyChangeURL)
if err != nil {
return err
}
res, err := c.post(ctx, nil, dir.KeyChangeURL, base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(inner), wantStatus(http.StatusOK))
if err != nil {
return err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
c.Key = newKey
return nil
}
// AuthorizeOrder initiates the order-based application for certificate issuance,
// as opposed to pre-authorization in Authorize.
// It is only supported by CAs implementing RFC 8555.
//
// The caller then needs to fetch each authorization with GetAuthorization,
// identify those with StatusPending status and fulfill a challenge using Accept.
// Once all authorizations are satisfied, the caller will typically want to poll
// order status using WaitOrder until it's in StatusReady state.
// To finalize the order and obtain a certificate, the caller submits a CSR with CreateOrderCert.
func (c *Client) AuthorizeOrder(ctx context.Context, id []AuthzID, opt ...OrderOption) (*Order, error) {
dir, err := c.Discover(ctx)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
req := struct {
Identifiers []wireAuthzID `json:"identifiers"`
NotBefore string `json:"notBefore,omitempty"`
NotAfter string `json:"notAfter,omitempty"`
}{}
for _, v := range id {
req.Identifiers = append(req.Identifiers, wireAuthzID{
Type: v.Type,
Value: v.Value,
})
}
for _, o := range opt {
switch o := o.(type) {
case orderNotBeforeOpt:
req.NotBefore = time.Time(o).Format(time.RFC3339)
case orderNotAfterOpt:
req.NotAfter = time.Time(o).Format(time.RFC3339)
default:
// Package's fault if we let this happen.
panic(fmt.Sprintf("unsupported order option type %T", o))
}
}
res, err := c.post(ctx, nil, dir.OrderURL, req, wantStatus(http.StatusCreated))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
return responseOrder(res)
}
// GetOrder retrieves an order identified by the given URL.
// For orders created with AuthorizeOrder, the url value is Order.URI.
//
// If a caller needs to poll an order until its status is final,
// see the WaitOrder method.
func (c *Client) GetOrder(ctx context.Context, url string) (*Order, error) {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
res, err := c.postAsGet(ctx, url, wantStatus(http.StatusOK))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
return responseOrder(res)
}
// WaitOrder polls an order from the given URL until it is in one of the final states,
// StatusReady, StatusValid or StatusInvalid, the CA responded with a non-retryable error
// or the context is done.
//
// It returns a non-nil Order only if its Status is StatusReady or StatusValid.
// In all other cases WaitOrder returns an error.
// If the Status is StatusInvalid, the returned error is of type *OrderError.
func (c *Client) WaitOrder(ctx context.Context, url string) (*Order, error) {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
for {
res, err := c.postAsGet(ctx, url, wantStatus(http.StatusOK))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
o, err := responseOrder(res)
res.Body.Close()
switch {
case err != nil:
// Skip and retry.
case o.Status == StatusInvalid:
return nil, &OrderError{OrderURL: o.URI, Status: o.Status, Problem: o.Error}
case o.Status == StatusReady || o.Status == StatusValid:
return o, nil
}
d := retryAfter(res.Header.Get("Retry-After"))
if d == 0 {
// Default retry-after.
// Same reasoning as in WaitAuthorization.
d = time.Second
}
t := time.NewTimer(d)
select {
case <-ctx.Done():
t.Stop()
return nil, ctx.Err()
case <-t.C:
// Retry.
}
}
}
func responseOrder(res *http.Response) (*Order, error) {
var v struct {
Status string
Expires time.Time
Identifiers []wireAuthzID
NotBefore time.Time
NotAfter time.Time
Error *wireError
Authorizations []string
Finalize string
Certificate string
}
if err := json.NewDecoder(res.Body).Decode(&v); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("acme: error reading order: %v", err)
}
o := &Order{
URI: res.Header.Get("Location"),
Status: v.Status,
Expires: v.Expires,
NotBefore: v.NotBefore,
NotAfter: v.NotAfter,
AuthzURLs: v.Authorizations,
FinalizeURL: v.Finalize,
CertURL: v.Certificate,
}
for _, id := range v.Identifiers {
o.Identifiers = append(o.Identifiers, AuthzID{Type: id.Type, Value: id.Value})
}
if v.Error != nil {
o.Error = v.Error.error(nil /* headers */)
}
return o, nil
}
// CreateOrderCert submits the CSR (Certificate Signing Request) to a CA at the specified URL.
// The URL is the FinalizeURL field of an Order created with AuthorizeOrder.
//
// If the bundle argument is true, the returned value also contain the CA (issuer)
// certificate chain. Otherwise, only a leaf certificate is returned.
// The returned URL can be used to re-fetch the certificate using FetchCert.
//
// This method is only supported by CAs implementing RFC 8555. See CreateCert for pre-RFC CAs.
//
// CreateOrderCert returns an error if the CA's response is unreasonably large.
// Callers are encouraged to parse the returned value to ensure the certificate is valid and has the expected features.
func (c *Client) CreateOrderCert(ctx context.Context, url string, csr []byte, bundle bool) (der [][]byte, certURL string, err error) {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil { // required by c.accountKID
return nil, "", err
}
// RFC describes this as "finalize order" request.
req := struct {
CSR string `json:"csr"`
}{
CSR: base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(csr),
}
res, err := c.post(ctx, nil, url, req, wantStatus(http.StatusOK))
if err != nil {
return nil, "", err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
o, err := responseOrder(res)
if err != nil {
return nil, "", err
}
// Wait for CA to issue the cert if they haven't.
if o.Status != StatusValid {
o, err = c.WaitOrder(ctx, o.URI)
}
if err != nil {
return nil, "", err
}
// The only acceptable status post finalize and WaitOrder is "valid".
if o.Status != StatusValid {
return nil, "", &OrderError{OrderURL: o.URI, Status: o.Status, Problem: o.Error}
}
crt, err := c.fetchCertRFC(ctx, o.CertURL, bundle)
return crt, o.CertURL, err
}
// fetchCertRFC downloads issued certificate from the given URL.
// It expects the CA to respond with PEM-encoded certificate chain.
//
// The URL argument is the CertURL field of Order.
func (c *Client) fetchCertRFC(ctx context.Context, url string, bundle bool) ([][]byte, error) {
res, err := c.postAsGet(ctx, url, wantStatus(http.StatusOK))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
// Get all the bytes up to a sane maximum.
// Account very roughly for base64 overhead.
const max = maxCertChainSize + maxCertChainSize/33
b, err := io.ReadAll(io.LimitReader(res.Body, max+1))
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("acme: fetch cert response stream: %v", err)
}
if len(b) > max {
return nil, errors.New("acme: certificate chain is too big")
}
// Decode PEM chain.
var chain [][]byte
for {
var p *pem.Block
p, b = pem.Decode(b)
if p == nil {
break
}
if p.Type != "CERTIFICATE" {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("acme: invalid PEM cert type %q", p.Type)
}
chain = append(chain, p.Bytes)
if !bundle {
return chain, nil
}
if len(chain) > maxChainLen {
return nil, errors.New("acme: certificate chain is too long")
}
}
if len(chain) == 0 {
return nil, errors.New("acme: certificate chain is empty")
}
return chain, nil
}
// sends a cert revocation request in either JWK form when key is non-nil or KID form otherwise.
func (c *Client) revokeCertRFC(ctx context.Context, key crypto.Signer, cert []byte, reason CRLReasonCode) error {
req := &struct {
Cert string `json:"certificate"`
Reason int `json:"reason"`
}{
Cert: base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(cert),
Reason: int(reason),
}
res, err := c.post(ctx, key, c.dir.RevokeURL, req, wantStatus(http.StatusOK))
if err != nil {
if isAlreadyRevoked(err) {
// Assume it is not an error to revoke an already revoked cert.
return nil
}
return err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
return nil
}
func isAlreadyRevoked(err error) bool {
e, ok := err.(*Error)
return ok && e.ProblemType == "urn:ietf:params:acme:error:alreadyRevoked"
}
// ListCertAlternates retrieves any alternate certificate chain URLs for the
// given certificate chain URL. These alternate URLs can be passed to FetchCert
// in order to retrieve the alternate certificate chains.
//
// If there are no alternate issuer certificate chains, a nil slice will be
// returned.
func (c *Client) ListCertAlternates(ctx context.Context, url string) ([]string, error) {
if _, err := c.Discover(ctx); err != nil { // required by c.accountKID
return nil, err
}
res, err := c.postAsGet(ctx, url, wantStatus(http.StatusOK))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
// We don't need the body but we need to discard it so we don't end up
// preventing keep-alive
if _, err := io.Copy(io.Discard, res.Body); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("acme: cert alternates response stream: %v", err)
}
alts := linkHeader(res.Header, "alternate")
return alts, nil
}

636
vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/acme/types.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,636 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package acme
import (
"crypto"
"crypto/x509"
"encoding/json"
"errors"
"fmt"
"net/http"
"strings"
"time"
)
// ACME status values of Account, Order, Authorization and Challenge objects.
// See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.1.6 for details.
const (
StatusDeactivated = "deactivated"
StatusExpired = "expired"
StatusInvalid = "invalid"
StatusPending = "pending"
StatusProcessing = "processing"
StatusReady = "ready"
StatusRevoked = "revoked"
StatusUnknown = "unknown"
StatusValid = "valid"
)
// CRLReasonCode identifies the reason for a certificate revocation.
type CRLReasonCode int
// CRL reason codes as defined in RFC 5280.
const (
CRLReasonUnspecified CRLReasonCode = 0
CRLReasonKeyCompromise CRLReasonCode = 1
CRLReasonCACompromise CRLReasonCode = 2
CRLReasonAffiliationChanged CRLReasonCode = 3
CRLReasonSuperseded CRLReasonCode = 4
CRLReasonCessationOfOperation CRLReasonCode = 5
CRLReasonCertificateHold CRLReasonCode = 6
CRLReasonRemoveFromCRL CRLReasonCode = 8
CRLReasonPrivilegeWithdrawn CRLReasonCode = 9
CRLReasonAACompromise CRLReasonCode = 10
)
var (
// ErrUnsupportedKey is returned when an unsupported key type is encountered.
ErrUnsupportedKey = errors.New("acme: unknown key type; only RSA and ECDSA are supported")
// ErrAccountAlreadyExists indicates that the Client's key has already been registered
// with the CA. It is returned by Register method.
ErrAccountAlreadyExists = errors.New("acme: account already exists")
// ErrNoAccount indicates that the Client's key has not been registered with the CA.
ErrNoAccount = errors.New("acme: account does not exist")
// errPreAuthorizationNotSupported indicates that the server does not
// support pre-authorization of identifiers.
errPreAuthorizationNotSupported = errors.New("acme: pre-authorization is not supported")
)
// A Subproblem describes an ACME subproblem as reported in an Error.
type Subproblem struct {
// Type is a URI reference that identifies the problem type,
// typically in a "urn:acme:error:xxx" form.
Type string
// Detail is a human-readable explanation specific to this occurrence of the problem.
Detail string
// Instance indicates a URL that the client should direct a human user to visit
// in order for instructions on how to agree to the updated Terms of Service.
// In such an event CA sets StatusCode to 403, Type to
// "urn:ietf:params:acme:error:userActionRequired", and adds a Link header with relation
// "terms-of-service" containing the latest TOS URL.
Instance string
// Identifier may contain the ACME identifier that the error is for.
Identifier *AuthzID
}
func (sp Subproblem) String() string {
str := fmt.Sprintf("%s: ", sp.Type)
if sp.Identifier != nil {
str += fmt.Sprintf("[%s: %s] ", sp.Identifier.Type, sp.Identifier.Value)
}
str += sp.Detail
return str
}
// Error is an ACME error, defined in Problem Details for HTTP APIs doc
// http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-appsawg-http-problem.
type Error struct {
// StatusCode is The HTTP status code generated by the origin server.
StatusCode int
// ProblemType is a URI reference that identifies the problem type,
// typically in a "urn:acme:error:xxx" form.
ProblemType string
// Detail is a human-readable explanation specific to this occurrence of the problem.
Detail string
// Instance indicates a URL that the client should direct a human user to visit
// in order for instructions on how to agree to the updated Terms of Service.
// In such an event CA sets StatusCode to 403, ProblemType to
// "urn:ietf:params:acme:error:userActionRequired" and a Link header with relation
// "terms-of-service" containing the latest TOS URL.
Instance string
// Header is the original server error response headers.
// It may be nil.
Header http.Header
// Subproblems may contain more detailed information about the individual problems
// that caused the error. This field is only sent by RFC 8555 compatible ACME
// servers. Defined in RFC 8555 Section 6.7.1.
Subproblems []Subproblem
}
func (e *Error) Error() string {
str := fmt.Sprintf("%d %s: %s", e.StatusCode, e.ProblemType, e.Detail)
if len(e.Subproblems) > 0 {
str += fmt.Sprintf("; subproblems:")
for _, sp := range e.Subproblems {
str += fmt.Sprintf("\n\t%s", sp)
}
}
return str
}
// AuthorizationError indicates that an authorization for an identifier
// did not succeed.
// It contains all errors from Challenge items of the failed Authorization.
type AuthorizationError struct {
// URI uniquely identifies the failed Authorization.
URI string
// Identifier is an AuthzID.Value of the failed Authorization.
Identifier string
// Errors is a collection of non-nil error values of Challenge items
// of the failed Authorization.
Errors []error
}
func (a *AuthorizationError) Error() string {
e := make([]string, len(a.Errors))
for i, err := range a.Errors {
e[i] = err.Error()
}
if a.Identifier != "" {
return fmt.Sprintf("acme: authorization error for %s: %s", a.Identifier, strings.Join(e, "; "))
}
return fmt.Sprintf("acme: authorization error: %s", strings.Join(e, "; "))
}
// OrderError is returned from Client's order related methods.
// It indicates the order is unusable and the clients should start over with
// AuthorizeOrder. A Problem description may be provided with details on
// what caused the order to become unusable.
//
// The clients can still fetch the order object from CA using GetOrder
// to inspect its state.
type OrderError struct {
OrderURL string
Status string
// Problem is the error that occurred while processing the order.
Problem *Error
}
func (oe *OrderError) Error() string {
str := fmt.Sprintf("acme: order %s status: %s", oe.OrderURL, oe.Status)
if oe.Problem != nil {
str += fmt.Sprintf("; problem: %s", oe.Problem)
}
return str
}
// RateLimit reports whether err represents a rate limit error and
// any Retry-After duration returned by the server.
//
// See the following for more details on rate limiting:
// https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-acme-acme-05#section-5.6
func RateLimit(err error) (time.Duration, bool) {
e, ok := err.(*Error)
if !ok {
return 0, false
}
// Some CA implementations may return incorrect values.
// Use case-insensitive comparison.
if !strings.HasSuffix(strings.ToLower(e.ProblemType), ":ratelimited") {
return 0, false
}
if e.Header == nil {
return 0, true
}
return retryAfter(e.Header.Get("Retry-After")), true
}
// Account is a user account. It is associated with a private key.
// Non-RFC 8555 fields are empty when interfacing with a compliant CA.
type Account struct {
// URI is the account unique ID, which is also a URL used to retrieve
// account data from the CA.
// When interfacing with RFC 8555-compliant CAs, URI is the "kid" field
// value in JWS signed requests.
URI string
// Contact is a slice of contact info used during registration.
// See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.3 for supported
// formats.
Contact []string
// Status indicates current account status as returned by the CA.
// Possible values are StatusValid, StatusDeactivated, and StatusRevoked.
Status string
// OrdersURL is a URL from which a list of orders submitted by this account
// can be fetched.
OrdersURL string
// The terms user has agreed to.
// A value not matching CurrentTerms indicates that the user hasn't agreed
// to the actual Terms of Service of the CA.
//
// It is non-RFC 8555 compliant. Package users can store the ToS they agree to
// during Client's Register call in the prompt callback function.
AgreedTerms string
// Actual terms of a CA.
//
// It is non-RFC 8555 compliant. Use Directory's Terms field.
// When a CA updates their terms and requires an account agreement,
// a URL at which instructions to do so is available in Error's Instance field.
CurrentTerms string
// Authz is the authorization URL used to initiate a new authz flow.
//
// It is non-RFC 8555 compliant. Use Directory's AuthzURL or OrderURL.
Authz string
// Authorizations is a URI from which a list of authorizations
// granted to this account can be fetched via a GET request.
//
// It is non-RFC 8555 compliant and is obsoleted by OrdersURL.
Authorizations string
// Certificates is a URI from which a list of certificates
// issued for this account can be fetched via a GET request.
//
// It is non-RFC 8555 compliant and is obsoleted by OrdersURL.
Certificates string
// ExternalAccountBinding represents an arbitrary binding to an account of
// the CA which the ACME server is tied to.
// See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.3.4 for more details.
ExternalAccountBinding *ExternalAccountBinding
}
// ExternalAccountBinding contains the data needed to form a request with
// an external account binding.
// See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.3.4 for more details.
type ExternalAccountBinding struct {
// KID is the Key ID of the symmetric MAC key that the CA provides to
// identify an external account from ACME.
KID string
// Key is the bytes of the symmetric key that the CA provides to identify
// the account. Key must correspond to the KID.
Key []byte
}
func (e *ExternalAccountBinding) String() string {
return fmt.Sprintf("&{KID: %q, Key: redacted}", e.KID)
}
// Directory is ACME server discovery data.
// See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.1.1 for more details.
type Directory struct {
// NonceURL indicates an endpoint where to fetch fresh nonce values from.
NonceURL string
// RegURL is an account endpoint URL, allowing for creating new accounts.
// Pre-RFC 8555 CAs also allow modifying existing accounts at this URL.
RegURL string
// OrderURL is used to initiate the certificate issuance flow
// as described in RFC 8555.
OrderURL string
// AuthzURL is used to initiate identifier pre-authorization flow.
// Empty string indicates the flow is unsupported by the CA.
AuthzURL string
// CertURL is a new certificate issuance endpoint URL.
// It is non-RFC 8555 compliant and is obsoleted by OrderURL.
CertURL string
// RevokeURL is used to initiate a certificate revocation flow.
RevokeURL string
// KeyChangeURL allows to perform account key rollover flow.
KeyChangeURL string
// Terms is a URI identifying the current terms of service.
Terms string
// Website is an HTTP or HTTPS URL locating a website
// providing more information about the ACME server.
Website string
// CAA consists of lowercase hostname elements, which the ACME server
// recognises as referring to itself for the purposes of CAA record validation
// as defined in RFC 6844.
CAA []string
// ExternalAccountRequired indicates that the CA requires for all account-related
// requests to include external account binding information.
ExternalAccountRequired bool
}
// Order represents a client's request for a certificate.
// It tracks the request flow progress through to issuance.
type Order struct {
// URI uniquely identifies an order.
URI string
// Status represents the current status of the order.
// It indicates which action the client should take.
//
// Possible values are StatusPending, StatusReady, StatusProcessing, StatusValid and StatusInvalid.
// Pending means the CA does not believe that the client has fulfilled the requirements.
// Ready indicates that the client has fulfilled all the requirements and can submit a CSR
// to obtain a certificate. This is done with Client's CreateOrderCert.
// Processing means the certificate is being issued.
// Valid indicates the CA has issued the certificate. It can be downloaded
// from the Order's CertURL. This is done with Client's FetchCert.
// Invalid means the certificate will not be issued. Users should consider this order
// abandoned.
Status string
// Expires is the timestamp after which CA considers this order invalid.
Expires time.Time
// Identifiers contains all identifier objects which the order pertains to.
Identifiers []AuthzID
// NotBefore is the requested value of the notBefore field in the certificate.
NotBefore time.Time
// NotAfter is the requested value of the notAfter field in the certificate.
NotAfter time.Time
// AuthzURLs represents authorizations to complete before a certificate
// for identifiers specified in the order can be issued.
// It also contains unexpired authorizations that the client has completed
// in the past.
//
// Authorization objects can be fetched using Client's GetAuthorization method.
//
// The required authorizations are dictated by CA policies.
// There may not be a 1:1 relationship between the identifiers and required authorizations.
// Required authorizations can be identified by their StatusPending status.
//
// For orders in the StatusValid or StatusInvalid state these are the authorizations
// which were completed.
AuthzURLs []string
// FinalizeURL is the endpoint at which a CSR is submitted to obtain a certificate
// once all the authorizations are satisfied.
FinalizeURL string
// CertURL points to the certificate that has been issued in response to this order.
CertURL string
// The error that occurred while processing the order as received from a CA, if any.
Error *Error
}
// OrderOption allows customizing Client.AuthorizeOrder call.
type OrderOption interface {
privateOrderOpt()
}
// WithOrderNotBefore sets order's NotBefore field.
func WithOrderNotBefore(t time.Time) OrderOption {
return orderNotBeforeOpt(t)
}
// WithOrderNotAfter sets order's NotAfter field.
func WithOrderNotAfter(t time.Time) OrderOption {
return orderNotAfterOpt(t)
}
type orderNotBeforeOpt time.Time
func (orderNotBeforeOpt) privateOrderOpt() {}
type orderNotAfterOpt time.Time
func (orderNotAfterOpt) privateOrderOpt() {}
// Authorization encodes an authorization response.
type Authorization struct {
// URI uniquely identifies a authorization.
URI string
// Status is the current status of an authorization.
// Possible values are StatusPending, StatusValid, StatusInvalid, StatusDeactivated,
// StatusExpired and StatusRevoked.
Status string
// Identifier is what the account is authorized to represent.
Identifier AuthzID
// The timestamp after which the CA considers the authorization invalid.
Expires time.Time
// Wildcard is true for authorizations of a wildcard domain name.
Wildcard bool
// Challenges that the client needs to fulfill in order to prove possession
// of the identifier (for pending authorizations).
// For valid authorizations, the challenge that was validated.
// For invalid authorizations, the challenge that was attempted and failed.
//
// RFC 8555 compatible CAs require users to fuflfill only one of the challenges.
Challenges []*Challenge
// A collection of sets of challenges, each of which would be sufficient
// to prove possession of the identifier.
// Clients must complete a set of challenges that covers at least one set.
// Challenges are identified by their indices in the challenges array.
// If this field is empty, the client needs to complete all challenges.
//
// This field is unused in RFC 8555.
Combinations [][]int
}
// AuthzID is an identifier that an account is authorized to represent.
type AuthzID struct {
Type string // The type of identifier, "dns" or "ip".
Value string // The identifier itself, e.g. "example.org".
}
// DomainIDs creates a slice of AuthzID with "dns" identifier type.
func DomainIDs(names ...string) []AuthzID {
a := make([]AuthzID, len(names))
for i, v := range names {
a[i] = AuthzID{Type: "dns", Value: v}
}
return a
}
// IPIDs creates a slice of AuthzID with "ip" identifier type.
// Each element of addr is textual form of an address as defined
// in RFC 1123 Section 2.1 for IPv4 and in RFC 5952 Section 4 for IPv6.
func IPIDs(addr ...string) []AuthzID {
a := make([]AuthzID, len(addr))
for i, v := range addr {
a[i] = AuthzID{Type: "ip", Value: v}
}
return a
}
// wireAuthzID is ACME JSON representation of authorization identifier objects.
type wireAuthzID struct {
Type string `json:"type"`
Value string `json:"value"`
}
// wireAuthz is ACME JSON representation of Authorization objects.
type wireAuthz struct {
Identifier wireAuthzID
Status string
Expires time.Time
Wildcard bool
Challenges []wireChallenge
Combinations [][]int
Error *wireError
}
func (z *wireAuthz) authorization(uri string) *Authorization {
a := &Authorization{
URI: uri,
Status: z.Status,
Identifier: AuthzID{Type: z.Identifier.Type, Value: z.Identifier.Value},
Expires: z.Expires,
Wildcard: z.Wildcard,
Challenges: make([]*Challenge, len(z.Challenges)),
Combinations: z.Combinations, // shallow copy
}
for i, v := range z.Challenges {
a.Challenges[i] = v.challenge()
}
return a
}
func (z *wireAuthz) error(uri string) *AuthorizationError {
err := &AuthorizationError{
URI: uri,
Identifier: z.Identifier.Value,
}
if z.Error != nil {
err.Errors = append(err.Errors, z.Error.error(nil))
}
for _, raw := range z.Challenges {
if raw.Error != nil {
err.Errors = append(err.Errors, raw.Error.error(nil))
}
}
return err
}
// Challenge encodes a returned CA challenge.
// Its Error field may be non-nil if the challenge is part of an Authorization
// with StatusInvalid.
type Challenge struct {
// Type is the challenge type, e.g. "http-01", "tls-alpn-01", "dns-01".
Type string
// URI is where a challenge response can be posted to.
URI string
// Token is a random value that uniquely identifies the challenge.
Token string
// Status identifies the status of this challenge.
// In RFC 8555, possible values are StatusPending, StatusProcessing, StatusValid,
// and StatusInvalid.
Status string
// Validated is the time at which the CA validated this challenge.
// Always zero value in pre-RFC 8555.
Validated time.Time
// Error indicates the reason for an authorization failure
// when this challenge was used.
// The type of a non-nil value is *Error.
Error error
// Payload is the JSON-formatted payload that the client sends
// to the server to indicate it is ready to respond to the challenge.
// When unset, it defaults to an empty JSON object: {}.
// For most challenges, the client must not set Payload,
// see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.5.1.
// Payload is used only for newer challenges (such as "device-attest-01")
// where the client must send additional data for the server to validate
// the challenge.
Payload json.RawMessage
}
// wireChallenge is ACME JSON challenge representation.
type wireChallenge struct {
URL string `json:"url"` // RFC
URI string `json:"uri"` // pre-RFC
Type string
Token string
Status string
Validated time.Time
Error *wireError
}
func (c *wireChallenge) challenge() *Challenge {
v := &Challenge{
URI: c.URL,
Type: c.Type,
Token: c.Token,
Status: c.Status,
}
if v.URI == "" {
v.URI = c.URI // c.URL was empty; use legacy
}
if v.Status == "" {
v.Status = StatusPending
}
if c.Error != nil {
v.Error = c.Error.error(nil)
}
return v
}
// wireError is a subset of fields of the Problem Details object
// as described in https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7807#section-3.1.
type wireError struct {
Status int
Type string
Detail string
Instance string
Subproblems []Subproblem
}
func (e *wireError) error(h http.Header) *Error {
err := &Error{
StatusCode: e.Status,
ProblemType: e.Type,
Detail: e.Detail,
Instance: e.Instance,
Header: h,
Subproblems: e.Subproblems,
}
return err
}
// CertOption is an optional argument type for the TLS ChallengeCert methods for
// customizing a temporary certificate for TLS-based challenges.
type CertOption interface {
privateCertOpt()
}
// WithKey creates an option holding a private/public key pair.
// The private part signs a certificate, and the public part represents the signee.
func WithKey(key crypto.Signer) CertOption {
return &certOptKey{key}
}
type certOptKey struct {
key crypto.Signer
}
func (*certOptKey) privateCertOpt() {}
// WithTemplate creates an option for specifying a certificate template.
// See x509.CreateCertificate for template usage details.
//
// In TLS ChallengeCert methods, the template is also used as parent,
// resulting in a self-signed certificate.
// The DNSNames or IPAddresses fields of t are always overwritten for tls-alpn challenge certs.
func WithTemplate(t *x509.Certificate) CertOption {
return (*certOptTemplate)(t)
}
type certOptTemplate x509.Certificate
func (*certOptTemplate) privateCertOpt() {}

27
vendor/golang.org/x/net/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
Copyright 2009 The Go Authors.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
* Neither the name of Google LLC nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

22
vendor/golang.org/x/net/PATENTS generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
Additional IP Rights Grant (Patents)
"This implementation" means the copyrightable works distributed by
Google as part of the Go project.
Google hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive,
no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section)
patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import,
transfer and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of this
implementation of Go, where such license applies only to those patent
claims, both currently owned or controlled by Google and acquired in
the future, licensable by Google that are necessarily infringed by this
implementation of Go. This grant does not include claims that would be
infringed only as a consequence of further modification of this
implementation. If you or your agent or exclusive licensee institute or
order or agree to the institution of patent litigation against any
entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging
that this implementation of Go or any code incorporated within this
implementation of Go constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, or inducement of patent infringement, then any patent
rights granted to you under this License for this implementation of Go
shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

78
vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/atom/atom.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
// Copyright 2012 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
// Package atom provides integer codes (also known as atoms) for a fixed set of
// frequently occurring HTML strings: tag names and attribute keys such as "p"
// and "id".
//
// Sharing an atom's name between all elements with the same tag can result in
// fewer string allocations when tokenizing and parsing HTML. Integer
// comparisons are also generally faster than string comparisons.
//
// The value of an atom's particular code is not guaranteed to stay the same
// between versions of this package. Neither is any ordering guaranteed:
// whether atom.H1 < atom.H2 may also change. The codes are not guaranteed to
// be dense. The only guarantees are that e.g. looking up "div" will yield
// atom.Div, calling atom.Div.String will return "div", and atom.Div != 0.
package atom // import "golang.org/x/net/html/atom"
// Atom is an integer code for a string. The zero value maps to "".
type Atom uint32
// String returns the atom's name.
func (a Atom) String() string {
start := uint32(a >> 8)
n := uint32(a & 0xff)
if start+n > uint32(len(atomText)) {
return ""
}
return atomText[start : start+n]
}
func (a Atom) string() string {
return atomText[a>>8 : a>>8+a&0xff]
}
// fnv computes the FNV hash with an arbitrary starting value h.
func fnv(h uint32, s []byte) uint32 {
for i := range s {
h ^= uint32(s[i])
h *= 16777619
}
return h
}
func match(s string, t []byte) bool {
for i, c := range t {
if s[i] != c {
return false
}
}
return true
}
// Lookup returns the atom whose name is s. It returns zero if there is no
// such atom. The lookup is case sensitive.
func Lookup(s []byte) Atom {
if len(s) == 0 || len(s) > maxAtomLen {
return 0
}
h := fnv(hash0, s)
if a := table[h&uint32(len(table)-1)]; int(a&0xff) == len(s) && match(a.string(), s) {
return a
}
if a := table[(h>>16)&uint32(len(table)-1)]; int(a&0xff) == len(s) && match(a.string(), s) {
return a
}
return 0
}
// String returns a string whose contents are equal to s. In that sense, it is
// equivalent to string(s) but may be more efficient.
func String(s []byte) string {
if a := Lookup(s); a != 0 {
return a.String()
}
return string(s)
}

785
vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/atom/table.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,785 @@
// Code generated by go generate gen.go; DO NOT EDIT.
//go:generate go run gen.go
package atom
const (
A Atom = 0x1
Abbr Atom = 0x4
Accept Atom = 0x1a06
AcceptCharset Atom = 0x1a0e
Accesskey Atom = 0x2c09
Acronym Atom = 0xaa07
Action Atom = 0x26506
Address Atom = 0x6f107
Align Atom = 0xb105
Allowfullscreen Atom = 0x3280f
Allowpaymentrequest Atom = 0xc113
Allowusermedia Atom = 0xdd0e
Alt Atom = 0xf303
Annotation Atom = 0x1c90a
AnnotationXml Atom = 0x1c90e
Applet Atom = 0x30806
Area Atom = 0x35004
Article Atom = 0x3f607
As Atom = 0x3c02
Aside Atom = 0x10705
Async Atom = 0xff05
Audio Atom = 0x11505
Autocomplete Atom = 0x26b0c
Autofocus Atom = 0x12109
Autoplay Atom = 0x13c08
B Atom = 0x101
Base Atom = 0x3b04
Basefont Atom = 0x3b08
Bdi Atom = 0xba03
Bdo Atom = 0x14b03
Bgsound Atom = 0x15e07
Big Atom = 0x17003
Blink Atom = 0x17305
Blockquote Atom = 0x1870a
Body Atom = 0x2804
Br Atom = 0x202
Button Atom = 0x19106
Canvas Atom = 0x10306
Caption Atom = 0x22407
Center Atom = 0x21306
Challenge Atom = 0x28e09
Charset Atom = 0x2107
Checked Atom = 0x5b507
Cite Atom = 0x19c04
Class Atom = 0x55805
Code Atom = 0x5ee04
Col Atom = 0x1ab03
Colgroup Atom = 0x1ab08
Color Atom = 0x1bf05
Cols Atom = 0x1c404
Colspan Atom = 0x1c407
Command Atom = 0x1d707
Content Atom = 0x57b07
Contenteditable Atom = 0x57b0f
Contextmenu Atom = 0x37a0b
Controls Atom = 0x1de08
Coords Atom = 0x1f006
Crossorigin Atom = 0x1fa0b
Data Atom = 0x49904
Datalist Atom = 0x49908
Datetime Atom = 0x2ab08
Dd Atom = 0x2bf02
Default Atom = 0x10a07
Defer Atom = 0x5f005
Del Atom = 0x44c03
Desc Atom = 0x55504
Details Atom = 0x7207
Dfn Atom = 0x8703
Dialog Atom = 0xbb06
Dir Atom = 0x9303
Dirname Atom = 0x9307
Disabled Atom = 0x16408
Div Atom = 0x16b03
Dl Atom = 0x5d602
Download Atom = 0x45d08
Draggable Atom = 0x17a09
Dropzone Atom = 0x3ff08
Dt Atom = 0x64002
Em Atom = 0x6e02
Embed Atom = 0x6e05
Enctype Atom = 0x28007
Face Atom = 0x21104
Fieldset Atom = 0x21908
Figcaption Atom = 0x2210a
Figure Atom = 0x23b06
Font Atom = 0x3f04
Footer Atom = 0xf606
For Atom = 0x24703
ForeignObject Atom = 0x2470d
Foreignobject Atom = 0x2540d
Form Atom = 0x26104
Formaction Atom = 0x2610a
Formenctype Atom = 0x27c0b
Formmethod Atom = 0x2970a
Formnovalidate Atom = 0x2a10e
Formtarget Atom = 0x2b30a
Frame Atom = 0x8b05
Frameset Atom = 0x8b08
H1 Atom = 0x15c02
H2 Atom = 0x56102
H3 Atom = 0x2cd02
H4 Atom = 0x2fc02
H5 Atom = 0x33f02
H6 Atom = 0x34902
Head Atom = 0x32004
Header Atom = 0x32006
Headers Atom = 0x32007
Height Atom = 0x5206
Hgroup Atom = 0x64206
Hidden Atom = 0x2bd06
High Atom = 0x2ca04
Hr Atom = 0x15702
Href Atom = 0x2cf04
Hreflang Atom = 0x2cf08
Html Atom = 0x5604
HttpEquiv Atom = 0x2d70a
I Atom = 0x601
Icon Atom = 0x57a04
Id Atom = 0x10902
Iframe Atom = 0x2eb06
Image Atom = 0x2f105
Img Atom = 0x2f603
Input Atom = 0x44505
Inputmode Atom = 0x44509
Ins Atom = 0x20303
Integrity Atom = 0x23209
Is Atom = 0x16502
Isindex Atom = 0x2fe07
Ismap Atom = 0x30505
Itemid Atom = 0x38506
Itemprop Atom = 0x19d08
Itemref Atom = 0x3c707
Itemscope Atom = 0x66f09
Itemtype Atom = 0x30e08
Kbd Atom = 0xb903
Keygen Atom = 0x3206
Keytype Atom = 0xd607
Kind Atom = 0x17704
Label Atom = 0x5905
Lang Atom = 0x2d304
Legend Atom = 0x18106
Li Atom = 0xb202
Link Atom = 0x17404
List Atom = 0x49d04
Listing Atom = 0x49d07
Loop Atom = 0x5d04
Low Atom = 0xc303
Main Atom = 0x1004
Malignmark Atom = 0xb00a
Manifest Atom = 0x6d508
Map Atom = 0x30703
Mark Atom = 0xb604
Marquee Atom = 0x31607
Math Atom = 0x31d04
Max Atom = 0x33703
Maxlength Atom = 0x33709
Media Atom = 0xe605
Mediagroup Atom = 0xe60a
Menu Atom = 0x38104
Menuitem Atom = 0x38108
Meta Atom = 0x4ac04
Meter Atom = 0x9805
Method Atom = 0x29b06
Mglyph Atom = 0x2f706
Mi Atom = 0x34102
Min Atom = 0x34103
Minlength Atom = 0x34109
Mn Atom = 0x2a402
Mo Atom = 0xa402
Ms Atom = 0x67202
Mtext Atom = 0x34b05
Multiple Atom = 0x35908
Muted Atom = 0x36105
Name Atom = 0x9604
Nav Atom = 0x1303
Nobr Atom = 0x3704
Noembed Atom = 0x6c07
Noframes Atom = 0x8908
Nomodule Atom = 0xa208
Nonce Atom = 0x1a605
Noscript Atom = 0x2c208
Novalidate Atom = 0x2a50a
Object Atom = 0x25b06
Ol Atom = 0x13702
Onabort Atom = 0x19507
Onafterprint Atom = 0x2290c
Onautocomplete Atom = 0x2690e
Onautocompleteerror Atom = 0x26913
Onauxclick Atom = 0x6140a
Onbeforeprint Atom = 0x69c0d
Onbeforeunload Atom = 0x6e50e
Onblur Atom = 0x1ea06
Oncancel Atom = 0x11908
Oncanplay Atom = 0x14d09
Oncanplaythrough Atom = 0x14d10
Onchange Atom = 0x41508
Onclick Atom = 0x2e407
Onclose Atom = 0x36607
Oncontextmenu Atom = 0x3780d
Oncopy Atom = 0x38b06
Oncuechange Atom = 0x3910b
Oncut Atom = 0x39c05
Ondblclick Atom = 0x3a10a
Ondrag Atom = 0x3ab06
Ondragend Atom = 0x3ab09
Ondragenter Atom = 0x3b40b
Ondragexit Atom = 0x3bf0a
Ondragleave Atom = 0x3d90b
Ondragover Atom = 0x3e40a
Ondragstart Atom = 0x3ee0b
Ondrop Atom = 0x3fd06
Ondurationchange Atom = 0x40d10
Onemptied Atom = 0x40409
Onended Atom = 0x41d07
Onerror Atom = 0x42407
Onfocus Atom = 0x42b07
Onhashchange Atom = 0x4370c
Oninput Atom = 0x44307
Oninvalid Atom = 0x44f09
Onkeydown Atom = 0x45809
Onkeypress Atom = 0x4650a
Onkeyup Atom = 0x47407
Onlanguagechange Atom = 0x48110
Onload Atom = 0x49106
Onloadeddata Atom = 0x4910c
Onloadedmetadata Atom = 0x4a410
Onloadend Atom = 0x4ba09
Onloadstart Atom = 0x4c30b
Onmessage Atom = 0x4ce09
Onmessageerror Atom = 0x4ce0e
Onmousedown Atom = 0x4dc0b
Onmouseenter Atom = 0x4e70c
Onmouseleave Atom = 0x4f30c
Onmousemove Atom = 0x4ff0b
Onmouseout Atom = 0x50a0a
Onmouseover Atom = 0x5170b
Onmouseup Atom = 0x52209
Onmousewheel Atom = 0x5300c
Onoffline Atom = 0x53c09
Ononline Atom = 0x54508
Onpagehide Atom = 0x54d0a
Onpageshow Atom = 0x5630a
Onpaste Atom = 0x56f07
Onpause Atom = 0x58a07
Onplay Atom = 0x59406
Onplaying Atom = 0x59409
Onpopstate Atom = 0x59d0a
Onprogress Atom = 0x5a70a
Onratechange Atom = 0x5bc0c
Onrejectionhandled Atom = 0x5c812
Onreset Atom = 0x5da07
Onresize Atom = 0x5e108
Onscroll Atom = 0x5f508
Onsecuritypolicyviolation Atom = 0x5fd19
Onseeked Atom = 0x61e08
Onseeking Atom = 0x62609
Onselect Atom = 0x62f08
Onshow Atom = 0x63906
Onsort Atom = 0x64d06
Onstalled Atom = 0x65709
Onstorage Atom = 0x66009
Onsubmit Atom = 0x66908
Onsuspend Atom = 0x67909
Ontimeupdate Atom = 0x400c
Ontoggle Atom = 0x68208
Onunhandledrejection Atom = 0x68a14
Onunload Atom = 0x6a908
Onvolumechange Atom = 0x6b10e
Onwaiting Atom = 0x6bf09
Onwheel Atom = 0x6c807
Open Atom = 0x1a304
Optgroup Atom = 0x5f08
Optimum Atom = 0x6cf07
Option Atom = 0x6e106
Output Atom = 0x51106
P Atom = 0xc01
Param Atom = 0xc05
Pattern Atom = 0x6607
Picture Atom = 0x7b07
Ping Atom = 0xef04
Placeholder Atom = 0x1310b
Plaintext Atom = 0x1b209
Playsinline Atom = 0x1400b
Poster Atom = 0x64706
Pre Atom = 0x46a03
Preload Atom = 0x47a07
Progress Atom = 0x5a908
Prompt Atom = 0x52a06
Public Atom = 0x57606
Q Atom = 0xcf01
Radiogroup Atom = 0x30a
Rb Atom = 0x3a02
Readonly Atom = 0x35108
Referrerpolicy Atom = 0x3cb0e
Rel Atom = 0x47b03
Required Atom = 0x23f08
Reversed Atom = 0x8008
Rows Atom = 0x9c04
Rowspan Atom = 0x9c07
Rp Atom = 0x22f02
Rt Atom = 0x19a02
Rtc Atom = 0x19a03
Ruby Atom = 0xfb04
S Atom = 0x2501
Samp Atom = 0x7804
Sandbox Atom = 0x12907
Scope Atom = 0x67305
Scoped Atom = 0x67306
Script Atom = 0x2c406
Seamless Atom = 0x36b08
Search Atom = 0x55c06
Section Atom = 0x1e507
Select Atom = 0x63106
Selected Atom = 0x63108
Shape Atom = 0x1f505
Size Atom = 0x5e504
Sizes Atom = 0x5e505
Slot Atom = 0x20504
Small Atom = 0x32605
Sortable Atom = 0x64f08
Sorted Atom = 0x37206
Source Atom = 0x43106
Spacer Atom = 0x46e06
Span Atom = 0x9f04
Spellcheck Atom = 0x5b00a
Src Atom = 0x5e903
Srcdoc Atom = 0x5e906
Srclang Atom = 0x6f707
Srcset Atom = 0x6fe06
Start Atom = 0x3f405
Step Atom = 0x57304
Strike Atom = 0xd206
Strong Atom = 0x6db06
Style Atom = 0x70405
Sub Atom = 0x66b03
Summary Atom = 0x70907
Sup Atom = 0x71003
Svg Atom = 0x71303
System Atom = 0x71606
Tabindex Atom = 0x4b208
Table Atom = 0x58505
Target Atom = 0x2b706
Tbody Atom = 0x2705
Td Atom = 0x9202
Template Atom = 0x71908
Textarea Atom = 0x34c08
Tfoot Atom = 0xf505
Th Atom = 0x15602
Thead Atom = 0x31f05
Time Atom = 0x4204
Title Atom = 0x11005
Tr Atom = 0xcc02
Track Atom = 0x1ba05
Translate Atom = 0x20809
Tt Atom = 0x6802
Type Atom = 0xd904
Typemustmatch Atom = 0x2830d
U Atom = 0xb01
Ul Atom = 0xa702
Updateviacache Atom = 0x460e
Usemap Atom = 0x58e06
Value Atom = 0x1505
Var Atom = 0x16d03
Video Atom = 0x2e005
Wbr Atom = 0x56c03
Width Atom = 0x63e05
Workertype Atom = 0x7210a
Wrap Atom = 0x72b04
Xmp Atom = 0x12f03
)
const hash0 = 0x84f70e16
const maxAtomLen = 25
var table = [1 << 9]Atom{
0x1: 0x3ff08, // dropzone
0x2: 0x3b08, // basefont
0x3: 0x23209, // integrity
0x4: 0x43106, // source
0x5: 0x2c09, // accesskey
0x6: 0x1a06, // accept
0x7: 0x6c807, // onwheel
0xb: 0x47407, // onkeyup
0xc: 0x32007, // headers
0xd: 0x67306, // scoped
0xe: 0x67909, // onsuspend
0xf: 0x8908, // noframes
0x10: 0x1fa0b, // crossorigin
0x11: 0x2e407, // onclick
0x12: 0x3f405, // start
0x13: 0x37a0b, // contextmenu
0x14: 0x5e903, // src
0x15: 0x1c404, // cols
0x16: 0xbb06, // dialog
0x17: 0x47a07, // preload
0x18: 0x3c707, // itemref
0x1b: 0x2f105, // image
0x1d: 0x4ba09, // onloadend
0x1e: 0x45d08, // download
0x1f: 0x46a03, // pre
0x23: 0x2970a, // formmethod
0x24: 0x71303, // svg
0x25: 0xcf01, // q
0x26: 0x64002, // dt
0x27: 0x1de08, // controls
0x2a: 0x2804, // body
0x2b: 0xd206, // strike
0x2c: 0x3910b, // oncuechange
0x2d: 0x4c30b, // onloadstart
0x2e: 0x2fe07, // isindex
0x2f: 0xb202, // li
0x30: 0x1400b, // playsinline
0x31: 0x34102, // mi
0x32: 0x30806, // applet
0x33: 0x4ce09, // onmessage
0x35: 0x13702, // ol
0x36: 0x1a304, // open
0x39: 0x14d09, // oncanplay
0x3a: 0x6bf09, // onwaiting
0x3b: 0x11908, // oncancel
0x3c: 0x6a908, // onunload
0x3e: 0x53c09, // onoffline
0x3f: 0x1a0e, // accept-charset
0x40: 0x32004, // head
0x42: 0x3ab09, // ondragend
0x43: 0x1310b, // placeholder
0x44: 0x2b30a, // formtarget
0x45: 0x2540d, // foreignobject
0x47: 0x400c, // ontimeupdate
0x48: 0xdd0e, // allowusermedia
0x4a: 0x69c0d, // onbeforeprint
0x4b: 0x5604, // html
0x4c: 0x9f04, // span
0x4d: 0x64206, // hgroup
0x4e: 0x16408, // disabled
0x4f: 0x4204, // time
0x51: 0x42b07, // onfocus
0x53: 0xb00a, // malignmark
0x55: 0x4650a, // onkeypress
0x56: 0x55805, // class
0x57: 0x1ab08, // colgroup
0x58: 0x33709, // maxlength
0x59: 0x5a908, // progress
0x5b: 0x70405, // style
0x5c: 0x2a10e, // formnovalidate
0x5e: 0x38b06, // oncopy
0x60: 0x26104, // form
0x61: 0xf606, // footer
0x64: 0x30a, // radiogroup
0x66: 0xfb04, // ruby
0x67: 0x4ff0b, // onmousemove
0x68: 0x19d08, // itemprop
0x69: 0x2d70a, // http-equiv
0x6a: 0x15602, // th
0x6c: 0x6e02, // em
0x6d: 0x38108, // menuitem
0x6e: 0x63106, // select
0x6f: 0x48110, // onlanguagechange
0x70: 0x31f05, // thead
0x71: 0x15c02, // h1
0x72: 0x5e906, // srcdoc
0x75: 0x9604, // name
0x76: 0x19106, // button
0x77: 0x55504, // desc
0x78: 0x17704, // kind
0x79: 0x1bf05, // color
0x7c: 0x58e06, // usemap
0x7d: 0x30e08, // itemtype
0x7f: 0x6d508, // manifest
0x81: 0x5300c, // onmousewheel
0x82: 0x4dc0b, // onmousedown
0x84: 0xc05, // param
0x85: 0x2e005, // video
0x86: 0x4910c, // onloadeddata
0x87: 0x6f107, // address
0x8c: 0xef04, // ping
0x8d: 0x24703, // for
0x8f: 0x62f08, // onselect
0x90: 0x30703, // map
0x92: 0xc01, // p
0x93: 0x8008, // reversed
0x94: 0x54d0a, // onpagehide
0x95: 0x3206, // keygen
0x96: 0x34109, // minlength
0x97: 0x3e40a, // ondragover
0x98: 0x42407, // onerror
0x9a: 0x2107, // charset
0x9b: 0x29b06, // method
0x9c: 0x101, // b
0x9d: 0x68208, // ontoggle
0x9e: 0x2bd06, // hidden
0xa0: 0x3f607, // article
0xa2: 0x63906, // onshow
0xa3: 0x64d06, // onsort
0xa5: 0x57b0f, // contenteditable
0xa6: 0x66908, // onsubmit
0xa8: 0x44f09, // oninvalid
0xaa: 0x202, // br
0xab: 0x10902, // id
0xac: 0x5d04, // loop
0xad: 0x5630a, // onpageshow
0xb0: 0x2cf04, // href
0xb2: 0x2210a, // figcaption
0xb3: 0x2690e, // onautocomplete
0xb4: 0x49106, // onload
0xb6: 0x9c04, // rows
0xb7: 0x1a605, // nonce
0xb8: 0x68a14, // onunhandledrejection
0xbb: 0x21306, // center
0xbc: 0x59406, // onplay
0xbd: 0x33f02, // h5
0xbe: 0x49d07, // listing
0xbf: 0x57606, // public
0xc2: 0x23b06, // figure
0xc3: 0x57a04, // icon
0xc4: 0x1ab03, // col
0xc5: 0x47b03, // rel
0xc6: 0xe605, // media
0xc7: 0x12109, // autofocus
0xc8: 0x19a02, // rt
0xca: 0x2d304, // lang
0xcc: 0x49908, // datalist
0xce: 0x2eb06, // iframe
0xcf: 0x36105, // muted
0xd0: 0x6140a, // onauxclick
0xd2: 0x3c02, // as
0xd6: 0x3fd06, // ondrop
0xd7: 0x1c90a, // annotation
0xd8: 0x21908, // fieldset
0xdb: 0x2cf08, // hreflang
0xdc: 0x4e70c, // onmouseenter
0xdd: 0x2a402, // mn
0xde: 0xe60a, // mediagroup
0xdf: 0x9805, // meter
0xe0: 0x56c03, // wbr
0xe2: 0x63e05, // width
0xe3: 0x2290c, // onafterprint
0xe4: 0x30505, // ismap
0xe5: 0x1505, // value
0xe7: 0x1303, // nav
0xe8: 0x54508, // ononline
0xe9: 0xb604, // mark
0xea: 0xc303, // low
0xeb: 0x3ee0b, // ondragstart
0xef: 0x12f03, // xmp
0xf0: 0x22407, // caption
0xf1: 0xd904, // type
0xf2: 0x70907, // summary
0xf3: 0x6802, // tt
0xf4: 0x20809, // translate
0xf5: 0x1870a, // blockquote
0xf8: 0x15702, // hr
0xfa: 0x2705, // tbody
0xfc: 0x7b07, // picture
0xfd: 0x5206, // height
0xfe: 0x19c04, // cite
0xff: 0x2501, // s
0x101: 0xff05, // async
0x102: 0x56f07, // onpaste
0x103: 0x19507, // onabort
0x104: 0x2b706, // target
0x105: 0x14b03, // bdo
0x106: 0x1f006, // coords
0x107: 0x5e108, // onresize
0x108: 0x71908, // template
0x10a: 0x3a02, // rb
0x10b: 0x2a50a, // novalidate
0x10c: 0x460e, // updateviacache
0x10d: 0x71003, // sup
0x10e: 0x6c07, // noembed
0x10f: 0x16b03, // div
0x110: 0x6f707, // srclang
0x111: 0x17a09, // draggable
0x112: 0x67305, // scope
0x113: 0x5905, // label
0x114: 0x22f02, // rp
0x115: 0x23f08, // required
0x116: 0x3780d, // oncontextmenu
0x117: 0x5e504, // size
0x118: 0x5b00a, // spellcheck
0x119: 0x3f04, // font
0x11a: 0x9c07, // rowspan
0x11b: 0x10a07, // default
0x11d: 0x44307, // oninput
0x11e: 0x38506, // itemid
0x11f: 0x5ee04, // code
0x120: 0xaa07, // acronym
0x121: 0x3b04, // base
0x125: 0x2470d, // foreignObject
0x126: 0x2ca04, // high
0x127: 0x3cb0e, // referrerpolicy
0x128: 0x33703, // max
0x129: 0x59d0a, // onpopstate
0x12a: 0x2fc02, // h4
0x12b: 0x4ac04, // meta
0x12c: 0x17305, // blink
0x12e: 0x5f508, // onscroll
0x12f: 0x59409, // onplaying
0x130: 0xc113, // allowpaymentrequest
0x131: 0x19a03, // rtc
0x132: 0x72b04, // wrap
0x134: 0x8b08, // frameset
0x135: 0x32605, // small
0x137: 0x32006, // header
0x138: 0x40409, // onemptied
0x139: 0x34902, // h6
0x13a: 0x35908, // multiple
0x13c: 0x52a06, // prompt
0x13f: 0x28e09, // challenge
0x141: 0x4370c, // onhashchange
0x142: 0x57b07, // content
0x143: 0x1c90e, // annotation-xml
0x144: 0x36607, // onclose
0x145: 0x14d10, // oncanplaythrough
0x148: 0x5170b, // onmouseover
0x149: 0x64f08, // sortable
0x14a: 0xa402, // mo
0x14b: 0x2cd02, // h3
0x14c: 0x2c406, // script
0x14d: 0x41d07, // onended
0x14f: 0x64706, // poster
0x150: 0x7210a, // workertype
0x153: 0x1f505, // shape
0x154: 0x4, // abbr
0x155: 0x1, // a
0x156: 0x2bf02, // dd
0x157: 0x71606, // system
0x158: 0x4ce0e, // onmessageerror
0x159: 0x36b08, // seamless
0x15a: 0x2610a, // formaction
0x15b: 0x6e106, // option
0x15c: 0x31d04, // math
0x15d: 0x62609, // onseeking
0x15e: 0x39c05, // oncut
0x15f: 0x44c03, // del
0x160: 0x11005, // title
0x161: 0x11505, // audio
0x162: 0x63108, // selected
0x165: 0x3b40b, // ondragenter
0x166: 0x46e06, // spacer
0x167: 0x4a410, // onloadedmetadata
0x168: 0x44505, // input
0x16a: 0x58505, // table
0x16b: 0x41508, // onchange
0x16e: 0x5f005, // defer
0x171: 0x50a0a, // onmouseout
0x172: 0x20504, // slot
0x175: 0x3704, // nobr
0x177: 0x1d707, // command
0x17a: 0x7207, // details
0x17b: 0x38104, // menu
0x17c: 0xb903, // kbd
0x17d: 0x57304, // step
0x17e: 0x20303, // ins
0x17f: 0x13c08, // autoplay
0x182: 0x34103, // min
0x183: 0x17404, // link
0x185: 0x40d10, // ondurationchange
0x186: 0x9202, // td
0x187: 0x8b05, // frame
0x18a: 0x2ab08, // datetime
0x18b: 0x44509, // inputmode
0x18c: 0x35108, // readonly
0x18d: 0x21104, // face
0x18f: 0x5e505, // sizes
0x191: 0x4b208, // tabindex
0x192: 0x6db06, // strong
0x193: 0xba03, // bdi
0x194: 0x6fe06, // srcset
0x196: 0x67202, // ms
0x197: 0x5b507, // checked
0x198: 0xb105, // align
0x199: 0x1e507, // section
0x19b: 0x6e05, // embed
0x19d: 0x15e07, // bgsound
0x1a2: 0x49d04, // list
0x1a3: 0x61e08, // onseeked
0x1a4: 0x66009, // onstorage
0x1a5: 0x2f603, // img
0x1a6: 0xf505, // tfoot
0x1a9: 0x26913, // onautocompleteerror
0x1aa: 0x5fd19, // onsecuritypolicyviolation
0x1ad: 0x9303, // dir
0x1ae: 0x9307, // dirname
0x1b0: 0x5a70a, // onprogress
0x1b2: 0x65709, // onstalled
0x1b5: 0x66f09, // itemscope
0x1b6: 0x49904, // data
0x1b7: 0x3d90b, // ondragleave
0x1b8: 0x56102, // h2
0x1b9: 0x2f706, // mglyph
0x1ba: 0x16502, // is
0x1bb: 0x6e50e, // onbeforeunload
0x1bc: 0x2830d, // typemustmatch
0x1bd: 0x3ab06, // ondrag
0x1be: 0x5da07, // onreset
0x1c0: 0x51106, // output
0x1c1: 0x12907, // sandbox
0x1c2: 0x1b209, // plaintext
0x1c4: 0x34c08, // textarea
0x1c7: 0xd607, // keytype
0x1c8: 0x34b05, // mtext
0x1c9: 0x6b10e, // onvolumechange
0x1ca: 0x1ea06, // onblur
0x1cb: 0x58a07, // onpause
0x1cd: 0x5bc0c, // onratechange
0x1ce: 0x10705, // aside
0x1cf: 0x6cf07, // optimum
0x1d1: 0x45809, // onkeydown
0x1d2: 0x1c407, // colspan
0x1d3: 0x1004, // main
0x1d4: 0x66b03, // sub
0x1d5: 0x25b06, // object
0x1d6: 0x55c06, // search
0x1d7: 0x37206, // sorted
0x1d8: 0x17003, // big
0x1d9: 0xb01, // u
0x1db: 0x26b0c, // autocomplete
0x1dc: 0xcc02, // tr
0x1dd: 0xf303, // alt
0x1df: 0x7804, // samp
0x1e0: 0x5c812, // onrejectionhandled
0x1e1: 0x4f30c, // onmouseleave
0x1e2: 0x28007, // enctype
0x1e3: 0xa208, // nomodule
0x1e5: 0x3280f, // allowfullscreen
0x1e6: 0x5f08, // optgroup
0x1e8: 0x27c0b, // formenctype
0x1e9: 0x18106, // legend
0x1ea: 0x10306, // canvas
0x1eb: 0x6607, // pattern
0x1ec: 0x2c208, // noscript
0x1ed: 0x601, // i
0x1ee: 0x5d602, // dl
0x1ef: 0xa702, // ul
0x1f2: 0x52209, // onmouseup
0x1f4: 0x1ba05, // track
0x1f7: 0x3a10a, // ondblclick
0x1f8: 0x3bf0a, // ondragexit
0x1fa: 0x8703, // dfn
0x1fc: 0x26506, // action
0x1fd: 0x35004, // area
0x1fe: 0x31607, // marquee
0x1ff: 0x16d03, // var
}
const atomText = "abbradiogrouparamainavalueaccept-charsetbodyaccesskeygenobrb" +
"asefontimeupdateviacacheightmlabelooptgroupatternoembedetail" +
"sampictureversedfnoframesetdirnameterowspanomoduleacronymali" +
"gnmarkbdialogallowpaymentrequestrikeytypeallowusermediagroup" +
"ingaltfooterubyasyncanvasidefaultitleaudioncancelautofocusan" +
"dboxmplaceholderautoplaysinlinebdoncanplaythrough1bgsoundisa" +
"bledivarbigblinkindraggablegendblockquotebuttonabortcitempro" +
"penoncecolgrouplaintextrackcolorcolspannotation-xmlcommandco" +
"ntrolsectionblurcoordshapecrossoriginslotranslatefacenterfie" +
"ldsetfigcaptionafterprintegrityfigurequiredforeignObjectfore" +
"ignobjectformactionautocompleteerrorformenctypemustmatchalle" +
"ngeformmethodformnovalidatetimeformtargethiddenoscripthigh3h" +
"reflanghttp-equivideonclickiframeimageimglyph4isindexismappl" +
"etitemtypemarqueematheadersmallowfullscreenmaxlength5minleng" +
"th6mtextareadonlymultiplemutedoncloseamlessortedoncontextmen" +
"uitemidoncopyoncuechangeoncutondblclickondragendondragentero" +
"ndragexitemreferrerpolicyondragleaveondragoverondragstarticl" +
"eondropzonemptiedondurationchangeonendedonerroronfocusourceo" +
"nhashchangeoninputmodeloninvalidonkeydownloadonkeypresspacer" +
"onkeyupreloadonlanguagechangeonloadeddatalistingonloadedmeta" +
"databindexonloadendonloadstartonmessageerroronmousedownonmou" +
"seenteronmouseleaveonmousemoveonmouseoutputonmouseoveronmous" +
"eupromptonmousewheelonofflineononlineonpagehidesclassearch2o" +
"npageshowbronpastepublicontenteditableonpausemaponplayingonp" +
"opstateonprogresspellcheckedonratechangeonrejectionhandledon" +
"resetonresizesrcdocodeferonscrollonsecuritypolicyviolationau" +
"xclickonseekedonseekingonselectedonshowidthgrouposteronsorta" +
"bleonstalledonstorageonsubmitemscopedonsuspendontoggleonunha" +
"ndledrejectionbeforeprintonunloadonvolumechangeonwaitingonwh" +
"eeloptimumanifestrongoptionbeforeunloaddressrclangsrcsetstyl" +
"esummarysupsvgsystemplateworkertypewrap"

111
vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/const.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
// Copyright 2011 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package html
// Section 12.2.4.2 of the HTML5 specification says "The following elements
// have varying levels of special parsing rules".
// https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/syntax.html#the-stack-of-open-elements
var isSpecialElementMap = map[string]bool{
"address": true,
"applet": true,
"area": true,
"article": true,
"aside": true,
"base": true,
"basefont": true,
"bgsound": true,
"blockquote": true,
"body": true,
"br": true,
"button": true,
"caption": true,
"center": true,
"col": true,
"colgroup": true,
"dd": true,
"details": true,
"dir": true,
"div": true,
"dl": true,
"dt": true,
"embed": true,
"fieldset": true,
"figcaption": true,
"figure": true,
"footer": true,
"form": true,
"frame": true,
"frameset": true,
"h1": true,
"h2": true,
"h3": true,
"h4": true,
"h5": true,
"h6": true,
"head": true,
"header": true,
"hgroup": true,
"hr": true,
"html": true,
"iframe": true,
"img": true,
"input": true,
"keygen": true, // "keygen" has been removed from the spec, but are kept here for backwards compatibility.
"li": true,
"link": true,
"listing": true,
"main": true,
"marquee": true,
"menu": true,
"meta": true,
"nav": true,
"noembed": true,
"noframes": true,
"noscript": true,
"object": true,
"ol": true,
"p": true,
"param": true,
"plaintext": true,
"pre": true,
"script": true,
"section": true,
"select": true,
"source": true,
"style": true,
"summary": true,
"table": true,
"tbody": true,
"td": true,
"template": true,
"textarea": true,
"tfoot": true,
"th": true,
"thead": true,
"title": true,
"tr": true,
"track": true,
"ul": true,
"wbr": true,
"xmp": true,
}
func isSpecialElement(element *Node) bool {
switch element.Namespace {
case "", "html":
return isSpecialElementMap[element.Data]
case "math":
switch element.Data {
case "mi", "mo", "mn", "ms", "mtext", "annotation-xml":
return true
}
case "svg":
switch element.Data {
case "foreignObject", "desc", "title":
return true
}
}
return false
}

122
vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/doc.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
// Copyright 2010 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
/*
Package html implements an HTML5-compliant tokenizer and parser.
Tokenization is done by creating a Tokenizer for an io.Reader r. It is the
caller's responsibility to ensure that r provides UTF-8 encoded HTML.
z := html.NewTokenizer(r)
Given a Tokenizer z, the HTML is tokenized by repeatedly calling z.Next(),
which parses the next token and returns its type, or an error:
for {
tt := z.Next()
if tt == html.ErrorToken {
// ...
return ...
}
// Process the current token.
}
There are two APIs for retrieving the current token. The high-level API is to
call Token; the low-level API is to call Text or TagName / TagAttr. Both APIs
allow optionally calling Raw after Next but before Token, Text, TagName, or
TagAttr. In EBNF notation, the valid call sequence per token is:
Next {Raw} [ Token | Text | TagName {TagAttr} ]
Token returns an independent data structure that completely describes a token.
Entities (such as "&lt;") are unescaped, tag names and attribute keys are
lower-cased, and attributes are collected into a []Attribute. For example:
for {
if z.Next() == html.ErrorToken {
// Returning io.EOF indicates success.
return z.Err()
}
emitToken(z.Token())
}
The low-level API performs fewer allocations and copies, but the contents of
the []byte values returned by Text, TagName and TagAttr may change on the next
call to Next. For example, to extract an HTML page's anchor text:
depth := 0
for {
tt := z.Next()
switch tt {
case html.ErrorToken:
return z.Err()
case html.TextToken:
if depth > 0 {
// emitBytes should copy the []byte it receives,
// if it doesn't process it immediately.
emitBytes(z.Text())
}
case html.StartTagToken, html.EndTagToken:
tn, _ := z.TagName()
if len(tn) == 1 && tn[0] == 'a' {
if tt == html.StartTagToken {
depth++
} else {
depth--
}
}
}
}
Parsing is done by calling Parse with an io.Reader, which returns the root of
the parse tree (the document element) as a *Node. It is the caller's
responsibility to ensure that the Reader provides UTF-8 encoded HTML. For
example, to process each anchor node in depth-first order:
doc, err := html.Parse(r)
if err != nil {
// ...
}
for n := range doc.Descendants() {
if n.Type == html.ElementNode && n.Data == "a" {
// Do something with n...
}
}
The relevant specifications include:
https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/syntax.html and
https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/syntax.html#tokenization
# Security Considerations
Care should be taken when parsing and interpreting HTML, whether full documents
or fragments, within the framework of the HTML specification, especially with
regard to untrusted inputs.
This package provides both a tokenizer and a parser, which implement the
tokenization, and tokenization and tree construction stages of the WHATWG HTML
parsing specification respectively. While the tokenizer parses and normalizes
individual HTML tokens, only the parser constructs the DOM tree from the
tokenized HTML, as described in the tree construction stage of the
specification, dynamically modifying or extending the document's DOM tree.
If your use case requires semantically well-formed HTML documents, as defined by
the WHATWG specification, the parser should be used rather than the tokenizer.
In security contexts, if trust decisions are being made using the tokenized or
parsed content, the input must be re-serialized (for instance by using Render or
Token.String) in order for those trust decisions to hold, as the process of
tokenization or parsing may alter the content.
*/
package html // import "golang.org/x/net/html"
// The tokenization algorithm implemented by this package is not a line-by-line
// transliteration of the relatively verbose state-machine in the WHATWG
// specification. A more direct approach is used instead, where the program
// counter implies the state, such as whether it is tokenizing a tag or a text
// node. Specification compliance is verified by checking expected and actual
// outputs over a test suite rather than aiming for algorithmic fidelity.
// TODO(nigeltao): Does a DOM API belong in this package or a separate one?
// TODO(nigeltao): How does parsing interact with a JavaScript engine?

156
vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/doctype.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
// Copyright 2011 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package html
import (
"strings"
)
// parseDoctype parses the data from a DoctypeToken into a name,
// public identifier, and system identifier. It returns a Node whose Type
// is DoctypeNode, whose Data is the name, and which has attributes
// named "system" and "public" for the two identifiers if they were present.
// quirks is whether the document should be parsed in "quirks mode".
func parseDoctype(s string) (n *Node, quirks bool) {
n = &Node{Type: DoctypeNode}
// Find the name.
space := strings.IndexAny(s, whitespace)
if space == -1 {
space = len(s)
}
n.Data = s[:space]
// The comparison to "html" is case-sensitive.
if n.Data != "html" {
quirks = true
}
n.Data = strings.ToLower(n.Data)
s = strings.TrimLeft(s[space:], whitespace)
if len(s) < 6 {
// It can't start with "PUBLIC" or "SYSTEM".
// Ignore the rest of the string.
return n, quirks || s != ""
}
key := strings.ToLower(s[:6])
s = s[6:]
for key == "public" || key == "system" {
s = strings.TrimLeft(s, whitespace)
if s == "" {
break
}
quote := s[0]
if quote != '"' && quote != '\'' {
break
}
s = s[1:]
q := strings.IndexRune(s, rune(quote))
var id string
if q == -1 {
id = s
s = ""
} else {
id = s[:q]
s = s[q+1:]
}
n.Attr = append(n.Attr, Attribute{Key: key, Val: id})
if key == "public" {
key = "system"
} else {
key = ""
}
}
if key != "" || s != "" {
quirks = true
} else if len(n.Attr) > 0 {
if n.Attr[0].Key == "public" {
public := strings.ToLower(n.Attr[0].Val)
switch public {
case "-//w3o//dtd w3 html strict 3.0//en//", "-/w3d/dtd html 4.0 transitional/en", "html":
quirks = true
default:
for _, q := range quirkyIDs {
if strings.HasPrefix(public, q) {
quirks = true
break
}
}
}
// The following two public IDs only cause quirks mode if there is no system ID.
if len(n.Attr) == 1 && (strings.HasPrefix(public, "-//w3c//dtd html 4.01 frameset//") ||
strings.HasPrefix(public, "-//w3c//dtd html 4.01 transitional//")) {
quirks = true
}
}
if lastAttr := n.Attr[len(n.Attr)-1]; lastAttr.Key == "system" &&
strings.EqualFold(lastAttr.Val, "http://www.ibm.com/data/dtd/v11/ibmxhtml1-transitional.dtd") {
quirks = true
}
}
return n, quirks
}
// quirkyIDs is a list of public doctype identifiers that cause a document
// to be interpreted in quirks mode. The identifiers should be in lower case.
var quirkyIDs = []string{
"+//silmaril//dtd html pro v0r11 19970101//",
"-//advasoft ltd//dtd html 3.0 aswedit + extensions//",
"-//as//dtd html 3.0 aswedit + extensions//",
"-//ietf//dtd html 2.0 level 1//",
"-//ietf//dtd html 2.0 level 2//",
"-//ietf//dtd html 2.0 strict level 1//",
"-//ietf//dtd html 2.0 strict level 2//",
"-//ietf//dtd html 2.0 strict//",
"-//ietf//dtd html 2.0//",
"-//ietf//dtd html 2.1e//",
"-//ietf//dtd html 3.0//",
"-//ietf//dtd html 3.2 final//",
"-//ietf//dtd html 3.2//",
"-//ietf//dtd html 3//",
"-//ietf//dtd html level 0//",
"-//ietf//dtd html level 1//",
"-//ietf//dtd html level 2//",
"-//ietf//dtd html level 3//",
"-//ietf//dtd html strict level 0//",
"-//ietf//dtd html strict level 1//",
"-//ietf//dtd html strict level 2//",
"-//ietf//dtd html strict level 3//",
"-//ietf//dtd html strict//",
"-//ietf//dtd html//",
"-//metrius//dtd metrius presentational//",
"-//microsoft//dtd internet explorer 2.0 html strict//",
"-//microsoft//dtd internet explorer 2.0 html//",
"-//microsoft//dtd internet explorer 2.0 tables//",
"-//microsoft//dtd internet explorer 3.0 html strict//",
"-//microsoft//dtd internet explorer 3.0 html//",
"-//microsoft//dtd internet explorer 3.0 tables//",
"-//netscape comm. corp.//dtd html//",
"-//netscape comm. corp.//dtd strict html//",
"-//o'reilly and associates//dtd html 2.0//",
"-//o'reilly and associates//dtd html extended 1.0//",
"-//o'reilly and associates//dtd html extended relaxed 1.0//",
"-//softquad software//dtd hotmetal pro 6.0::19990601::extensions to html 4.0//",
"-//softquad//dtd hotmetal pro 4.0::19971010::extensions to html 4.0//",
"-//spyglass//dtd html 2.0 extended//",
"-//sq//dtd html 2.0 hotmetal + extensions//",
"-//sun microsystems corp.//dtd hotjava html//",
"-//sun microsystems corp.//dtd hotjava strict html//",
"-//w3c//dtd html 3 1995-03-24//",
"-//w3c//dtd html 3.2 draft//",
"-//w3c//dtd html 3.2 final//",
"-//w3c//dtd html 3.2//",
"-//w3c//dtd html 3.2s draft//",
"-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 frameset//",
"-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//",
"-//w3c//dtd html experimental 19960712//",
"-//w3c//dtd html experimental 970421//",
"-//w3c//dtd w3 html//",
"-//w3o//dtd w3 html 3.0//",
"-//webtechs//dtd mozilla html 2.0//",
"-//webtechs//dtd mozilla html//",
}

2252
vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/entity.go generated vendored Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

379
vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/escape.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
// Copyright 2010 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package html
import (
"bytes"
"slices"
"strings"
"unicode/utf8"
)
// These replacements permit compatibility with old numeric entities that
// assumed Windows-1252 encoding.
// https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/syntax.html#consume-a-character-reference
var replacementTable = [...]rune{
'\u20AC', // First entry is what 0x80 should be replaced with.
'\u0081',
'\u201A',
'\u0192',
'\u201E',
'\u2026',
'\u2020',
'\u2021',
'\u02C6',
'\u2030',
'\u0160',
'\u2039',
'\u0152',
'\u008D',
'\u017D',
'\u008F',
'\u0090',
'\u2018',
'\u2019',
'\u201C',
'\u201D',
'\u2022',
'\u2013',
'\u2014',
'\u02DC',
'\u2122',
'\u0161',
'\u203A',
'\u0153',
'\u009D',
'\u017E',
'\u0178', // Last entry is 0x9F.
// 0x00->'\uFFFD' is handled programmatically.
// 0x0D->'\u000D' is a no-op.
}
// unescapeEntity attempts to consume a character reference from s[src:],
// returning the rune, potential second rune, and number of bytes consumed
// (which indicates the length of the character reference). It is assumed that
// the first byte of s is '&'. attribute should be true if parsing an attribute
// value.
func unescapeEntity(s []byte, attribute bool) (rune, rune, int) {
// https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/syntax.html#consume-a-character-reference
// i starts at 1 because we already know that s[0] == '&'.
i := 1
if len(s) <= 1 {
return '&', 0, 1
}
if s[i] == '#' {
if len(s) <= 2 { // We need to have at least "&#".
return '&', 0, 1
}
i++
c := s[i]
hex := false
if c == 'x' || c == 'X' {
hex = true
i++
}
i0 := i
x := '\x00'
for i < len(s) {
c = s[i]
var d rune
var mult rune
if hex {
mult = 16
if '0' <= c && c <= '9' {
d = rune(c) - '0'
} else if 'a' <= c && c <= 'f' {
d = rune(c) - 'a' + 10
} else if 'A' <= c && c <= 'F' {
d = rune(c) - 'A' + 10
} else {
break
}
} else {
mult = 10
if '0' <= c && c <= '9' {
d = rune(c) - '0'
} else {
break
}
}
if x <= 0x10FFFF {
x = mult*x + d
}
i++
}
if i == i0 { // No characters matched.
return '&', 0, 1
}
if i < len(s) && s[i] == ';' {
i++
}
if 0x80 <= x && x <= 0x9F {
// Replace characters from Windows-1252 with UTF-8 equivalents.
x = replacementTable[x-0x80]
} else if x == 0 || (0xD800 <= x && x <= 0xDFFF) || x > 0x10FFFF {
// Replace invalid characters with the replacement character.
x = '\uFFFD'
}
return x, 0, i
}
// Consume the maximum number of characters possible, with the
// consumed characters matching one of the named references.
for i < len(s) {
c := s[i]
i++
// Lower-cased characters are more common in entities, so we check for them first.
if 'a' <= c && c <= 'z' || 'A' <= c && c <= 'Z' || '0' <= c && c <= '9' {
continue
}
if c != ';' {
i--
}
break
}
entityName := string(s[1:i])
if entityName == "" {
// No-op.
} else if attribute && entityName[len(entityName)-1] != ';' && len(s) > i && s[i] == '=' {
// No-op.
} else if x := entity[entityName]; x != 0 {
return x, 0, i
} else if x := entity2[entityName]; x[0] != 0 {
return x[0], x[1], i
} else if !attribute {
maxLen := len(entityName) - 1
if maxLen > longestEntityWithoutSemicolon {
maxLen = longestEntityWithoutSemicolon
}
for j := maxLen; j > 1; j-- {
if x := entity[entityName[:j]]; x != 0 {
return x, 0, j + 1
}
}
}
return '&', 0, 1
}
// unescape unescapes b's entites, so that "a&lt;b" becomes "a<b". It attempts
// to do so in place, but if the unescaped value is longer than the input it
// allocates a new slice. attribute should be true if parsing an attribute
// value.
func unescape(b []byte, attribute bool) []byte {
firstAmp := slices.Index(b, '&')
if firstAmp == -1 {
return b
}
out := b[:firstAmp]
src := firstAmp
reusingB := true
for src < len(b) {
if b[src] != '&' {
out = append(out, b[src])
src++
continue
}
r1, r2, entityNameLen := unescapeEntity(b[src:], attribute)
if entityNameLen == 1 && r1 == '&' {
// Not an entity
out = append(out, '&')
src++
continue
}
// Compute replacement length
replLen := utf8.RuneLen(r1)
if r2 != 0 {
replLen += utf8.RuneLen(r2)
}
// If the name of the entity is shorter than the width of the
// replacement runes then we need to expand the output slice to
// fit the replacement.
if replLen > entityNameLen {
if reusingB {
out = slices.Clone(out)
reusingB = false
}
out = slices.Grow(out, replLen)
}
out = utf8.AppendRune(out, r1)
if r2 != 0 {
out = utf8.AppendRune(out, r2)
}
src += entityNameLen
}
return out
}
// lower lower-cases the A-Z bytes in b in-place, so that "aBc" becomes "abc".
func lower(b []byte) []byte {
for i, c := range b {
if 'A' <= c && c <= 'Z' {
b[i] = c + 'a' - 'A'
}
}
return b
}
// escapeComment is like func escape but escapes its input bytes less often.
// Per https://github.com/golang/go/issues/58246 some HTML comments are (1)
// meaningful and (2) contain angle brackets that we'd like to avoid escaping
// unless we have to.
//
// "We have to" includes the '&' byte, since that introduces other escapes.
//
// It also includes those bytes (not including EOF) that would otherwise end
// the comment. Per the summary table at the bottom of comment_test.go, this is
// the '>' byte that, per above, we'd like to avoid escaping unless we have to.
//
// Studying the summary table (and T actions in its '>' column) closely, we
// only need to escape in states 43, 44, 49, 51 and 52. State 43 is at the
// start of the comment data. State 52 is after a '!'. The other three states
// are after a '-'.
//
// Our algorithm is thus to escape every '&' and to escape '>' if and only if:
// - The '>' is after a '!' or '-' (in the unescaped data) or
// - The '>' is at the start of the comment data (after the opening "<!--").
func escapeComment(w writer, s string) error {
// When modifying this function, consider manually increasing the
// maxSuffixLen constant in func TestComments, from 6 to e.g. 9 or more.
// That increase should only be temporary, not committed, as it
// exponentially affects the test running time.
if len(s) == 0 {
return nil
}
// Loop:
// - Grow j such that s[i:j] does not need escaping.
// - If s[j] does need escaping, output s[i:j] and an escaped s[j],
// resetting i and j to point past that s[j] byte.
i := 0
for j := 0; j < len(s); j++ {
escaped := ""
switch s[j] {
case '&':
escaped = "&amp;"
case '>':
if j > 0 {
if prev := s[j-1]; (prev != '!') && (prev != '-') {
continue
}
}
escaped = "&gt;"
default:
continue
}
if i < j {
if _, err := w.WriteString(s[i:j]); err != nil {
return err
}
}
if _, err := w.WriteString(escaped); err != nil {
return err
}
i = j + 1
}
if i < len(s) {
if _, err := w.WriteString(s[i:]); err != nil {
return err
}
}
return nil
}
// escapeCommentString is to EscapeString as escapeComment is to escape.
func escapeCommentString(s string) string {
if strings.IndexAny(s, "&>") == -1 {
return s
}
var buf bytes.Buffer
escapeComment(&buf, s)
return buf.String()
}
const escapedChars = "&'<>\"\r"
func escape(w writer, s string) error {
i := strings.IndexAny(s, escapedChars)
for i != -1 {
if _, err := w.WriteString(s[:i]); err != nil {
return err
}
var esc string
switch s[i] {
case '&':
esc = "&amp;"
case '\'':
// "&#39;" is shorter than "&apos;" and apos was not in HTML until HTML5.
esc = "&#39;"
case '<':
esc = "&lt;"
case '>':
esc = "&gt;"
case '"':
// "&#34;" is shorter than "&quot;".
esc = "&#34;"
case '\r':
esc = "&#13;"
default:
panic("html: unrecognized escape character")
}
s = s[i+1:]
if _, err := w.WriteString(esc); err != nil {
return err
}
i = strings.IndexAny(s, escapedChars)
}
_, err := w.WriteString(s)
return err
}
// EscapeString escapes special characters like "<" to become "&lt;". It
// escapes only five such characters: <, >, &, ' and ".
// UnescapeString(EscapeString(s)) == s always holds, but the converse isn't
// always true.
func EscapeString(s string) string {
if strings.IndexAny(s, escapedChars) == -1 {
return s
}
var buf bytes.Buffer
escape(&buf, s)
return buf.String()
}
// UnescapeString unescapes entities like "&lt;" to become "<". It unescapes a
// larger range of entities than EscapeString escapes. For example, "&aacute;"
// unescapes to "á", as does "&#225;" and "&xE1;".
// UnescapeString(EscapeString(s)) == s always holds, but the converse isn't
// always true.
func UnescapeString(s string) string {
for _, c := range s {
if c == '&' {
return string(unescape([]byte(s), false))
}
}
return s
}

221
vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/foreign.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
// Copyright 2011 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package html
import (
"strings"
)
func adjustAttributeNames(aa []Attribute, nameMap map[string]string) {
for i := range aa {
if newName, ok := nameMap[aa[i].Key]; ok {
aa[i].Key = newName
}
}
}
func adjustForeignAttributes(aa []Attribute) {
for i, a := range aa {
if a.Key == "" || a.Key[0] != 'x' {
continue
}
switch a.Key {
case "xlink:actuate", "xlink:arcrole", "xlink:href", "xlink:role", "xlink:show",
"xlink:title", "xlink:type", "xml:lang", "xml:space", "xmlns:xlink":
j := strings.Index(a.Key, ":")
aa[i].Namespace = a.Key[:j]
aa[i].Key = a.Key[j+1:]
}
}
}
func htmlIntegrationPoint(n *Node) bool {
if n.Type != ElementNode {
return false
}
switch n.Namespace {
case "math":
if n.Data == "annotation-xml" {
for _, a := range n.Attr {
if a.Key == "encoding" {
if strings.EqualFold(a.Val, "text/html") || strings.EqualFold(a.Val, "application/xhtml+xml") {
return true
}
}
}
}
case "svg":
switch n.Data {
case "desc", "foreignObject", "title":
return true
}
}
return false
}
func mathMLTextIntegrationPoint(n *Node) bool {
if n.Namespace != "math" {
return false
}
switch n.Data {
case "mi", "mo", "mn", "ms", "mtext":
return true
}
return false
}
// Section 12.2.6.5.
var breakout = map[string]bool{
"b": true,
"big": true,
"blockquote": true,
"body": true,
"br": true,
"center": true,
"code": true,
"dd": true,
"div": true,
"dl": true,
"dt": true,
"em": true,
"embed": true,
"h1": true,
"h2": true,
"h3": true,
"h4": true,
"h5": true,
"h6": true,
"head": true,
"hr": true,
"i": true,
"img": true,
"li": true,
"listing": true,
"menu": true,
"meta": true,
"nobr": true,
"ol": true,
"p": true,
"pre": true,
"ruby": true,
"s": true,
"small": true,
"span": true,
"strong": true,
"strike": true,
"sub": true,
"sup": true,
"table": true,
"tt": true,
"u": true,
"ul": true,
"var": true,
}
// Section 12.2.6.5.
var svgTagNameAdjustments = map[string]string{
"altglyph": "altGlyph",
"altglyphdef": "altGlyphDef",
"altglyphitem": "altGlyphItem",
"animatecolor": "animateColor",
"animatemotion": "animateMotion",
"animatetransform": "animateTransform",
"clippath": "clipPath",
"feblend": "feBlend",
"fecolormatrix": "feColorMatrix",
"fecomponenttransfer": "feComponentTransfer",
"fecomposite": "feComposite",
"feconvolvematrix": "feConvolveMatrix",
"fediffuselighting": "feDiffuseLighting",
"fedisplacementmap": "feDisplacementMap",
"fedistantlight": "feDistantLight",
"feflood": "feFlood",
"fefunca": "feFuncA",
"fefuncb": "feFuncB",
"fefuncg": "feFuncG",
"fefuncr": "feFuncR",
"fegaussianblur": "feGaussianBlur",
"feimage": "feImage",
"femerge": "feMerge",
"femergenode": "feMergeNode",
"femorphology": "feMorphology",
"feoffset": "feOffset",
"fepointlight": "fePointLight",
"fespecularlighting": "feSpecularLighting",
"fespotlight": "feSpotLight",
"fetile": "feTile",
"feturbulence": "feTurbulence",
"foreignobject": "foreignObject",
"glyphref": "glyphRef",
"lineargradient": "linearGradient",
"radialgradient": "radialGradient",
"textpath": "textPath",
}
// Section 12.2.6.1
var mathMLAttributeAdjustments = map[string]string{
"definitionurl": "definitionURL",
}
var svgAttributeAdjustments = map[string]string{
"attributename": "attributeName",
"attributetype": "attributeType",
"basefrequency": "baseFrequency",
"baseprofile": "baseProfile",
"calcmode": "calcMode",
"clippathunits": "clipPathUnits",
"diffuseconstant": "diffuseConstant",
"edgemode": "edgeMode",
"filterunits": "filterUnits",
"glyphref": "glyphRef",
"gradienttransform": "gradientTransform",
"gradientunits": "gradientUnits",
"kernelmatrix": "kernelMatrix",
"kernelunitlength": "kernelUnitLength",
"keypoints": "keyPoints",
"keysplines": "keySplines",
"keytimes": "keyTimes",
"lengthadjust": "lengthAdjust",
"limitingconeangle": "limitingConeAngle",
"markerheight": "markerHeight",
"markerunits": "markerUnits",
"markerwidth": "markerWidth",
"maskcontentunits": "maskContentUnits",
"maskunits": "maskUnits",
"numoctaves": "numOctaves",
"pathlength": "pathLength",
"patterncontentunits": "patternContentUnits",
"patterntransform": "patternTransform",
"patternunits": "patternUnits",
"pointsatx": "pointsAtX",
"pointsaty": "pointsAtY",
"pointsatz": "pointsAtZ",
"preservealpha": "preserveAlpha",
"preserveaspectratio": "preserveAspectRatio",
"primitiveunits": "primitiveUnits",
"refx": "refX",
"refy": "refY",
"repeatcount": "repeatCount",
"repeatdur": "repeatDur",
"requiredextensions": "requiredExtensions",
"requiredfeatures": "requiredFeatures",
"specularconstant": "specularConstant",
"specularexponent": "specularExponent",
"spreadmethod": "spreadMethod",
"startoffset": "startOffset",
"stddeviation": "stdDeviation",
"stitchtiles": "stitchTiles",
"surfacescale": "surfaceScale",
"systemlanguage": "systemLanguage",
"tablevalues": "tableValues",
"targetx": "targetX",
"targety": "targetY",
"textlength": "textLength",
"viewbox": "viewBox",
"viewtarget": "viewTarget",
"xchannelselector": "xChannelSelector",
"ychannelselector": "yChannelSelector",
"zoomandpan": "zoomAndPan",
}

54
vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/iter.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
// Copyright 2024 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package html
import "iter"
// Ancestors returns an iterator over the ancestors of n, starting with n.Parent.
//
// Mutating a Node or its parents while iterating may have unexpected results.
func (n *Node) Ancestors() iter.Seq[*Node] {
_ = n.Parent // eager nil check
return func(yield func(*Node) bool) {
for p := n.Parent; p != nil && yield(p); p = p.Parent {
}
}
}
// ChildNodes returns an iterator over the immediate children of n,
// starting with n.FirstChild.
//
// Mutating a Node or its children while iterating may have unexpected results.
func (n *Node) ChildNodes() iter.Seq[*Node] {
_ = n.FirstChild // eager nil check
return func(yield func(*Node) bool) {
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil && yield(c); c = c.NextSibling {
}
}
}
// Descendants returns an iterator over all nodes recursively beneath
// n, excluding n itself. Nodes are visited in depth-first preorder.
//
// Mutating a Node or its descendants while iterating may have unexpected results.
func (n *Node) Descendants() iter.Seq[*Node] {
_ = n.FirstChild // eager nil check
return func(yield func(*Node) bool) {
n.descendants(yield)
}
}
func (n *Node) descendants(yield func(*Node) bool) bool {
for c := range n.ChildNodes() {
if !yield(c) || !c.descendants(yield) {
return false
}
}
return true
}

230
vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/node.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
// Copyright 2011 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package html
import (
"golang.org/x/net/html/atom"
)
// A NodeType is the type of a Node.
type NodeType uint32
//go:generate stringer -type NodeType
const (
ErrorNode NodeType = iota
TextNode
DocumentNode
ElementNode
CommentNode
DoctypeNode
// RawNode nodes are not returned by the parser, but can be part of the
// Node tree passed to func Render to insert raw HTML (without escaping).
// If so, this package makes no guarantee that the rendered HTML is secure
// (from e.g. Cross Site Scripting attacks) or well-formed.
RawNode
scopeMarkerNode
)
// Section 12.2.4.3 says "The markers are inserted when entering applet,
// object, marquee, template, td, th, and caption elements, and are used
// to prevent formatting from "leaking" into applet, object, marquee,
// template, td, th, and caption elements".
var scopeMarker = Node{Type: scopeMarkerNode}
// A Node consists of a NodeType and some Data (tag name for element nodes,
// content for text) and are part of a tree of Nodes. Element nodes may also
// have a Namespace and contain a slice of Attributes. Data is unescaped, so
// that it looks like "a<b" rather than "a&lt;b". For element nodes, DataAtom
// is the atom for Data, or zero if Data is not a known tag name.
//
// Node trees may be navigated using the link fields (Parent,
// FirstChild, and so on) or a range loop over iterators such as
// [Node.Descendants].
//
// An empty Namespace implies a "http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" namespace.
// Similarly, "math" is short for "http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML", and
// "svg" is short for "http://www.w3.org/2000/svg".
type Node struct {
Parent, FirstChild, LastChild, PrevSibling, NextSibling *Node
Type NodeType
DataAtom atom.Atom
Data string
Namespace string
Attr []Attribute
}
// InsertBefore inserts newChild as a child of n, immediately before oldChild
// in the sequence of n's children. oldChild may be nil, in which case newChild
// is appended to the end of n's children.
//
// It will panic if newChild already has a parent or siblings.
func (n *Node) InsertBefore(newChild, oldChild *Node) {
if newChild.Parent != nil || newChild.PrevSibling != nil || newChild.NextSibling != nil {
panic("html: InsertBefore called for an attached child Node")
}
var prev, next *Node
if oldChild != nil {
prev, next = oldChild.PrevSibling, oldChild
} else {
prev = n.LastChild
}
if prev != nil {
prev.NextSibling = newChild
} else {
n.FirstChild = newChild
}
if next != nil {
next.PrevSibling = newChild
} else {
n.LastChild = newChild
}
newChild.Parent = n
newChild.PrevSibling = prev
newChild.NextSibling = next
}
// AppendChild adds a node c as a child of n.
//
// It will panic if c already has a parent or siblings.
func (n *Node) AppendChild(c *Node) {
if c.Parent != nil || c.PrevSibling != nil || c.NextSibling != nil {
panic("html: AppendChild called for an attached child Node")
}
last := n.LastChild
if last != nil {
last.NextSibling = c
} else {
n.FirstChild = c
}
n.LastChild = c
c.Parent = n
c.PrevSibling = last
}
// RemoveChild removes a node c that is a child of n. Afterwards, c will have
// no parent and no siblings.
//
// It will panic if c's parent is not n.
func (n *Node) RemoveChild(c *Node) {
if c.Parent != n {
panic("html: RemoveChild called for a non-child Node")
}
if n.FirstChild == c {
n.FirstChild = c.NextSibling
}
if c.NextSibling != nil {
c.NextSibling.PrevSibling = c.PrevSibling
}
if n.LastChild == c {
n.LastChild = c.PrevSibling
}
if c.PrevSibling != nil {
c.PrevSibling.NextSibling = c.NextSibling
}
c.Parent = nil
c.PrevSibling = nil
c.NextSibling = nil
}
// reparentChildren reparents all of src's child nodes to dst.
func reparentChildren(dst, src *Node) {
for {
child := src.FirstChild
if child == nil {
break
}
src.RemoveChild(child)
dst.AppendChild(child)
}
}
// clone returns a new node with the same type, data and attributes.
// The clone has no parent, no siblings and no children.
func (n *Node) clone() *Node {
m := &Node{
Type: n.Type,
DataAtom: n.DataAtom,
Data: n.Data,
Attr: make([]Attribute, len(n.Attr)),
}
copy(m.Attr, n.Attr)
return m
}
// nodeStack is a stack of nodes.
type nodeStack []*Node
// pop pops the stack. It will panic if s is empty.
func (s *nodeStack) pop() *Node {
i := len(*s)
n := (*s)[i-1]
*s = (*s)[:i-1]
return n
}
// top returns the most recently pushed node, or nil if s is empty.
func (s *nodeStack) top() *Node {
if i := len(*s); i > 0 {
return (*s)[i-1]
}
return nil
}
// index returns the index of the top-most occurrence of n in the stack, or -1
// if n is not present.
func (s *nodeStack) index(n *Node) int {
for i := len(*s) - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
if (*s)[i] == n {
return i
}
}
return -1
}
// contains returns whether a is within s.
func (s *nodeStack) contains(a atom.Atom) bool {
for _, n := range *s {
if n.DataAtom == a && n.Namespace == "" {
return true
}
}
return false
}
// insert inserts a node at the given index.
func (s *nodeStack) insert(i int, n *Node) {
(*s) = append(*s, nil)
copy((*s)[i+1:], (*s)[i:])
(*s)[i] = n
}
// remove removes a node from the stack. It is a no-op if n is not present.
func (s *nodeStack) remove(n *Node) {
i := s.index(n)
if i == -1 {
return
}
copy((*s)[i:], (*s)[i+1:])
j := len(*s) - 1
(*s)[j] = nil
*s = (*s)[:j]
}
type insertionModeStack []insertionMode
func (s *insertionModeStack) pop() (im insertionMode) {
i := len(*s)
im = (*s)[i-1]
*s = (*s)[:i-1]
return im
}
func (s *insertionModeStack) top() insertionMode {
if i := len(*s); i > 0 {
return (*s)[i-1]
}
return nil
}

31
vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/nodetype_string.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
// Code generated by "stringer -type NodeType"; DO NOT EDIT.
package html
import "strconv"
func _() {
// An "invalid array index" compiler error signifies that the constant values have changed.
// Re-run the stringer command to generate them again.
var x [1]struct{}
_ = x[ErrorNode-0]
_ = x[TextNode-1]
_ = x[DocumentNode-2]
_ = x[ElementNode-3]
_ = x[CommentNode-4]
_ = x[DoctypeNode-5]
_ = x[RawNode-6]
_ = x[scopeMarkerNode-7]
}
const _NodeType_name = "ErrorNodeTextNodeDocumentNodeElementNodeCommentNodeDoctypeNodeRawNodescopeMarkerNode"
var _NodeType_index = [...]uint8{0, 9, 17, 29, 40, 51, 62, 69, 84}
func (i NodeType) String() string {
idx := int(i) - 0
if i < 0 || idx >= len(_NodeType_index)-1 {
return "NodeType(" + strconv.FormatInt(int64(i), 10) + ")"
}
return _NodeType_name[_NodeType_index[idx]:_NodeType_index[idx+1]]
}

2378
vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/parse.go generated vendored Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

316
vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/render.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
// Copyright 2011 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package html
import (
"bufio"
"errors"
"fmt"
"io"
"strings"
)
type writer interface {
io.Writer
io.ByteWriter
WriteString(string) (int, error)
}
// Render renders the parse tree n to the given writer.
//
// Rendering is done on a 'best effort' basis: calling Parse on the output of
// Render will always result in something similar to the original tree, but it
// is not necessarily an exact clone unless the original tree was 'well-formed'.
// 'Well-formed' is not easily specified; the HTML5 specification is
// complicated.
//
// Calling Parse on arbitrary input typically results in a 'well-formed' parse
// tree. However, it is possible for Parse to yield a 'badly-formed' parse tree.
// For example, in a 'well-formed' parse tree, no <a> element is a child of
// another <a> element: parsing "<a><a>" results in two sibling elements.
// Similarly, in a 'well-formed' parse tree, no <a> element is a child of a
// <table> element: parsing "<p><table><a>" results in a <p> with two sibling
// children; the <a> is reparented to the <table>'s parent. However, calling
// Parse on "<a><table><a>" does not return an error, but the result has an <a>
// element with an <a> child, and is therefore not 'well-formed'.
//
// Programmatically constructed trees are typically also 'well-formed', but it
// is possible to construct a tree that looks innocuous but, when rendered and
// re-parsed, results in a different tree. A simple example is that a solitary
// text node would become a tree containing <html>, <head> and <body> elements.
// Another example is that the programmatic equivalent of "a<head>b</head>c"
// becomes "<html><head><head/><body>abc</body></html>".
func Render(w io.Writer, n *Node) error {
if x, ok := w.(writer); ok {
return render(x, n)
}
buf := bufio.NewWriter(w)
if err := render(buf, n); err != nil {
return err
}
return buf.Flush()
}
// plaintextAbort is returned from render1 when a <plaintext> element
// has been rendered. No more end tags should be rendered after that.
var plaintextAbort = errors.New("html: internal error (plaintext abort)")
func render(w writer, n *Node) error {
err := render1(w, n)
if err == plaintextAbort {
err = nil
}
return err
}
func render1(w writer, n *Node) error {
// Render non-element nodes; these are the easy cases.
switch n.Type {
case ErrorNode:
return errors.New("html: cannot render an ErrorNode node")
case TextNode:
return escape(w, n.Data)
case DocumentNode:
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
if err := render1(w, c); err != nil {
return err
}
}
return nil
case ElementNode:
// No-op.
case CommentNode:
if _, err := w.WriteString("<!--"); err != nil {
return err
}
if err := escapeComment(w, n.Data); err != nil {
return err
}
if _, err := w.WriteString("-->"); err != nil {
return err
}
return nil
case DoctypeNode:
if _, err := w.WriteString("<!DOCTYPE "); err != nil {
return err
}
if err := escape(w, n.Data); err != nil {
return err
}
if n.Attr != nil {
var p, s string
for _, a := range n.Attr {
switch a.Key {
case "public":
p = a.Val
case "system":
s = a.Val
}
}
if p != "" {
if _, err := w.WriteString(" PUBLIC "); err != nil {
return err
}
if err := writeDoctypeQuoted(w, p); err != nil {
return err
}
if s != "" {
if err := w.WriteByte(' '); err != nil {
return err
}
if err := writeDoctypeQuoted(w, s); err != nil {
return err
}
}
} else if s != "" {
if _, err := w.WriteString(" SYSTEM "); err != nil {
return err
}
if err := writeDoctypeQuoted(w, s); err != nil {
return err
}
}
}
return w.WriteByte('>')
case RawNode:
_, err := w.WriteString(n.Data)
return err
default:
return errors.New("html: unknown node type")
}
// Render the <xxx> opening tag.
if err := w.WriteByte('<'); err != nil {
return err
}
if _, err := w.WriteString(n.Data); err != nil {
return err
}
for _, a := range n.Attr {
if err := w.WriteByte(' '); err != nil {
return err
}
if a.Namespace != "" {
if _, err := w.WriteString(a.Namespace); err != nil {
return err
}
if err := w.WriteByte(':'); err != nil {
return err
}
}
if _, err := w.WriteString(a.Key); err != nil {
return err
}
if _, err := w.WriteString(`="`); err != nil {
return err
}
if err := escape(w, a.Val); err != nil {
return err
}
if err := w.WriteByte('"'); err != nil {
return err
}
}
if voidElements[n.Data] {
if n.FirstChild != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("html: void element <%s> has child nodes", n.Data)
}
_, err := w.WriteString("/>")
return err
}
if err := w.WriteByte('>'); err != nil {
return err
}
// Add initial newline where there is danger of a newline being ignored.
if c := n.FirstChild; c != nil && c.Type == TextNode && strings.HasPrefix(c.Data, "\n") {
switch n.Data {
case "pre", "listing", "textarea":
if err := w.WriteByte('\n'); err != nil {
return err
}
}
}
// Render any child nodes
if childTextNodesAreLiteral(n) {
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
if c.Type == TextNode {
if _, err := w.WriteString(c.Data); err != nil {
return err
}
} else {
if err := render1(w, c); err != nil {
return err
}
}
}
if n.Data == "plaintext" {
// Don't render anything else. <plaintext> must be the
// last element in the file, with no closing tag.
return plaintextAbort
}
} else {
for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
if err := render1(w, c); err != nil {
return err
}
}
}
// Render the </xxx> closing tag.
if _, err := w.WriteString("</"); err != nil {
return err
}
if _, err := w.WriteString(n.Data); err != nil {
return err
}
return w.WriteByte('>')
}
func childTextNodesAreLiteral(n *Node) bool {
// Per WHATWG HTML 13.3, if the parent of the current node is a style,
// script, xmp, iframe, noembed, noframes, or plaintext element, and the
// current node is a text node, append the value of the node's data
// literally. The specification is not explicit about it, but we only
// enforce this if we are in the HTML namespace (i.e. when the namespace is
// "").
// NOTE: we also always include noscript elements, although the
// specification states that they should only be rendered as such if
// scripting is enabled for the node (which is not something we track).
if n.Namespace != "" {
return false
}
switch n.Data {
case "iframe", "noembed", "noframes", "noscript", "plaintext", "script", "style", "xmp":
// We need to check if n is a node that was fostered from a HTML namespace
// into a non-HTML namespace (in which case, different rules apply to it).
// We do this by walking up the tree until we find a node with a non-empty
// namespace. If we find such a node, we also have to check if it's
// an HTML integration point. If it isn't, then the node we're currently
// looking at is foster-parented and we should return false.
for p := n.Parent; p != nil; p = p.Parent {
if p.Namespace != "" {
if !htmlIntegrationPoint(p) {
return false
}
break
}
}
return true
default:
return false
}
}
// writeDoctypeQuoted writes s to w surrounded by quotes. Normally it will use double
// quotes, but if s contains a double quote, it will use single quotes.
// If s contains any '>' characters, they are replaced with &gt; in order
// to prevent triggering an abrupt-doctype-system-identifier parse error.
// It is used for writing the identifiers in a doctype declaration.
// In valid HTML, they can't contain both types of quotes.
func writeDoctypeQuoted(w writer, s string) error {
var q byte = '"'
if strings.Contains(s, `"`) {
// parseDoctype will never produce a Node with both quote types, but a user
// can construct their own Node that violates this assumption.
if strings.Contains(s, `'`) {
return errors.New("doctype contains both quote types, cannot be safely rendered")
}
q = '\''
}
if err := w.WriteByte(q); err != nil {
return err
}
if _, err := w.WriteString(strings.ReplaceAll(s, ">", "&gt;")); err != nil {
return err
}
if err := w.WriteByte(q); err != nil {
return err
}
return nil
}
// Section 12.1.2, "Elements", gives this list of void elements. Void elements
// are those that can't have any contents.
var voidElements = map[string]bool{
"area": true,
"base": true,
"br": true,
"col": true,
"embed": true,
"hr": true,
"img": true,
"input": true,
"keygen": true, // "keygen" has been removed from the spec, but are kept here for backwards compatibility.
"link": true,
"meta": true,
"param": true,
"source": true,
"track": true,
"wbr": true,
}

1322
vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/token.go generated vendored Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

884
vendor/golang.org/x/net/idna/idna.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,884 @@
// Code generated by running "go generate" in golang.org/x/text. DO NOT EDIT.
// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
// Package idna implements IDNA2008 using the compatibility processing
// defined by UTS (Unicode Technical Standard) #46, which defines a standard to
// deal with the transition from IDNA2003.
//
// IDNA2008 (Internationalized Domain Names for Applications), is defined in RFC
// 5890, RFC 5891, RFC 5892, RFC 5893 and RFC 5894.
// UTS #46 is defined in https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr46.
// See https://unicode.org/cldr/utility/idna.jsp for a visualization of the
// differences between these two standards.
package idna // import "golang.org/x/net/idna"
import (
"fmt"
"strings"
"unicode"
"unicode/utf8"
"golang.org/x/text/secure/bidirule"
"golang.org/x/text/unicode/bidi"
"golang.org/x/text/unicode/norm"
)
const unicode16 = unicode.Version >= "16.0.0"
// NOTE: Unlike common practice in Go APIs, the functions will return a
// sanitized domain name in case of errors. Browsers sometimes use a partially
// evaluated string as lookup.
// TODO: the current error handling is, in my opinion, the least opinionated.
// Other strategies are also viable, though:
// Option 1) Return an empty string in case of error, but allow the user to
// specify explicitly which errors to ignore.
// Option 2) Return the partially evaluated string if it is itself a valid
// string, otherwise return the empty string in case of error.
// Option 3) Option 1 and 2.
// Option 4) Always return an empty string for now and implement Option 1 as
// needed, and document that the return string may not be empty in case of
// error in the future.
// I think Option 1 is best, but it is quite opinionated.
// ToASCII is a wrapper for Punycode.ToASCII.
func ToASCII(s string) (string, error) {
return Punycode.process(s, true)
}
// ToUnicode is a wrapper for Punycode.ToUnicode.
func ToUnicode(s string) (string, error) {
return Punycode.process(s, false)
}
// An Option configures a Profile at creation time.
type Option func(*options)
// Transitional sets a Profile to use the Transitional mapping as defined in UTS
// #46. This will cause, for example, "ß" to be mapped to "ss". Using the
// transitional mapping provides a compromise between IDNA2003 and IDNA2008
// compatibility. It is used by some browsers when resolving domain names. This
// option is only meaningful if combined with MapForLookup.
func Transitional(transitional bool) Option {
return func(o *options) { o.transitional = transitional }
}
// VerifyDNSLength sets whether a Profile should fail if any of the IDN parts
// are longer than allowed by the RFC.
//
// This option corresponds to the VerifyDnsLength flag in UTS #46.
func VerifyDNSLength(verify bool) Option {
return func(o *options) { o.verifyDNSLength = verify }
}
// RemoveLeadingDots removes leading label separators. Leading runes that map to
// dots, such as U+3002 IDEOGRAPHIC FULL STOP, are removed as well.
func RemoveLeadingDots(remove bool) Option {
return func(o *options) { o.removeLeadingDots = remove }
}
// ValidateLabels sets whether to check the mandatory label validation criteria
// as defined in Section 5.4 of RFC 5891. This includes testing for correct use
// of hyphens ('-'), normalization, validity of runes, and the context rules.
// In particular, ValidateLabels also sets the CheckHyphens and CheckJoiners flags
// in UTS #46.
func ValidateLabels(enable bool) Option {
return func(o *options) {
// Don't override existing mappings, but set one that at least checks
// normalization if it is not set.
if o.mapping == nil && enable {
o.mapping = normalize
}
o.trie = trie
o.checkJoiners = enable
o.checkHyphens = enable
if enable {
o.fromPuny = validateFromPunycode
} else {
o.fromPuny = nil
}
}
}
// validateLabels reports whether the ValidateLabels option is enabled.
func (p *Profile) validateLabels() bool {
return p.fromPuny != nil
}
// CheckHyphens sets whether to check for correct use of hyphens ('-') in
// labels. Most web browsers do not have this option set, since labels such as
// "r3---sn-apo3qvuoxuxbt-j5pe" are in common use.
//
// This option corresponds to the CheckHyphens flag in UTS #46.
func CheckHyphens(enable bool) Option {
return func(o *options) { o.checkHyphens = enable }
}
// CheckJoiners sets whether to check the ContextJ rules as defined in Appendix
// A of RFC 5892, concerning the use of joiner runes.
//
// This option corresponds to the CheckJoiners flag in UTS #46.
func CheckJoiners(enable bool) Option {
return func(o *options) {
o.trie = trie
o.checkJoiners = enable
}
}
// StrictDomainName limits the set of permissible ASCII characters to those
// allowed in domain names as defined in RFC 1034 (A-Z, a-z, 0-9 and the
// hyphen). This is set by default for MapForLookup and ValidateForRegistration,
// but is only useful if ValidateLabels is set.
//
// This option is useful, for instance, for browsers that allow characters
// outside this range, for example a '_' (U+005F LOW LINE). See
// http://www.rfc-editor.org/std/std3.txt for more details.
//
// This option corresponds to the UseSTD3ASCIIRules flag in UTS #46.
func StrictDomainName(use bool) Option {
return func(o *options) { o.useSTD3Rules = use }
}
// NOTE: the following options pull in tables. The tables should not be linked
// in as long as the options are not used.
// BidiRule enables the Bidi rule as defined in RFC 5893. Any application
// that relies on proper validation of labels should include this rule.
//
// This option corresponds to the CheckBidi flag in UTS #46.
func BidiRule() Option {
return func(o *options) { o.bidirule = bidirule.ValidString }
}
// ValidateForRegistration sets validation options to verify that a given IDN is
// properly formatted for registration as defined by Section 4 of RFC 5891.
func ValidateForRegistration() Option {
return func(o *options) {
o.mapping = validateRegistration
StrictDomainName(true)(o)
ValidateLabels(true)(o)
VerifyDNSLength(true)(o)
BidiRule()(o)
}
}
// MapForLookup sets validation and mapping options such that a given IDN is
// transformed for domain name lookup according to the requirements set out in
// Section 5 of RFC 5891. The mappings follow the recommendations of RFC 5894,
// RFC 5895 and UTS 46. It does not add the Bidi Rule. Use the BidiRule option
// to add this check.
//
// The mappings include normalization and mapping case, width and other
// compatibility mappings.
func MapForLookup() Option {
return func(o *options) {
o.mapping = validateAndMap
StrictDomainName(true)(o)
ValidateLabels(true)(o)
}
}
type options struct {
transitional bool
useSTD3Rules bool
checkHyphens bool
checkJoiners bool
verifyDNSLength bool
removeLeadingDots bool
trie *idnaTrie
// fromPuny calls validation rules when converting A-labels to U-labels.
fromPuny func(p *Profile, s string) error
// mapping implements a validation and mapping step as defined in RFC 5895
// or UTS 46, tailored to, for example, domain registration or lookup.
mapping func(p *Profile, s string) (mapped string, isBidi bool, err error)
// bidirule, if specified, checks whether s conforms to the Bidi Rule
// defined in RFC 5893.
bidirule func(s string) bool
}
// A Profile defines the configuration of an IDNA mapper.
type Profile struct {
options
}
func apply(o *options, opts []Option) {
for _, f := range opts {
f(o)
}
}
// New creates a new Profile.
//
// With no options, the returned Profile is the most permissive and equals the
// Punycode Profile. Options can be passed to further restrict the Profile. The
// MapForLookup and ValidateForRegistration options set a collection of options,
// for lookup and registration purposes respectively, which can be tailored by
// adding more fine-grained options, where later options override earlier
// options.
func New(o ...Option) *Profile {
p := &Profile{}
apply(&p.options, o)
return p
}
// ToASCII converts a domain or domain label to its ASCII form. For example,
// ToASCII("bücher.example.com") is "xn--bcher-kva.example.com", and
// ToASCII("golang") is "golang". If an error is encountered it will return
// an error and a (partially) processed result.
func (p *Profile) ToASCII(s string) (string, error) {
return p.process(s, true)
}
// ToUnicode converts a domain or domain label to its Unicode form. For example,
// ToUnicode("xn--bcher-kva.example.com") is "bücher.example.com", and
// ToUnicode("golang") is "golang". If an error is encountered it will return
// an error and a (partially) processed result.
func (p *Profile) ToUnicode(s string) (string, error) {
pp := *p
pp.transitional = false
return pp.process(s, false)
}
// String reports a string with a description of the profile for debugging
// purposes. The string format may change with different versions.
func (p *Profile) String() string {
s := ""
if p.transitional {
s = "Transitional"
} else {
s = "NonTransitional"
}
if p.useSTD3Rules {
s += ":UseSTD3Rules"
}
if p.checkHyphens {
s += ":CheckHyphens"
}
if p.checkJoiners {
s += ":CheckJoiners"
}
if p.verifyDNSLength {
s += ":VerifyDNSLength"
}
return s
}
// Transitional processing is disabled by default as of Go 1.18.
// https://golang.org/issue/47510
const transitionalLookup = false
var (
// Punycode is a Profile that does raw punycode processing with a minimum
// of validation.
Punycode *Profile = punycode
// Lookup is the recommended profile for looking up domain names, according
// to Section 5 of RFC 5891. The exact configuration of this profile may
// change over time.
Lookup *Profile = lookup
// Display is the recommended profile for displaying domain names.
// The configuration of this profile may change over time.
Display *Profile = display
// Registration is the recommended profile for checking whether a given
// IDN is valid for registration, according to Section 4 of RFC 5891.
Registration *Profile = registration
punycode = &Profile{}
lookup = &Profile{options{
transitional: transitionalLookup,
useSTD3Rules: true,
checkHyphens: true,
checkJoiners: true,
trie: trie,
fromPuny: validateFromPunycode,
mapping: validateAndMap,
bidirule: bidirule.ValidString,
}}
display = &Profile{options{
useSTD3Rules: true,
checkHyphens: true,
checkJoiners: true,
trie: trie,
fromPuny: validateFromPunycode,
mapping: validateAndMap,
bidirule: bidirule.ValidString,
}}
registration = &Profile{options{
useSTD3Rules: true,
verifyDNSLength: true,
checkHyphens: true,
checkJoiners: true,
trie: trie,
fromPuny: validateFromPunycode,
mapping: validateRegistration,
bidirule: bidirule.ValidString,
}}
// TODO: profiles
// Register: recommended for approving domain names: don't do any mappings
// but rather reject on invalid input. Bundle or block deviation characters.
)
type labelError struct{ label, code_ string }
func (e labelError) code() string { return e.code_ }
func (e labelError) Error() string {
return fmt.Sprintf("idna: invalid label %q", e.label)
}
type runeError struct {
r rune
code_ string
}
func (e runeError) code() string { return e.code_ }
func (e runeError) Error() string {
return fmt.Sprintf("idna: disallowed rune %U", e.r)
}
// code16 returns old for Unicode < 16, new for Unicode >= 16.
func code16(old, new string) string {
if unicode16 {
return new
}
return old
}
// process10 implements the algorithm described in section 4 of UTS #46.
// It implements both the Unicode 10 algorithm
// (https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr46/tr46-19.html)
// and the Unicode 16 algorithm
// (https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr46/tr46-35.html)
// depending on unicode16, which in turn depends on unicode.Version.
func (p *Profile) process(s string, toASCII bool) (string, error) {
var err error
var isBidi bool
if p.mapping != nil {
s, isBidi, err = p.mapping(p, s)
}
// Remove leading empty labels.
if p.removeLeadingDots {
for ; len(s) > 0 && s[0] == '.'; s = s[1:] {
}
}
// TODO: allow for a quick check of the tables data.
// It seems like we should only create this error on ToASCII, but the
// UTS 46 conformance tests suggests we should always check this.
labelCode := "X4_2"
if !unicode16 || toASCII {
labelCode = "A4"
}
if err == nil && p.verifyDNSLength && s == "" {
err = labelError{s, labelCode}
}
labels := labelIter{orig: s}
for ; !labels.done(); labels.next() {
label := labels.label()
if label == "" {
// Empty labels are not okay. The label iterator skips the last
// label if it is empty.
if err == nil && p.verifyDNSLength {
err = labelError{s, labelCode}
}
continue
}
if strings.HasPrefix(label, acePrefix) {
enc := label[len(acePrefix):]
u, err2 := decode(enc)
if err2 != nil {
if err == nil {
err = err2
}
// Spec says keep the old label.
continue
}
if err == nil && len(u) > 0 && isASCII(u) {
// UTS 43 pre-revision 33 doesn't classify a xn-- label
// which contains only ASCII characters as an error,
// but that's a specification bug and a security issue.
// Always return an error in this case.
err = punyError(enc)
}
isBidi = isBidi || bidirule.DirectionString(u) != bidi.LeftToRight
labels.set(u)
if err == nil && p.fromPuny != nil {
err = p.fromPuny(p, u)
}
if err == nil {
// This should be called on NonTransitional, according to the
// spec, but that currently does not have any effect. Use the
// original profile to preserve options.
err = p.validateLabel(u, labelCode)
}
} else if err == nil {
err = p.validateLabel(label, labelCode)
}
}
if isBidi && p.bidirule != nil && err == nil {
for labels.reset(); !labels.done(); labels.next() {
if !p.bidirule(labels.label()) {
err = labelError{s, "B"}
break
}
}
}
if toASCII {
for labels.reset(); !labels.done(); labels.next() {
label := labels.label()
if !ascii(label) {
a, err2 := encode(acePrefix, label)
if err == nil {
err = err2
}
label = a
labels.set(a)
}
n := len(label)
if p.verifyDNSLength && err == nil && (n == 0 || n > 63) {
err = labelError{label, labelCode}
}
}
}
s = labels.result()
if toASCII && p.verifyDNSLength && err == nil {
if unicode16 && strings.HasSuffix(s, ".") {
err = labelError{s, labelCode}
}
// Compute the length of the domain name minus the root label and its dot.
n := len(s)
if n > 0 && s[n-1] == '.' {
n--
}
if len(s) < 1 || n > 253 {
err = labelError{s, labelCode}
}
}
return s, err
}
func isASCII(s string) bool {
for _, c := range []byte(s) {
if c >= 0x80 {
return false
}
}
return true
}
func normalize(p *Profile, s string) (mapped string, isBidi bool, err error) {
// TODO: consider first doing a quick check to see if any of these checks
// need to be done. This will make it slower in the general case, but
// faster in the common case.
mapped = norm.NFC.String(s)
isBidi = bidirule.DirectionString(mapped) == bidi.RightToLeft
return mapped, isBidi, nil
}
func validateRegistration(p *Profile, s string) (idem string, bidi bool, err error) {
// TODO: filter need for normalization in loop below.
if !norm.NFC.IsNormalString(s) {
return s, false, labelError{s, "V1"}
}
for i := 0; i < len(s); {
v, sz := trie.lookupString(s[i:])
if sz == 0 {
return s, bidi, runeError{utf8.RuneError, "P1"}
}
bidi = bidi || info(v).isBidi(s[i:])
// Copy bytes not copied so far.
switch p.simplify(info(v).category()) {
// TODO: handle the NV8 defined in the Unicode idna data set to allow
// for strict conformance to IDNA2008.
case valid, deviation:
if sz == 1 && p.useSTD3Rules && !allowedSTD3(rune(s[i])) {
return s, bidi, runeError{rune(s[i]), "P1"}
}
case disallowed, mapped, unknown, ignored:
r, _ := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s[i:])
return s, bidi, runeError{r, "P1"}
}
i += sz
}
return s, bidi, nil
}
func (c info) isBidi(s string) bool {
if !c.isMapped() {
return c&attributesMask == rtl
}
// TODO: also store bidi info for mapped data. This is possible, but a bit
// cumbersome and not for the common case.
p, _ := bidi.LookupString(s)
switch p.Class() {
case bidi.R, bidi.AL, bidi.AN:
return true
}
return false
}
func validateAndMap(p *Profile, s string) (vm string, bidi bool, err error) {
var (
b []byte
k int
)
// combinedInfoBits contains the or-ed bits of all runes. We use this
// to derive the mayNeedNorm bit later. This may trigger normalization
// overeagerly, but it will not do so in the common case. The end result
// is another 10% saving on BenchmarkProfile for the common case.
var combinedInfoBits info
for i := 0; i < len(s); {
v, sz := trie.lookupString(s[i:])
if sz == 0 {
b = append(b, s[k:i]...)
b = append(b, "\ufffd"...)
k = len(s)
if err == nil {
err = runeError{utf8.RuneError, "P1"}
}
break
}
combinedInfoBits |= info(v)
bidi = bidi || info(v).isBidi(s[i:])
start := i
i += sz
// Copy bytes not copied so far.
switch p.simplify(info(v).category()) {
case valid:
continue
case disallowed:
// Unicode 16 delays the error until validateLabels.
// Unicode 10 gave an error now.
if !unicode16 && err == nil {
r, _ := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s[start:])
err = runeError{r, "P1"}
}
continue
case deviation:
if unicode16 && !p.transitional {
break
}
fallthrough
case mapped:
b = append(b, s[k:start]...)
// Unicode 16 requires a special case to handle ẞ -> ss in transitional mode.
if unicode16 && p.transitional && s[start:start+sz] == "ẞ" {
b = append(b, "ss"...)
} else {
b = info(v).appendMapping(b, s[start:i])
}
case ignored:
b = append(b, s[k:start]...)
// drop the rune
case unknown:
b = append(b, s[k:start]...)
b = append(b, "\ufffd"...)
}
k = i
}
if k == 0 {
// No changes so far.
if combinedInfoBits&mayNeedNorm != 0 {
s = norm.NFC.String(s)
}
} else {
b = append(b, s[k:]...)
if norm.NFC.QuickSpan(b) != len(b) {
b = norm.NFC.Bytes(b)
}
// TODO: the punycode converters require strings as input.
s = string(b)
}
return s, bidi, err
}
// A labelIter allows iterating over domain name labels.
type labelIter struct {
orig string
slice []string
curStart int
curEnd int
i int
}
func (l *labelIter) reset() {
l.curStart = 0
l.curEnd = 0
l.i = 0
}
func (l *labelIter) done() bool {
return l.curStart >= len(l.orig)
}
func (l *labelIter) result() string {
if l.slice != nil {
return strings.Join(l.slice, ".")
}
return l.orig
}
func (l *labelIter) label() string {
if l.slice != nil {
return l.slice[l.i]
}
p := strings.IndexByte(l.orig[l.curStart:], '.')
l.curEnd = l.curStart + p
if p == -1 {
l.curEnd = len(l.orig)
}
return l.orig[l.curStart:l.curEnd]
}
// next sets the value to the next label. It skips the last label if it is empty.
func (l *labelIter) next() {
l.i++
if l.slice != nil {
if l.i >= len(l.slice) || l.i == len(l.slice)-1 && l.slice[l.i] == "" {
l.curStart = len(l.orig)
}
} else {
l.curStart = l.curEnd + 1
if l.curStart == len(l.orig)-1 && l.orig[l.curStart] == '.' {
l.curStart = len(l.orig)
}
}
}
func (l *labelIter) set(s string) {
if l.slice == nil {
l.slice = strings.Split(l.orig, ".")
}
l.slice[l.i] = s
}
// acePrefix is the ASCII Compatible Encoding prefix.
const acePrefix = "xn--"
func (p *Profile) simplify(cat category) category {
switch cat {
case disallowedSTD3Mapped: // only happens for pre-Unicode 16
if p.useSTD3Rules {
cat = disallowed
} else {
cat = mapped
}
case disallowedSTD3Valid: // only happens for pre-Unicode 16
if p.useSTD3Rules {
cat = disallowed
} else {
cat = valid
}
case deviation:
if !p.transitional {
cat = valid
}
case validNV8, validXV8:
// TODO: handle V2008
cat = valid
}
return cat
}
func validateFromPunycode(p *Profile, s string) error {
if !norm.NFC.IsNormalString(s) {
return labelError{s, "V1"}
}
// TODO: detect whether string may have to be normalized in the following
// loop.
for i := 0; i < len(s); {
v, sz := trie.lookupString(s[i:])
if sz == 0 {
return runeError{utf8.RuneError, "P1"}
}
cat := info(v).category()
if c := p.simplify(cat); c != valid && c != deviation {
return labelError{s, code16("V6", "V7")}
}
i += sz
}
return nil
}
const (
zwnj = "\u200c"
zwj = "\u200d"
)
type joinState int8
const (
stateStart joinState = iota
stateVirama
stateBefore
stateBeforeVirama
stateAfter
stateFAIL
)
var joinStates = [][numJoinTypes]joinState{
stateStart: {
joiningL: stateBefore,
joiningD: stateBefore,
joinZWNJ: stateFAIL,
joinZWJ: stateFAIL,
joinVirama: stateVirama,
},
stateVirama: {
joiningL: stateBefore,
joiningD: stateBefore,
},
stateBefore: {
joiningL: stateBefore,
joiningD: stateBefore,
joiningT: stateBefore,
joinZWNJ: stateAfter,
joinZWJ: stateFAIL,
joinVirama: stateBeforeVirama,
},
stateBeforeVirama: {
joiningL: stateBefore,
joiningD: stateBefore,
joiningT: stateBefore,
},
stateAfter: {
joiningL: stateFAIL,
joiningD: stateBefore,
joiningT: stateAfter,
joiningR: stateStart,
joinZWNJ: stateFAIL,
joinZWJ: stateFAIL,
joinVirama: stateAfter, // no-op as we can't accept joiners here
},
stateFAIL: {
0: stateFAIL,
joiningL: stateFAIL,
joiningD: stateFAIL,
joiningT: stateFAIL,
joiningR: stateFAIL,
joinZWNJ: stateFAIL,
joinZWJ: stateFAIL,
joinVirama: stateFAIL,
},
}
// allowedSTD3 reports whether r is a rune that can appear in a domain name
// according to STD3. We allow all non-ASCII runes and then letters, digits, hyphens.
// We also add dot so that this can be run against the whole name and not just
// a single name element (label). The surrounding code checks dots well enough.
func allowedSTD3(r rune) bool {
return r >= 0x80 || 'a' <= r && r <= 'z' || '0' <= r && r <= '9' || r == '-' || r == '.'
}
// validateLabel validates the criteria from Section 4.1. Item 1, 4, and 6 are
// already implicitly satisfied by the overall implementation.
func (p *Profile) validateLabel(s string, labelCode string) (err error) {
if s == "" {
if p.verifyDNSLength {
return labelError{s, labelCode}
}
return nil
}
if p.checkHyphens {
if len(s) > 4 && s[2] == '-' && s[3] == '-' {
return labelError{s, "V2"}
}
if s[0] == '-' || s[len(s)-1] == '-' {
return labelError{s, "V3"}
}
}
// Unicode 16's TR 46 delays the rune validity checks until after the label is decoded.
// (validateAndMap did not reject them earlier.)
if unicode16 && p.validateLabels() {
for i := 0; i < len(s); {
v, sz := trie.lookupString(s[i:])
if sz == 0 {
return runeError{utf8.RuneError, "P1"}
}
cat := info(v).category()
if c := p.simplify(cat); c != valid && (!p.transitional || c != deviation) {
return labelError{s, "V7"}
}
if sz == 1 && p.useSTD3Rules && !allowedSTD3(rune(s[i])) {
return runeError{rune(s[i]), "U1"}
}
i += sz
}
}
if !p.checkJoiners {
return nil
}
trie := p.trie // p.checkJoiners is only set if trie is set.
// TODO: merge the use of this in the trie.
v, sz := trie.lookupString(s)
x := info(v)
if x.isModifier() {
return labelError{s, code16("V5", "V6")}
}
// Quickly return in the absence of zero-width (non) joiners.
if strings.Index(s, zwj) == -1 && strings.Index(s, zwnj) == -1 {
return nil
}
st := stateStart
for i := 0; ; {
jt := x.joinType()
if s[i:i+sz] == zwj {
jt = joinZWJ
} else if s[i:i+sz] == zwnj {
jt = joinZWNJ
}
st = joinStates[st][jt]
if x.isViramaModifier() {
st = joinStates[st][joinVirama]
}
if i += sz; i == len(s) {
break
}
v, sz = trie.lookupString(s[i:])
x = info(v)
}
if st == stateFAIL || st == stateAfter {
return labelError{s, "C"}
}
return nil
}
func ascii(s string) bool {
for i := 0; i < len(s); i++ {
if s[i] >= utf8.RuneSelf {
return false
}
}
return true
}
// appendMapping appends the mapping for the respective rune. isMapped must be
// true. A mapping is a categorization of a rune as defined in UTS #46.
func (c info) appendMapping(b []byte, s string) []byte {
index := int(c >> indexShift)
if c&xorBit == 0 {
p := index
return append(b, mappings[mappingIndex[p]:mappingIndex[p+1]]...)
}
b = append(b, s...)
if c&inlineXOR == inlineXOR {
// TODO: support and handle two-byte inline masks
b[len(b)-1] ^= byte(index)
} else {
for p := len(b) - int(xorData[index]); p < len(b); p++ {
index++
b[p] ^= xorData[index]
}
}
return b
}

220
vendor/golang.org/x/net/idna/punycode.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
// Code generated by running "go generate" in golang.org/x/text. DO NOT EDIT.
// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package idna
// This file implements the Punycode algorithm from RFC 3492.
import (
"math"
"strings"
"unicode/utf8"
)
// These parameter values are specified in section 5.
//
// All computation is done with int32s, so that overflow behavior is identical
// regardless of whether int is 32-bit or 64-bit.
const (
base int32 = 36
damp int32 = 700
initialBias int32 = 72
initialN int32 = 128
skew int32 = 38
tmax int32 = 26
tmin int32 = 1
)
func punyError(s string) error { return &labelError{s, code16("A3", "P4")} }
// decode decodes a string as specified in section 6.2.
func decode(encoded string) (string, error) {
if encoded == "" {
return "", nil
}
pos := 1 + strings.LastIndex(encoded, "-")
if pos == 1 {
return "", punyError(encoded)
}
if pos == len(encoded) {
return encoded[:len(encoded)-1], nil
}
output := make([]rune, 0, len(encoded))
if pos != 0 {
for _, r := range encoded[:pos-1] {
output = append(output, r)
}
}
i, n, bias := int32(0), initialN, initialBias
overflow := false
for pos < len(encoded) {
oldI, w := i, int32(1)
for k := base; ; k += base {
if pos == len(encoded) {
return "", punyError(encoded)
}
digit, ok := decodeDigit(encoded[pos])
if !ok {
return "", punyError(encoded)
}
pos++
i, overflow = madd(i, digit, w)
if overflow {
return "", punyError(encoded)
}
t := k - bias
if k <= bias {
t = tmin
} else if k >= bias+tmax {
t = tmax
}
if digit < t {
break
}
w, overflow = madd(0, w, base-t)
if overflow {
return "", punyError(encoded)
}
}
if len(output) >= 1024 {
return "", punyError(encoded)
}
x := int32(len(output) + 1)
bias = adapt(i-oldI, x, oldI == 0)
n += i / x
i %= x
if n < 0 || n > utf8.MaxRune {
return "", punyError(encoded)
}
output = append(output, 0)
copy(output[i+1:], output[i:])
output[i] = n
i++
}
return string(output), nil
}
// encode encodes a string as specified in section 6.3 and prepends prefix to
// the result.
//
// The "while h < length(input)" line in the specification becomes "for
// remaining != 0" in the Go code, because len(s) in Go is in bytes, not runes.
func encode(prefix, s string) (string, error) {
output := make([]byte, len(prefix), len(prefix)+1+2*len(s))
copy(output, prefix)
delta, n, bias := int32(0), initialN, initialBias
b, remaining := int32(0), int32(0)
for _, r := range s {
if unicode16 && r == 0xfffd {
return s, &labelError{s, "A3"}
}
if r < 0x80 {
b++
output = append(output, byte(r))
} else {
remaining++
}
}
h := b
if b > 0 {
output = append(output, '-')
}
overflow := false
for remaining != 0 {
m := int32(0x7fffffff)
for _, r := range s {
if m > r && r >= n {
m = r
}
}
delta, overflow = madd(delta, m-n, h+1)
if overflow {
return "", punyError(s)
}
n = m
for _, r := range s {
if r < n {
delta++
if delta < 0 {
return "", punyError(s)
}
continue
}
if r > n {
continue
}
q := delta
for k := base; ; k += base {
t := k - bias
if k <= bias {
t = tmin
} else if k >= bias+tmax {
t = tmax
}
if q < t {
break
}
output = append(output, encodeDigit(t+(q-t)%(base-t)))
q = (q - t) / (base - t)
}
output = append(output, encodeDigit(q))
bias = adapt(delta, h+1, h == b)
delta = 0
h++
remaining--
}
delta++
n++
}
return string(output), nil
}
// madd computes a + (b * c), detecting overflow.
func madd(a, b, c int32) (next int32, overflow bool) {
p := int64(b) * int64(c)
if p > math.MaxInt32-int64(a) {
return 0, true
}
return a + int32(p), false
}
func decodeDigit(x byte) (digit int32, ok bool) {
switch {
case '0' <= x && x <= '9':
return int32(x - ('0' - 26)), true
case 'A' <= x && x <= 'Z':
return int32(x - 'A'), true
case 'a' <= x && x <= 'z':
return int32(x - 'a'), true
}
return 0, false
}
func encodeDigit(digit int32) byte {
switch {
case 0 <= digit && digit < 26:
return byte(digit + 'a')
case 26 <= digit && digit < 36:
return byte(digit + ('0' - 26))
}
panic("idna: internal error in punycode encoding")
}
// adapt is the bias adaptation function specified in section 6.1.
func adapt(delta, numPoints int32, firstTime bool) int32 {
if firstTime {
delta /= damp
} else {
delta /= 2
}
delta += delta / numPoints
k := int32(0)
for delta > ((base-tmin)*tmax)/2 {
delta /= base - tmin
k += base
}
return k + (base-tmin+1)*delta/(delta+skew)
}

5144
vendor/golang.org/x/net/idna/tables15.0.0.go generated vendored Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

5302
vendor/golang.org/x/net/idna/tables17.0.0.go generated vendored Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

51
vendor/golang.org/x/net/idna/trie.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
// Code generated by running "go generate" in golang.org/x/text. DO NOT EDIT.
// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package idna
// Sparse block handling code.
type valueRange struct {
value uint16 // header: value:stride
lo, hi byte // header: lo:n
}
type sparseBlocks struct {
values []valueRange
offset []uint16
}
var idnaSparse = sparseBlocks{
values: idnaSparseValues[:],
offset: idnaSparseOffset[:],
}
// Don't use newIdnaTrie to avoid unconditional linking in of the table.
var trie = &idnaTrie{}
// lookup determines the type of block n and looks up the value for b.
// For n < t.cutoff, the block is a simple lookup table. Otherwise, the block
// is a list of ranges with an accompanying value. Given a matching range r,
// the value for b is by r.value + (b - r.lo) * stride.
func (t *sparseBlocks) lookup(n uint32, b byte) uint16 {
offset := t.offset[n]
header := t.values[offset]
lo := offset + 1
hi := lo + uint16(header.lo)
for lo < hi {
m := lo + (hi-lo)/2
r := t.values[m]
if r.lo <= b && b <= r.hi {
return r.value + uint16(b-r.lo)*header.value
}
if b < r.lo {
hi = m
} else {
lo = m + 1
}
}
return 0
}

119
vendor/golang.org/x/net/idna/trieval.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
// Code generated by running "go generate" in golang.org/x/text. DO NOT EDIT.
package idna
// This file contains definitions for interpreting the trie value of the idna
// trie generated by "go run gen*.go". It is shared by both the generator
// program and the resultant package. Sharing is achieved by the generator
// copying gen_trieval.go to trieval.go and changing what's above this comment.
// info holds information from the IDNA mapping table for a single rune. It is
// the value returned by a trie lookup. In most cases, all information fits in
// a 16-bit value. For mappings, this value may contain an index into a slice
// with the mapped string. Such mappings can consist of the actual mapped value
// or an XOR pattern to be applied to the bytes of the UTF8 encoding of the
// input rune. This technique is used by the cases packages and reduces the
// table size significantly.
//
// The per-rune values have the following format:
//
// if mapped {
// if inlinedXOR {
// 15..13 inline XOR marker
// 12..11 unused
// 10..3 inline XOR mask
// } else {
// 15..3 index into xor or mapping table
// }
// } else {
// 15..14 unused
// 13 mayNeedNorm
// 12..11 attributes
// 10..8 joining type
// 7..3 category type
// }
// 2 use xor pattern
// 1..0 mapped category
//
// See the definitions below for a more detailed description of the various
// bits.
type info uint16
const (
catSmallMask = 0x3
catBigMask = 0xF8
indexShift = 3
xorBit = 0x4 // interpret the index as an xor pattern
inlineXOR = 0xE000 // These bits are set if the XOR pattern is inlined.
joinShift = 8
joinMask = 0x07
// Attributes
attributesMask = 0x1800
viramaModifier = 0x1800
modifier = 0x1000
rtl = 0x0800
mayNeedNorm = 0x2000
)
// A category corresponds to a category defined in the IDNA mapping table.
type category uint16
const (
unknown category = 0 // not currently defined in unicode.
mapped category = 1
disallowedSTD3Mapped category = 2
deviation category = 3
)
const (
valid category = 0x08
validNV8 category = 0x18
validXV8 category = 0x28
disallowed category = 0x40
disallowedSTD3Valid category = 0x80
ignored category = 0xC0
)
// join types and additional rune information
const (
joiningL = (iota + 1)
joiningD
joiningT
joiningR
//the following types are derived during processing
joinZWJ
joinZWNJ
joinVirama
numJoinTypes
)
func (c info) isMapped() bool {
return c&0x3 != 0
}
func (c info) category() category {
small := c & catSmallMask
if small != 0 {
return category(small)
}
return category(c & catBigMask)
}
func (c info) joinType() info {
if c.isMapped() {
return 0
}
return (c >> joinShift) & joinMask
}
func (c info) isModifier() bool {
return c&(modifier|catSmallMask) == modifier
}
func (c info) isViramaModifier() bool {
return c&(attributesMask|catSmallMask) == viramaModifier
}

27
vendor/golang.org/x/text/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
Copyright 2009 The Go Authors.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
* Neither the name of Google LLC nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

22
vendor/golang.org/x/text/PATENTS generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
Additional IP Rights Grant (Patents)
"This implementation" means the copyrightable works distributed by
Google as part of the Go project.
Google hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive,
no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section)
patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import,
transfer and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of this
implementation of Go, where such license applies only to those patent
claims, both currently owned or controlled by Google and acquired in
the future, licensable by Google that are necessarily infringed by this
implementation of Go. This grant does not include claims that would be
infringed only as a consequence of further modification of this
implementation. If you or your agent or exclusive licensee institute or
order or agree to the institution of patent litigation against any
entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging
that this implementation of Go or any code incorporated within this
implementation of Go constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, or inducement of patent infringement, then any patent
rights granted to you under this License for this implementation of Go
shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

162
vendor/golang.org/x/text/cases/cases.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
//go:generate go run gen.go gen_trieval.go
// Package cases provides general and language-specific case mappers.
package cases // import "golang.org/x/text/cases"
import (
"golang.org/x/text/language"
"golang.org/x/text/transform"
)
// References:
// - Unicode Reference Manual Chapter 3.13, 4.2, and 5.18.
// - https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr29/
// - https://www.unicode.org/Public/6.3.0/ucd/CaseFolding.txt
// - https://www.unicode.org/Public/6.3.0/ucd/SpecialCasing.txt
// - https://www.unicode.org/Public/6.3.0/ucd/DerivedCoreProperties.txt
// - https://www.unicode.org/Public/6.3.0/ucd/auxiliary/WordBreakProperty.txt
// - https://www.unicode.org/Public/6.3.0/ucd/auxiliary/WordBreakTest.txt
// - http://userguide.icu-project.org/transforms/casemappings
// TODO:
// - Case folding
// - Wide and Narrow?
// - Segmenter option for title casing.
// - ASCII fast paths
// - Encode Soft-Dotted property within trie somehow.
// A Caser transforms given input to a certain case. It implements
// transform.Transformer.
//
// A Caser may be stateful and should therefore not be shared between
// goroutines.
type Caser struct {
t transform.SpanningTransformer
}
// Bytes returns a new byte slice with the result of converting b to the case
// form implemented by c.
func (c Caser) Bytes(b []byte) []byte {
b, _, _ = transform.Bytes(c.t, b)
return b
}
// String returns a string with the result of transforming s to the case form
// implemented by c.
func (c Caser) String(s string) string {
s, _, _ = transform.String(c.t, s)
return s
}
// Reset resets the Caser to be reused for new input after a previous call to
// Transform.
func (c Caser) Reset() { c.t.Reset() }
// Transform implements the transform.Transformer interface and transforms the
// given input to the case form implemented by c.
func (c Caser) Transform(dst, src []byte, atEOF bool) (nDst, nSrc int, err error) {
return c.t.Transform(dst, src, atEOF)
}
// Span implements the transform.SpanningTransformer interface.
func (c Caser) Span(src []byte, atEOF bool) (n int, err error) {
return c.t.Span(src, atEOF)
}
// Upper returns a Caser for language-specific uppercasing.
func Upper(t language.Tag, opts ...Option) Caser {
return Caser{makeUpper(t, getOpts(opts...))}
}
// Lower returns a Caser for language-specific lowercasing.
func Lower(t language.Tag, opts ...Option) Caser {
return Caser{makeLower(t, getOpts(opts...))}
}
// Title returns a Caser for language-specific title casing. It uses an
// approximation of the default Unicode Word Break algorithm.
func Title(t language.Tag, opts ...Option) Caser {
return Caser{makeTitle(t, getOpts(opts...))}
}
// Fold returns a Caser that implements Unicode case folding. The returned Caser
// is stateless and safe to use concurrently by multiple goroutines.
//
// Case folding does not normalize the input and may not preserve a normal form.
// Use the collate or search package for more convenient and linguistically
// sound comparisons. Use golang.org/x/text/secure/precis for string comparisons
// where security aspects are a concern.
func Fold(opts ...Option) Caser {
return Caser{makeFold(getOpts(opts...))}
}
// An Option is used to modify the behavior of a Caser.
type Option func(o options) options
// TODO: consider these options to take a boolean as well, like FinalSigma.
// The advantage of using this approach is that other providers of a lower-case
// algorithm could set different defaults by prefixing a user-provided slice
// of options with their own. This is handy, for instance, for the precis
// package which would override the default to not handle the Greek final sigma.
var (
// NoLower disables the lowercasing of non-leading letters for a title
// caser.
NoLower Option = noLower
// Compact omits mappings in case folding for characters that would grow the
// input. (Unimplemented.)
Compact Option = compact
)
// TODO: option to preserve a normal form, if applicable?
type options struct {
noLower bool
simple bool
// TODO: segmenter, max ignorable, alternative versions, etc.
ignoreFinalSigma bool
}
func getOpts(o ...Option) (res options) {
for _, f := range o {
res = f(res)
}
return
}
func noLower(o options) options {
o.noLower = true
return o
}
func compact(o options) options {
o.simple = true
return o
}
// HandleFinalSigma specifies whether the special handling of Greek final sigma
// should be enabled. Unicode prescribes handling the Greek final sigma for all
// locales, but standards like IDNA and PRECIS override this default.
func HandleFinalSigma(enable bool) Option {
if enable {
return handleFinalSigma
}
return ignoreFinalSigma
}
func ignoreFinalSigma(o options) options {
o.ignoreFinalSigma = true
return o
}
func handleFinalSigma(o options) options {
o.ignoreFinalSigma = false
return o
}

376
vendor/golang.org/x/text/cases/context.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package cases
import "golang.org/x/text/transform"
// A context is used for iterating over source bytes, fetching case info and
// writing to a destination buffer.
//
// Casing operations may need more than one rune of context to decide how a rune
// should be cased. Casing implementations should call checkpoint on context
// whenever it is known to be safe to return the runes processed so far.
//
// It is recommended for implementations to not allow for more than 30 case
// ignorables as lookahead (analogous to the limit in norm) and to use state if
// unbounded lookahead is needed for cased runes.
type context struct {
dst, src []byte
atEOF bool
pDst int // pDst points past the last written rune in dst.
pSrc int // pSrc points to the start of the currently scanned rune.
// checkpoints safe to return in Transform, where nDst <= pDst and nSrc <= pSrc.
nDst, nSrc int
err error
sz int // size of current rune
info info // case information of currently scanned rune
// State preserved across calls to Transform.
isMidWord bool // false if next cased letter needs to be title-cased.
}
func (c *context) Reset() {
c.isMidWord = false
}
// ret returns the return values for the Transform method. It checks whether
// there were insufficient bytes in src to complete and introduces an error
// accordingly, if necessary.
func (c *context) ret() (nDst, nSrc int, err error) {
if c.err != nil || c.nSrc == len(c.src) {
return c.nDst, c.nSrc, c.err
}
// This point is only reached by mappers if there was no short destination
// buffer. This means that the source buffer was exhausted and that c.sz was
// set to 0 by next.
if c.atEOF && c.pSrc == len(c.src) {
return c.pDst, c.pSrc, nil
}
return c.nDst, c.nSrc, transform.ErrShortSrc
}
// retSpan returns the return values for the Span method. It checks whether
// there were insufficient bytes in src to complete and introduces an error
// accordingly, if necessary.
func (c *context) retSpan() (n int, err error) {
_, nSrc, err := c.ret()
return nSrc, err
}
// checkpoint sets the return value buffer points for Transform to the current
// positions.
func (c *context) checkpoint() {
if c.err == nil {
c.nDst, c.nSrc = c.pDst, c.pSrc+c.sz
}
}
// unreadRune causes the last rune read by next to be reread on the next
// invocation of next. Only one unreadRune may be called after a call to next.
func (c *context) unreadRune() {
c.sz = 0
}
func (c *context) next() bool {
c.pSrc += c.sz
if c.pSrc == len(c.src) || c.err != nil {
c.info, c.sz = 0, 0
return false
}
v, sz := trie.lookup(c.src[c.pSrc:])
c.info, c.sz = info(v), sz
if c.sz == 0 {
if c.atEOF {
// A zero size means we have an incomplete rune. If we are atEOF,
// this means it is an illegal rune, which we will consume one
// byte at a time.
c.sz = 1
} else {
c.err = transform.ErrShortSrc
return false
}
}
return true
}
// writeBytes adds bytes to dst.
func (c *context) writeBytes(b []byte) bool {
if len(c.dst)-c.pDst < len(b) {
c.err = transform.ErrShortDst
return false
}
// This loop is faster than using copy.
for _, ch := range b {
c.dst[c.pDst] = ch
c.pDst++
}
return true
}
// writeString writes the given string to dst.
func (c *context) writeString(s string) bool {
if len(c.dst)-c.pDst < len(s) {
c.err = transform.ErrShortDst
return false
}
// This loop is faster than using copy.
for i := 0; i < len(s); i++ {
c.dst[c.pDst] = s[i]
c.pDst++
}
return true
}
// copy writes the current rune to dst.
func (c *context) copy() bool {
return c.writeBytes(c.src[c.pSrc : c.pSrc+c.sz])
}
// copyXOR copies the current rune to dst and modifies it by applying the XOR
// pattern of the case info. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure
// that this is a rune with a XOR pattern defined.
func (c *context) copyXOR() bool {
if !c.copy() {
return false
}
if c.info&xorIndexBit == 0 {
// Fast path for 6-bit XOR pattern, which covers most cases.
c.dst[c.pDst-1] ^= byte(c.info >> xorShift)
} else {
// Interpret XOR bits as an index.
// TODO: test performance for unrolling this loop. Verify that we have
// at least two bytes and at most three.
idx := c.info >> xorShift
for p := c.pDst - 1; ; p-- {
c.dst[p] ^= xorData[idx]
idx--
if xorData[idx] == 0 {
break
}
}
}
return true
}
// hasPrefix returns true if src[pSrc:] starts with the given string.
func (c *context) hasPrefix(s string) bool {
b := c.src[c.pSrc:]
if len(b) < len(s) {
return false
}
for i, c := range b[:len(s)] {
if c != s[i] {
return false
}
}
return true
}
// caseType returns an info with only the case bits, normalized to either
// cLower, cUpper, cTitle or cUncased.
func (c *context) caseType() info {
cm := c.info & 0x7
if cm < 4 {
return cm
}
if cm >= cXORCase {
// xor the last bit of the rune with the case type bits.
b := c.src[c.pSrc+c.sz-1]
return info(b&1) ^ cm&0x3
}
if cm == cIgnorableCased {
return cLower
}
return cUncased
}
// lower writes the lowercase version of the current rune to dst.
func lower(c *context) bool {
ct := c.caseType()
if c.info&hasMappingMask == 0 || ct == cLower {
return c.copy()
}
if c.info&exceptionBit == 0 {
return c.copyXOR()
}
e := exceptions[c.info>>exceptionShift:]
offset := 2 + e[0]&lengthMask // size of header + fold string
if nLower := (e[1] >> lengthBits) & lengthMask; nLower != noChange {
return c.writeString(e[offset : offset+nLower])
}
return c.copy()
}
func isLower(c *context) bool {
ct := c.caseType()
if c.info&hasMappingMask == 0 || ct == cLower {
return true
}
if c.info&exceptionBit == 0 {
c.err = transform.ErrEndOfSpan
return false
}
e := exceptions[c.info>>exceptionShift:]
if nLower := (e[1] >> lengthBits) & lengthMask; nLower != noChange {
c.err = transform.ErrEndOfSpan
return false
}
return true
}
// upper writes the uppercase version of the current rune to dst.
func upper(c *context) bool {
ct := c.caseType()
if c.info&hasMappingMask == 0 || ct == cUpper {
return c.copy()
}
if c.info&exceptionBit == 0 {
return c.copyXOR()
}
e := exceptions[c.info>>exceptionShift:]
offset := 2 + e[0]&lengthMask // size of header + fold string
// Get length of first special case mapping.
n := (e[1] >> lengthBits) & lengthMask
if ct == cTitle {
// The first special case mapping is for lower. Set n to the second.
if n == noChange {
n = 0
}
n, e = e[1]&lengthMask, e[n:]
}
if n != noChange {
return c.writeString(e[offset : offset+n])
}
return c.copy()
}
// isUpper reports whether the current rune is in upper case.
func isUpper(c *context) bool {
ct := c.caseType()
if c.info&hasMappingMask == 0 || ct == cUpper {
return true
}
if c.info&exceptionBit == 0 {
c.err = transform.ErrEndOfSpan
return false
}
e := exceptions[c.info>>exceptionShift:]
// Get length of first special case mapping.
n := (e[1] >> lengthBits) & lengthMask
if ct == cTitle {
n = e[1] & lengthMask
}
if n != noChange {
c.err = transform.ErrEndOfSpan
return false
}
return true
}
// title writes the title case version of the current rune to dst.
func title(c *context) bool {
ct := c.caseType()
if c.info&hasMappingMask == 0 || ct == cTitle {
return c.copy()
}
if c.info&exceptionBit == 0 {
if ct == cLower {
return c.copyXOR()
}
return c.copy()
}
// Get the exception data.
e := exceptions[c.info>>exceptionShift:]
offset := 2 + e[0]&lengthMask // size of header + fold string
nFirst := (e[1] >> lengthBits) & lengthMask
if nTitle := e[1] & lengthMask; nTitle != noChange {
if nFirst != noChange {
e = e[nFirst:]
}
return c.writeString(e[offset : offset+nTitle])
}
if ct == cLower && nFirst != noChange {
// Use the uppercase version instead.
return c.writeString(e[offset : offset+nFirst])
}
// Already in correct case.
return c.copy()
}
// isTitle reports whether the current rune is in title case.
func isTitle(c *context) bool {
ct := c.caseType()
if c.info&hasMappingMask == 0 || ct == cTitle {
return true
}
if c.info&exceptionBit == 0 {
if ct == cLower {
c.err = transform.ErrEndOfSpan
return false
}
return true
}
// Get the exception data.
e := exceptions[c.info>>exceptionShift:]
if nTitle := e[1] & lengthMask; nTitle != noChange {
c.err = transform.ErrEndOfSpan
return false
}
nFirst := (e[1] >> lengthBits) & lengthMask
if ct == cLower && nFirst != noChange {
c.err = transform.ErrEndOfSpan
return false
}
return true
}
// foldFull writes the foldFull version of the current rune to dst.
func foldFull(c *context) bool {
if c.info&hasMappingMask == 0 {
return c.copy()
}
ct := c.caseType()
if c.info&exceptionBit == 0 {
if ct != cLower || c.info&inverseFoldBit != 0 {
return c.copyXOR()
}
return c.copy()
}
e := exceptions[c.info>>exceptionShift:]
n := e[0] & lengthMask
if n == 0 {
if ct == cLower {
return c.copy()
}
n = (e[1] >> lengthBits) & lengthMask
}
return c.writeString(e[2 : 2+n])
}
// isFoldFull reports whether the current run is mapped to foldFull
func isFoldFull(c *context) bool {
if c.info&hasMappingMask == 0 {
return true
}
ct := c.caseType()
if c.info&exceptionBit == 0 {
if ct != cLower || c.info&inverseFoldBit != 0 {
c.err = transform.ErrEndOfSpan
return false
}
return true
}
e := exceptions[c.info>>exceptionShift:]
n := e[0] & lengthMask
if n == 0 && ct == cLower {
return true
}
c.err = transform.ErrEndOfSpan
return false
}

34
vendor/golang.org/x/text/cases/fold.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package cases
import "golang.org/x/text/transform"
type caseFolder struct{ transform.NopResetter }
// caseFolder implements the Transformer interface for doing case folding.
func (t *caseFolder) Transform(dst, src []byte, atEOF bool) (nDst, nSrc int, err error) {
c := context{dst: dst, src: src, atEOF: atEOF}
for c.next() {
foldFull(&c)
c.checkpoint()
}
return c.ret()
}
func (t *caseFolder) Span(src []byte, atEOF bool) (n int, err error) {
c := context{src: src, atEOF: atEOF}
for c.next() && isFoldFull(&c) {
c.checkpoint()
}
return c.retSpan()
}
func makeFold(o options) transform.SpanningTransformer {
// TODO: Special case folding, through option Language, Special/Turkic, or
// both.
// TODO: Implement Compact options.
return &caseFolder{}
}

61
vendor/golang.org/x/text/cases/icu.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
//go:build icu
package cases
// Ideally these functions would be defined in a test file, but go test doesn't
// allow CGO in tests. The build tag should ensure either way that these
// functions will not end up in the package.
// TODO: Ensure that the correct ICU version is set.
/*
#cgo LDFLAGS: -licui18n.57 -licuuc.57
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unicode/ustring.h>
#include <unicode/utypes.h>
#include <unicode/localpointer.h>
#include <unicode/ucasemap.h>
*/
import "C"
import "unsafe"
func doICU(tag, caser, input string) string {
err := C.UErrorCode(0)
loc := C.CString(tag)
cm := C.ucasemap_open(loc, C.uint32_t(0), &err)
buf := make([]byte, len(input)*4)
dst := (*C.char)(unsafe.Pointer(&buf[0]))
src := C.CString(input)
cn := C.int32_t(0)
switch caser {
case "fold":
cn = C.ucasemap_utf8FoldCase(cm,
dst, C.int32_t(len(buf)),
src, C.int32_t(len(input)),
&err)
case "lower":
cn = C.ucasemap_utf8ToLower(cm,
dst, C.int32_t(len(buf)),
src, C.int32_t(len(input)),
&err)
case "upper":
cn = C.ucasemap_utf8ToUpper(cm,
dst, C.int32_t(len(buf)),
src, C.int32_t(len(input)),
&err)
case "title":
cn = C.ucasemap_utf8ToTitle(cm,
dst, C.int32_t(len(buf)),
src, C.int32_t(len(input)),
&err)
}
return string(buf[:cn])
}

82
vendor/golang.org/x/text/cases/info.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package cases
func (c info) cccVal() info {
if c&exceptionBit != 0 {
return info(exceptions[c>>exceptionShift]) & cccMask
}
return c & cccMask
}
func (c info) cccType() info {
ccc := c.cccVal()
if ccc <= cccZero {
return cccZero
}
return ccc
}
// TODO: Implement full Unicode breaking algorithm:
// 1) Implement breaking in separate package.
// 2) Use the breaker here.
// 3) Compare table size and performance of using the more generic breaker.
//
// Note that we can extend the current algorithm to be much more accurate. This
// only makes sense, though, if the performance and/or space penalty of using
// the generic breaker is big. Extra data will only be needed for non-cased
// runes, which means there are sufficient bits left in the caseType.
// ICU prohibits breaking in such cases as well.
// For the purpose of title casing we use an approximation of the Unicode Word
// Breaking algorithm defined in Annex #29:
// https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr29/#Default_Grapheme_Cluster_Table.
//
// For our approximation, we group the Word Break types into the following
// categories, with associated rules:
//
// 1) Letter:
// ALetter, Hebrew_Letter, Numeric, ExtendNumLet, Extend, Format_FE, ZWJ.
// Rule: Never break between consecutive runes of this category.
//
// 2) Mid:
// MidLetter, MidNumLet, Single_Quote.
// (Cf. case-ignorable: MidLetter, MidNumLet, Single_Quote or cat is Mn,
// Me, Cf, Lm or Sk).
// Rule: Don't break between Letter and Mid, but break between two Mids.
//
// 3) Break:
// Any other category: NewLine, MidNum, CR, LF, Double_Quote, Katakana, and
// Other.
// These categories should always result in a break between two cased letters.
// Rule: Always break.
//
// Note 1: the Katakana and MidNum categories can, in esoteric cases, result in
// preventing a break between two cased letters. For now we will ignore this
// (e.g. [ALetter] [ExtendNumLet] [Katakana] [ExtendNumLet] [ALetter] and
// [ALetter] [Numeric] [MidNum] [Numeric] [ALetter].)
//
// Note 2: the rule for Mid is very approximate, but works in most cases. To
// improve, we could store the categories in the trie value and use a FA to
// manage breaks. See TODO comment above.
//
// Note 3: according to the spec, it is possible for the Extend category to
// introduce breaks between other categories grouped in Letter. However, this
// is undesirable for our purposes. ICU prevents breaks in such cases as well.
// isBreak returns whether this rune should introduce a break.
func (c info) isBreak() bool {
return c.cccVal() == cccBreak
}
// isLetter returns whether the rune is of break type ALetter, Hebrew_Letter,
// Numeric, ExtendNumLet, or Extend.
func (c info) isLetter() bool {
ccc := c.cccVal()
if ccc == cccZero {
return !c.isCaseIgnorable()
}
return ccc != cccBreak
}

816
vendor/golang.org/x/text/cases/map.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,816 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package cases
// This file contains the definitions of case mappings for all supported
// languages. The rules for the language-specific tailorings were taken and
// modified from the CLDR transform definitions in common/transforms.
import (
"strings"
"unicode"
"unicode/utf8"
"golang.org/x/text/internal"
"golang.org/x/text/language"
"golang.org/x/text/transform"
"golang.org/x/text/unicode/norm"
)
// A mapFunc takes a context set to the current rune and writes the mapped
// version to the same context. It may advance the context to the next rune. It
// returns whether a checkpoint is possible: whether the pDst bytes written to
// dst so far won't need changing as we see more source bytes.
type mapFunc func(*context) bool
// A spanFunc takes a context set to the current rune and returns whether this
// rune would be altered when written to the output. It may advance the context
// to the next rune. It returns whether a checkpoint is possible.
type spanFunc func(*context) bool
// maxIgnorable defines the maximum number of ignorables to consider for
// lookahead operations.
const maxIgnorable = 30
// supported lists the language tags for which we have tailorings.
const supported = "und af az el lt nl tr"
func init() {
tags := []language.Tag{}
for _, s := range strings.Split(supported, " ") {
tags = append(tags, language.MustParse(s))
}
matcher = internal.NewInheritanceMatcher(tags)
Supported = language.NewCoverage(tags)
}
var (
matcher *internal.InheritanceMatcher
Supported language.Coverage
// We keep the following lists separate, instead of having a single per-
// language struct, to give the compiler a chance to remove unused code.
// Some uppercase mappers are stateless, so we can precompute the
// Transformers and save a bit on runtime allocations.
upperFunc = []struct {
upper mapFunc
span spanFunc
}{
{nil, nil}, // und
{nil, nil}, // af
{aztrUpper(upper), isUpper}, // az
{elUpper, noSpan}, // el
{ltUpper(upper), noSpan}, // lt
{nil, nil}, // nl
{aztrUpper(upper), isUpper}, // tr
}
undUpper transform.SpanningTransformer = &undUpperCaser{}
undLower transform.SpanningTransformer = &undLowerCaser{}
undLowerIgnoreSigma transform.SpanningTransformer = &undLowerIgnoreSigmaCaser{}
lowerFunc = []mapFunc{
nil, // und
nil, // af
aztrLower, // az
nil, // el
ltLower, // lt
nil, // nl
aztrLower, // tr
}
titleInfos = []struct {
title mapFunc
lower mapFunc
titleSpan spanFunc
rewrite func(*context)
}{
{title, lower, isTitle, nil}, // und
{title, lower, isTitle, afnlRewrite}, // af
{aztrUpper(title), aztrLower, isTitle, nil}, // az
{title, lower, isTitle, nil}, // el
{ltUpper(title), ltLower, noSpan, nil}, // lt
{nlTitle, lower, nlTitleSpan, afnlRewrite}, // nl
{aztrUpper(title), aztrLower, isTitle, nil}, // tr
}
)
func makeUpper(t language.Tag, o options) transform.SpanningTransformer {
_, i, _ := matcher.Match(t)
f := upperFunc[i].upper
if f == nil {
return undUpper
}
return &simpleCaser{f: f, span: upperFunc[i].span}
}
func makeLower(t language.Tag, o options) transform.SpanningTransformer {
_, i, _ := matcher.Match(t)
f := lowerFunc[i]
if f == nil {
if o.ignoreFinalSigma {
return undLowerIgnoreSigma
}
return undLower
}
if o.ignoreFinalSigma {
return &simpleCaser{f: f, span: isLower}
}
return &lowerCaser{
first: f,
midWord: finalSigma(f),
}
}
func makeTitle(t language.Tag, o options) transform.SpanningTransformer {
_, i, _ := matcher.Match(t)
x := &titleInfos[i]
lower := x.lower
if o.noLower {
lower = (*context).copy
} else if !o.ignoreFinalSigma {
lower = finalSigma(lower)
}
return &titleCaser{
title: x.title,
lower: lower,
titleSpan: x.titleSpan,
rewrite: x.rewrite,
}
}
func noSpan(c *context) bool {
c.err = transform.ErrEndOfSpan
return false
}
// TODO: consider a similar special case for the fast majority lower case. This
// is a bit more involved so will require some more precise benchmarking to
// justify it.
type undUpperCaser struct{ transform.NopResetter }
// undUpperCaser implements the Transformer interface for doing an upper case
// mapping for the root locale (und). It eliminates the need for an allocation
// as it prevents escaping by not using function pointers.
func (t undUpperCaser) Transform(dst, src []byte, atEOF bool) (nDst, nSrc int, err error) {
c := context{dst: dst, src: src, atEOF: atEOF}
for c.next() {
upper(&c)
c.checkpoint()
}
return c.ret()
}
func (t undUpperCaser) Span(src []byte, atEOF bool) (n int, err error) {
c := context{src: src, atEOF: atEOF}
for c.next() && isUpper(&c) {
c.checkpoint()
}
return c.retSpan()
}
// undLowerIgnoreSigmaCaser implements the Transformer interface for doing
// a lower case mapping for the root locale (und) ignoring final sigma
// handling. This casing algorithm is used in some performance-critical packages
// like secure/precis and x/net/http/idna, which warrants its special-casing.
type undLowerIgnoreSigmaCaser struct{ transform.NopResetter }
func (t undLowerIgnoreSigmaCaser) Transform(dst, src []byte, atEOF bool) (nDst, nSrc int, err error) {
c := context{dst: dst, src: src, atEOF: atEOF}
for c.next() && lower(&c) {
c.checkpoint()
}
return c.ret()
}
// Span implements a generic lower-casing. This is possible as isLower works
// for all lowercasing variants. All lowercase variants only vary in how they
// transform a non-lowercase letter. They will never change an already lowercase
// letter. In addition, there is no state.
func (t undLowerIgnoreSigmaCaser) Span(src []byte, atEOF bool) (n int, err error) {
c := context{src: src, atEOF: atEOF}
for c.next() && isLower(&c) {
c.checkpoint()
}
return c.retSpan()
}
type simpleCaser struct {
context
f mapFunc
span spanFunc
}
// simpleCaser implements the Transformer interface for doing a case operation
// on a rune-by-rune basis.
func (t *simpleCaser) Transform(dst, src []byte, atEOF bool) (nDst, nSrc int, err error) {
c := context{dst: dst, src: src, atEOF: atEOF}
for c.next() && t.f(&c) {
c.checkpoint()
}
return c.ret()
}
func (t *simpleCaser) Span(src []byte, atEOF bool) (n int, err error) {
c := context{src: src, atEOF: atEOF}
for c.next() && t.span(&c) {
c.checkpoint()
}
return c.retSpan()
}
// undLowerCaser implements the Transformer interface for doing a lower case
// mapping for the root locale (und) ignoring final sigma handling. This casing
// algorithm is used in some performance-critical packages like secure/precis
// and x/net/http/idna, which warrants its special-casing.
type undLowerCaser struct{ transform.NopResetter }
func (t undLowerCaser) Transform(dst, src []byte, atEOF bool) (nDst, nSrc int, err error) {
c := context{dst: dst, src: src, atEOF: atEOF}
for isInterWord := true; c.next(); {
if isInterWord {
if c.info.isCased() {
if !lower(&c) {
break
}
isInterWord = false
} else if !c.copy() {
break
}
} else {
if c.info.isNotCasedAndNotCaseIgnorable() {
if !c.copy() {
break
}
isInterWord = true
} else if !c.hasPrefix("Σ") {
if !lower(&c) {
break
}
} else if !finalSigmaBody(&c) {
break
}
}
c.checkpoint()
}
return c.ret()
}
func (t undLowerCaser) Span(src []byte, atEOF bool) (n int, err error) {
c := context{src: src, atEOF: atEOF}
for c.next() && isLower(&c) {
c.checkpoint()
}
return c.retSpan()
}
// lowerCaser implements the Transformer interface. The default Unicode lower
// casing requires different treatment for the first and subsequent characters
// of a word, most notably to handle the Greek final Sigma.
type lowerCaser struct {
undLowerIgnoreSigmaCaser
context
first, midWord mapFunc
}
func (t *lowerCaser) Transform(dst, src []byte, atEOF bool) (nDst, nSrc int, err error) {
t.context = context{dst: dst, src: src, atEOF: atEOF}
c := &t.context
for isInterWord := true; c.next(); {
if isInterWord {
if c.info.isCased() {
if !t.first(c) {
break
}
isInterWord = false
} else if !c.copy() {
break
}
} else {
if c.info.isNotCasedAndNotCaseIgnorable() {
if !c.copy() {
break
}
isInterWord = true
} else if !t.midWord(c) {
break
}
}
c.checkpoint()
}
return c.ret()
}
// titleCaser implements the Transformer interface. Title casing algorithms
// distinguish between the first letter of a word and subsequent letters of the
// same word. It uses state to avoid requiring a potentially infinite lookahead.
type titleCaser struct {
context
// rune mappings used by the actual casing algorithms.
title mapFunc
lower mapFunc
titleSpan spanFunc
rewrite func(*context)
}
// Transform implements the standard Unicode title case algorithm as defined in
// Chapter 3 of The Unicode Standard:
// toTitlecase(X): Find the word boundaries in X according to Unicode Standard
// Annex #29, "Unicode Text Segmentation." For each word boundary, find the
// first cased character F following the word boundary. If F exists, map F to
// Titlecase_Mapping(F); then map all characters C between F and the following
// word boundary to Lowercase_Mapping(C).
func (t *titleCaser) Transform(dst, src []byte, atEOF bool) (nDst, nSrc int, err error) {
t.context = context{dst: dst, src: src, atEOF: atEOF, isMidWord: t.isMidWord}
c := &t.context
if !c.next() {
return c.ret()
}
for {
p := c.info
if t.rewrite != nil {
t.rewrite(c)
}
wasMid := p.isMid()
// Break out of this loop on failure to ensure we do not modify the
// state incorrectly.
if p.isCased() {
if !c.isMidWord {
if !t.title(c) {
break
}
c.isMidWord = true
} else if !t.lower(c) {
break
}
} else if !c.copy() {
break
} else if p.isBreak() {
c.isMidWord = false
}
// As we save the state of the transformer, it is safe to call
// checkpoint after any successful write.
if !(c.isMidWord && wasMid) {
c.checkpoint()
}
if !c.next() {
break
}
if wasMid && c.info.isMid() {
c.isMidWord = false
}
}
return c.ret()
}
func (t *titleCaser) Span(src []byte, atEOF bool) (n int, err error) {
t.context = context{src: src, atEOF: atEOF, isMidWord: t.isMidWord}
c := &t.context
if !c.next() {
return c.retSpan()
}
for {
p := c.info
if t.rewrite != nil {
t.rewrite(c)
}
wasMid := p.isMid()
// Break out of this loop on failure to ensure we do not modify the
// state incorrectly.
if p.isCased() {
if !c.isMidWord {
if !t.titleSpan(c) {
break
}
c.isMidWord = true
} else if !isLower(c) {
break
}
} else if p.isBreak() {
c.isMidWord = false
}
// As we save the state of the transformer, it is safe to call
// checkpoint after any successful write.
if !(c.isMidWord && wasMid) {
c.checkpoint()
}
if !c.next() {
break
}
if wasMid && c.info.isMid() {
c.isMidWord = false
}
}
return c.retSpan()
}
// finalSigma adds Greek final Sigma handing to another casing function. It
// determines whether a lowercased sigma should be σ or ς, by looking ahead for
// case-ignorables and a cased letters.
func finalSigma(f mapFunc) mapFunc {
return func(c *context) bool {
if !c.hasPrefix("Σ") {
return f(c)
}
return finalSigmaBody(c)
}
}
func finalSigmaBody(c *context) bool {
// Current rune must be ∑.
// ::NFD();
// # 03A3; 03C2; 03A3; 03A3; Final_Sigma; # GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA
// Σ } [:case-ignorable:]* [:cased:] → σ;
// [:cased:] [:case-ignorable:]* { Σ → ς;
// ::Any-Lower;
// ::NFC();
p := c.pDst
c.writeString("ς")
// TODO: we should do this here, but right now this will never have an
// effect as this is called when the prefix is Sigma, whereas Dutch and
// Afrikaans only test for an apostrophe.
//
// if t.rewrite != nil {
// t.rewrite(c)
// }
// We need to do one more iteration after maxIgnorable, as a cased
// letter is not an ignorable and may modify the result.
wasMid := false
for i := 0; i < maxIgnorable+1; i++ {
if !c.next() {
return false
}
if !c.info.isCaseIgnorable() {
// All Midword runes are also case ignorable, so we are
// guaranteed to have a letter or word break here. As we are
// unreading the run, there is no need to unset c.isMidWord;
// the title caser will handle this.
if c.info.isCased() {
// p+1 is guaranteed to be in bounds: if writing ς was
// successful, p+1 will contain the second byte of ς. If not,
// this function will have returned after c.next returned false.
c.dst[p+1]++ // ς → σ
}
c.unreadRune()
return true
}
// A case ignorable may also introduce a word break, so we may need
// to continue searching even after detecting a break.
isMid := c.info.isMid()
if (wasMid && isMid) || c.info.isBreak() {
c.isMidWord = false
}
wasMid = isMid
c.copy()
}
return true
}
// finalSigmaSpan would be the same as isLower.
// elUpper implements Greek upper casing, which entails removing a predefined
// set of non-blocked modifiers. Note that these accents should not be removed
// for title casing!
// Example: "Οδός" -> "ΟΔΟΣ".
func elUpper(c *context) bool {
// From CLDR:
// [:Greek:] [^[:ccc=Not_Reordered:][:ccc=Above:]]*? { [\u0313\u0314\u0301\u0300\u0306\u0342\u0308\u0304] → ;
// [:Greek:] [^[:ccc=Not_Reordered:][:ccc=Iota_Subscript:]]*? { \u0345 → ;
r, _ := utf8.DecodeRune(c.src[c.pSrc:])
oldPDst := c.pDst
if !upper(c) {
return false
}
if !unicode.Is(unicode.Greek, r) {
return true
}
i := 0
// Take the properties of the uppercased rune that is already written to the
// destination. This saves us the trouble of having to uppercase the
// decomposed rune again.
if b := norm.NFD.Properties(c.dst[oldPDst:]).Decomposition(); b != nil {
// Restore the destination position and process the decomposed rune.
r, sz := utf8.DecodeRune(b)
if r <= 0xFF { // See A.6.1
return true
}
c.pDst = oldPDst
// Insert the first rune and ignore the modifiers. See A.6.2.
c.writeBytes(b[:sz])
i = len(b[sz:]) / 2 // Greek modifiers are always of length 2.
}
for ; i < maxIgnorable && c.next(); i++ {
switch r, _ := utf8.DecodeRune(c.src[c.pSrc:]); r {
// Above and Iota Subscript
case 0x0300, // U+0300 COMBINING GRAVE ACCENT
0x0301, // U+0301 COMBINING ACUTE ACCENT
0x0304, // U+0304 COMBINING MACRON
0x0306, // U+0306 COMBINING BREVE
0x0308, // U+0308 COMBINING DIAERESIS
0x0313, // U+0313 COMBINING COMMA ABOVE
0x0314, // U+0314 COMBINING REVERSED COMMA ABOVE
0x0342, // U+0342 COMBINING GREEK PERISPOMENI
0x0345: // U+0345 COMBINING GREEK YPOGEGRAMMENI
// No-op. Gobble the modifier.
default:
switch v, _ := trie.lookup(c.src[c.pSrc:]); info(v).cccType() {
case cccZero:
c.unreadRune()
return true
// We don't need to test for IotaSubscript as the only rune that
// qualifies (U+0345) was already excluded in the switch statement
// above. See A.4.
case cccAbove:
return c.copy()
default:
// Some other modifier. We're still allowed to gobble Greek
// modifiers after this.
c.copy()
}
}
}
return i == maxIgnorable
}
// TODO: implement elUpperSpan (low-priority: complex and infrequent).
func ltLower(c *context) bool {
// From CLDR:
// # Introduce an explicit dot above when lowercasing capital I's and J's
// # whenever there are more accents above.
// # (of the accents used in Lithuanian: grave, acute, tilde above, and ogonek)
// # 0049; 0069 0307; 0049; 0049; lt More_Above; # LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I
// # 004A; 006A 0307; 004A; 004A; lt More_Above; # LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J
// # 012E; 012F 0307; 012E; 012E; lt More_Above; # LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH OGONEK
// # 00CC; 0069 0307 0300; 00CC; 00CC; lt; # LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH GRAVE
// # 00CD; 0069 0307 0301; 00CD; 00CD; lt; # LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH ACUTE
// # 0128; 0069 0307 0303; 0128; 0128; lt; # LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH TILDE
// ::NFD();
// I } [^[:ccc=Not_Reordered:][:ccc=Above:]]* [:ccc=Above:] → i \u0307;
// J } [^[:ccc=Not_Reordered:][:ccc=Above:]]* [:ccc=Above:] → j \u0307;
// I \u0328 (Į) } [^[:ccc=Not_Reordered:][:ccc=Above:]]* [:ccc=Above:] → i \u0328 \u0307;
// I \u0300 (Ì) → i \u0307 \u0300;
// I \u0301 (Í) → i \u0307 \u0301;
// I \u0303 (Ĩ) → i \u0307 \u0303;
// ::Any-Lower();
// ::NFC();
i := 0
if r := c.src[c.pSrc]; r < utf8.RuneSelf {
lower(c)
if r != 'I' && r != 'J' {
return true
}
} else {
p := norm.NFD.Properties(c.src[c.pSrc:])
if d := p.Decomposition(); len(d) >= 3 && (d[0] == 'I' || d[0] == 'J') {
// UTF-8 optimization: the decomposition will only have an above
// modifier if the last rune of the decomposition is in [U+300-U+311].
// In all other cases, a decomposition starting with I is always
// an I followed by modifiers that are not cased themselves. See A.2.
if d[1] == 0xCC && d[2] <= 0x91 { // A.2.4.
if !c.writeBytes(d[:1]) {
return false
}
c.dst[c.pDst-1] += 'a' - 'A' // lower
// Assumption: modifier never changes on lowercase. See A.1.
// Assumption: all modifiers added have CCC = Above. See A.2.3.
return c.writeString("\u0307") && c.writeBytes(d[1:])
}
// In all other cases the additional modifiers will have a CCC
// that is less than 230 (Above). We will insert the U+0307, if
// needed, after these modifiers so that a string in FCD form
// will remain so. See A.2.2.
lower(c)
i = 1
} else {
return lower(c)
}
}
for ; i < maxIgnorable && c.next(); i++ {
switch c.info.cccType() {
case cccZero:
c.unreadRune()
return true
case cccAbove:
return c.writeString("\u0307") && c.copy() // See A.1.
default:
c.copy() // See A.1.
}
}
return i == maxIgnorable
}
// ltLowerSpan would be the same as isLower.
func ltUpper(f mapFunc) mapFunc {
return func(c *context) bool {
// Unicode:
// 0307; 0307; ; ; lt After_Soft_Dotted; # COMBINING DOT ABOVE
//
// From CLDR:
// # Remove \u0307 following soft-dotteds (i, j, and the like), with possible
// # intervening non-230 marks.
// ::NFD();
// [:Soft_Dotted:] [^[:ccc=Not_Reordered:][:ccc=Above:]]* { \u0307 → ;
// ::Any-Upper();
// ::NFC();
// TODO: See A.5. A soft-dotted rune never has an exception. This would
// allow us to overload the exception bit and encode this property in
// info. Need to measure performance impact of this.
r, _ := utf8.DecodeRune(c.src[c.pSrc:])
oldPDst := c.pDst
if !f(c) {
return false
}
if !unicode.Is(unicode.Soft_Dotted, r) {
return true
}
// We don't need to do an NFD normalization, as a soft-dotted rune never
// contains U+0307. See A.3.
i := 0
for ; i < maxIgnorable && c.next(); i++ {
switch c.info.cccType() {
case cccZero:
c.unreadRune()
return true
case cccAbove:
if c.hasPrefix("\u0307") {
// We don't do a full NFC, but rather combine runes for
// some of the common cases. (Returning NFC or
// preserving normal form is neither a requirement nor
// a possibility anyway).
if !c.next() {
return false
}
if c.dst[oldPDst] == 'I' && c.pDst == oldPDst+1 && c.src[c.pSrc] == 0xcc {
s := ""
switch c.src[c.pSrc+1] {
case 0x80: // U+0300 COMBINING GRAVE ACCENT
s = "\u00cc" // U+00CC LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH GRAVE
case 0x81: // U+0301 COMBINING ACUTE ACCENT
s = "\u00cd" // U+00CD LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH ACUTE
case 0x83: // U+0303 COMBINING TILDE
s = "\u0128" // U+0128 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH TILDE
case 0x88: // U+0308 COMBINING DIAERESIS
s = "\u00cf" // U+00CF LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS
default:
}
if s != "" {
c.pDst = oldPDst
return c.writeString(s)
}
}
}
return c.copy()
default:
c.copy()
}
}
return i == maxIgnorable
}
}
// TODO: implement ltUpperSpan (low priority: complex and infrequent).
func aztrUpper(f mapFunc) mapFunc {
return func(c *context) bool {
// i→İ;
if c.src[c.pSrc] == 'i' {
return c.writeString("İ")
}
return f(c)
}
}
func aztrLower(c *context) (done bool) {
// From CLDR:
// # I and i-dotless; I-dot and i are case pairs in Turkish and Azeri
// # 0130; 0069; 0130; 0130; tr; # LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DOT ABOVE
// İ→i;
// # When lowercasing, remove dot_above in the sequence I + dot_above, which will turn into i.
// # This matches the behavior of the canonically equivalent I-dot_above
// # 0307; ; 0307; 0307; tr After_I; # COMBINING DOT ABOVE
// # When lowercasing, unless an I is before a dot_above, it turns into a dotless i.
// # 0049; 0131; 0049; 0049; tr Not_Before_Dot; # LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I
// I([^[:ccc=Not_Reordered:][:ccc=Above:]]*)\u0307 → i$1 ;
// I→ı ;
// ::Any-Lower();
if c.hasPrefix("\u0130") { // İ
return c.writeString("i")
}
if c.src[c.pSrc] != 'I' {
return lower(c)
}
// We ignore the lower-case I for now, but insert it later when we know
// which form we need.
start := c.pSrc + c.sz
i := 0
Loop:
// We check for up to n ignorables before \u0307. As \u0307 is an
// ignorable as well, n is maxIgnorable-1.
for ; i < maxIgnorable && c.next(); i++ {
switch c.info.cccType() {
case cccAbove:
if c.hasPrefix("\u0307") {
return c.writeString("i") && c.writeBytes(c.src[start:c.pSrc]) // ignore U+0307
}
done = true
break Loop
case cccZero:
c.unreadRune()
done = true
break Loop
default:
// We'll write this rune after we know which starter to use.
}
}
if i == maxIgnorable {
done = true
}
return c.writeString("ı") && c.writeBytes(c.src[start:c.pSrc+c.sz]) && done
}
// aztrLowerSpan would be the same as isLower.
func nlTitle(c *context) bool {
// From CLDR:
// # Special titlecasing for Dutch initial "ij".
// ::Any-Title();
// # Fix up Ij at the beginning of a "word" (per Any-Title, not UAX #29)
// [:^WB=ALetter:] [:WB=Extend:]* [[:WB=MidLetter:][:WB=MidNumLet:]]? { Ij } → IJ ;
if c.src[c.pSrc] != 'I' && c.src[c.pSrc] != 'i' {
return title(c)
}
if !c.writeString("I") || !c.next() {
return false
}
if c.src[c.pSrc] == 'j' || c.src[c.pSrc] == 'J' {
return c.writeString("J")
}
c.unreadRune()
return true
}
func nlTitleSpan(c *context) bool {
// From CLDR:
// # Special titlecasing for Dutch initial "ij".
// ::Any-Title();
// # Fix up Ij at the beginning of a "word" (per Any-Title, not UAX #29)
// [:^WB=ALetter:] [:WB=Extend:]* [[:WB=MidLetter:][:WB=MidNumLet:]]? { Ij } → IJ ;
if c.src[c.pSrc] != 'I' {
return isTitle(c)
}
if !c.next() || c.src[c.pSrc] == 'j' {
return false
}
if c.src[c.pSrc] != 'J' {
c.unreadRune()
}
return true
}
// Not part of CLDR, but see https://unicode.org/cldr/trac/ticket/7078.
func afnlRewrite(c *context) {
if c.hasPrefix("'") || c.hasPrefix("") {
c.isMidWord = true
}
}

2527
vendor/golang.org/x/text/cases/tables15.0.0.go generated vendored Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2642
vendor/golang.org/x/text/cases/tables17.0.0.go generated vendored Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

217
vendor/golang.org/x/text/cases/trieval.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
// Code generated by running "go generate" in golang.org/x/text. DO NOT EDIT.
package cases
// This file contains definitions for interpreting the trie value of the case
// trie generated by "go run gen*.go". It is shared by both the generator
// program and the resultant package. Sharing is achieved by the generator
// copying gen_trieval.go to trieval.go and changing what's above this comment.
// info holds case information for a single rune. It is the value returned
// by a trie lookup. Most mapping information can be stored in a single 16-bit
// value. If not, for example when a rune is mapped to multiple runes, the value
// stores some basic case data and an index into an array with additional data.
//
// The per-rune values have the following format:
//
// if (exception) {
// 15..4 unsigned exception index
// } else {
// 15..8 XOR pattern or index to XOR pattern for case mapping
// Only 13..8 are used for XOR patterns.
// 7 inverseFold (fold to upper, not to lower)
// 6 index: interpret the XOR pattern as an index
// or isMid if case mode is cIgnorableUncased.
// 5..4 CCC: zero (normal or break), above or other
// }
// 3 exception: interpret this value as an exception index
// (TODO: is this bit necessary? Probably implied from case mode.)
// 2..0 case mode
//
// For the non-exceptional cases, a rune must be either uncased, lowercase or
// uppercase. If the rune is cased, the XOR pattern maps either a lowercase
// rune to uppercase or an uppercase rune to lowercase (applied to the 10
// least-significant bits of the rune).
//
// See the definitions below for a more detailed description of the various
// bits.
type info uint16
const (
casedMask = 0x0003
fullCasedMask = 0x0007
ignorableMask = 0x0006
ignorableValue = 0x0004
inverseFoldBit = 1 << 7
isMidBit = 1 << 6
exceptionBit = 1 << 3
exceptionShift = 4
numExceptionBits = 12
xorIndexBit = 1 << 6
xorShift = 8
// There is no mapping if all xor bits and the exception bit are zero.
hasMappingMask = 0xff80 | exceptionBit
)
// The case mode bits encodes the case type of a rune. This includes uncased,
// title, upper and lower case and case ignorable. (For a definition of these
// terms see Chapter 3 of The Unicode Standard Core Specification.) In some rare
// cases, a rune can be both cased and case-ignorable. This is encoded by
// cIgnorableCased. A rune of this type is always lower case. Some runes are
// cased while not having a mapping.
//
// A common pattern for scripts in the Unicode standard is for upper and lower
// case runes to alternate for increasing rune values (e.g. the accented Latin
// ranges starting from U+0100 and U+1E00 among others and some Cyrillic
// characters). We use this property by defining a cXORCase mode, where the case
// mode (always upper or lower case) is derived from the rune value. As the XOR
// pattern for case mappings is often identical for successive runes, using
// cXORCase can result in large series of identical trie values. This, in turn,
// allows us to better compress the trie blocks.
const (
cUncased info = iota // 000
cTitle // 001
cLower // 010
cUpper // 011
cIgnorableUncased // 100
cIgnorableCased // 101 // lower case if mappings exist
cXORCase // 11x // case is cLower | ((rune&1) ^ x)
maxCaseMode = cUpper
)
func (c info) isCased() bool {
return c&casedMask != 0
}
func (c info) isCaseIgnorable() bool {
return c&ignorableMask == ignorableValue
}
func (c info) isNotCasedAndNotCaseIgnorable() bool {
return c&fullCasedMask == 0
}
func (c info) isCaseIgnorableAndNotCased() bool {
return c&fullCasedMask == cIgnorableUncased
}
func (c info) isMid() bool {
return c&(fullCasedMask|isMidBit) == isMidBit|cIgnorableUncased
}
// The case mapping implementation will need to know about various Canonical
// Combining Class (CCC) values. We encode two of these in the trie value:
// cccZero (0) and cccAbove (230). If the value is cccOther, it means that
// CCC(r) > 0, but not 230. A value of cccBreak means that CCC(r) == 0 and that
// the rune also has the break category Break (see below).
const (
cccBreak info = iota << 4
cccZero
cccAbove
cccOther
cccMask = cccBreak | cccZero | cccAbove | cccOther
)
const (
starter = 0
above = 230
iotaSubscript = 240
)
// The exceptions slice holds data that does not fit in a normal info entry.
// The entry is pointed to by the exception index in an entry. It has the
// following format:
//
// Header:
//
// byte 0:
// 7..6 unused
// 5..4 CCC type (same bits as entry)
// 3 unused
// 2..0 length of fold
//
// byte 1:
// 7..6 unused
// 5..3 length of 1st mapping of case type
// 2..0 length of 2nd mapping of case type
//
// case 1st 2nd
// lower -> upper, title
// upper -> lower, title
// title -> lower, upper
//
// Lengths with the value 0x7 indicate no value and implies no change.
// A length of 0 indicates a mapping to zero-length string.
//
// Body bytes:
//
// case folding bytes
// lowercase mapping bytes
// uppercase mapping bytes
// titlecase mapping bytes
// closure mapping bytes (for NFKC_Casefold). (TODO)
//
// Fallbacks:
//
// missing fold -> lower
// missing title -> upper
// all missing -> original rune
//
// exceptions starts with a dummy byte to enforce that there is no zero index
// value.
const (
lengthMask = 0x07
lengthBits = 3
noChange = 0
)
// References to generated trie.
var trie = newCaseTrie(0)
var sparse = sparseBlocks{
values: sparseValues[:],
offsets: sparseOffsets[:],
}
// Sparse block lookup code.
// valueRange is an entry in a sparse block.
type valueRange struct {
value uint16
lo, hi byte
}
type sparseBlocks struct {
values []valueRange
offsets []uint16
}
// lookup returns the value from values block n for byte b using binary search.
func (s *sparseBlocks) lookup(n uint32, b byte) uint16 {
lo := s.offsets[n]
hi := s.offsets[n+1]
for lo < hi {
m := lo + (hi-lo)/2
r := s.values[m]
if r.lo <= b && b <= r.hi {
return r.value
}
if b < r.lo {
hi = m
} else {
lo = m + 1
}
}
return 0
}
// lastRuneForTesting is the last rune used for testing. Everything after this
// is boring.
const lastRuneForTesting = rune(0x1FFFF)

49
vendor/golang.org/x/text/internal/internal.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
// Package internal contains non-exported functionality that are used by
// packages in the text repository.
package internal // import "golang.org/x/text/internal"
import (
"sort"
"golang.org/x/text/language"
)
// SortTags sorts tags in place.
func SortTags(tags []language.Tag) {
sort.Sort(sorter(tags))
}
type sorter []language.Tag
func (s sorter) Len() int {
return len(s)
}
func (s sorter) Swap(i, j int) {
s[i], s[j] = s[j], s[i]
}
func (s sorter) Less(i, j int) bool {
return s[i].String() < s[j].String()
}
// UniqueTags sorts and filters duplicate tags in place and returns a slice with
// only unique tags.
func UniqueTags(tags []language.Tag) []language.Tag {
if len(tags) <= 1 {
return tags
}
SortTags(tags)
k := 0
for i := 1; i < len(tags); i++ {
if tags[k].String() < tags[i].String() {
k++
tags[k] = tags[i]
}
}
return tags[:k+1]
}

16
vendor/golang.org/x/text/internal/language/common.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
// Code generated by running "go generate" in golang.org/x/text. DO NOT EDIT.
package language
// This file contains code common to the maketables.go and the package code.
// AliasType is the type of an alias in AliasMap.
type AliasType int8
const (
Deprecated AliasType = iota
Macro
Legacy
AliasTypeUnknown AliasType = -1
)

29
vendor/golang.org/x/text/internal/language/compact.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
// Copyright 2018 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package language
// CompactCoreInfo is a compact integer with the three core tags encoded.
type CompactCoreInfo uint32
// GetCompactCore generates a uint32 value that is guaranteed to be unique for
// different language, region, and script values.
func GetCompactCore(t Tag) (cci CompactCoreInfo, ok bool) {
if t.LangID > langNoIndexOffset {
return 0, false
}
cci |= CompactCoreInfo(t.LangID) << (8 + 12)
cci |= CompactCoreInfo(t.ScriptID) << 12
cci |= CompactCoreInfo(t.RegionID)
return cci, true
}
// Tag generates a tag from c.
func (c CompactCoreInfo) Tag() Tag {
return Tag{
LangID: Language(c >> 20),
RegionID: Region(c & 0x3ff),
ScriptID: Script(c>>12) & 0xff,
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
// Copyright 2018 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
// Package compact defines a compact representation of language tags.
//
// Common language tags (at least all for which locale information is defined
// in CLDR) are assigned a unique index. Each Tag is associated with such an
// ID for selecting language-related resources (such as translations) as well
// as one for selecting regional defaults (currency, number formatting, etc.)
//
// It may want to export this functionality at some point, but at this point
// this is only available for use within x/text.
package compact // import "golang.org/x/text/internal/language/compact"
import (
"sort"
"strings"
"golang.org/x/text/internal/language"
)
// ID is an integer identifying a single tag.
type ID uint16
func getCoreIndex(t language.Tag) (id ID, ok bool) {
cci, ok := language.GetCompactCore(t)
if !ok {
return 0, false
}
i := sort.Search(len(coreTags), func(i int) bool {
return cci <= coreTags[i]
})
if i == len(coreTags) || coreTags[i] != cci {
return 0, false
}
return ID(i), true
}
// Parent returns the ID of the parent or the root ID if id is already the root.
func (id ID) Parent() ID {
return parents[id]
}
// Tag converts id to an internal language Tag.
func (id ID) Tag() language.Tag {
if int(id) >= len(coreTags) {
return specialTags[int(id)-len(coreTags)]
}
return coreTags[id].Tag()
}
var specialTags []language.Tag
func init() {
tags := strings.Split(specialTagsStr, " ")
specialTags = make([]language.Tag, len(tags))
for i, t := range tags {
specialTags[i] = language.MustParse(t)
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
// Copyright 2013 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
//go:generate go run gen.go gen_index.go -output tables.go
//go:generate go run gen_parents.go
package compact
// TODO: Remove above NOTE after:
// - verifying that tables are dropped correctly (most notably matcher tables).
import (
"strings"
"golang.org/x/text/internal/language"
)
// Tag represents a BCP 47 language tag. It is used to specify an instance of a
// specific language or locale. All language tag values are guaranteed to be
// well-formed.
type Tag struct {
// NOTE: exported tags will become part of the public API.
language ID
locale ID
full fullTag // always a language.Tag for now.
}
const _und = 0
type fullTag interface {
IsRoot() bool
Parent() language.Tag
}
// Make a compact Tag from a fully specified internal language Tag.
func Make(t language.Tag) (tag Tag) {
if region := t.TypeForKey("rg"); len(region) == 6 && region[2:] == "zzzz" {
if r, err := language.ParseRegion(region[:2]); err == nil {
tFull := t
t, _ = t.SetTypeForKey("rg", "")
// TODO: should we not consider "va" for the language tag?
var exact1, exact2 bool
tag.language, exact1 = FromTag(t)
t.RegionID = r
tag.locale, exact2 = FromTag(t)
if !exact1 || !exact2 {
tag.full = tFull
}
return tag
}
}
lang, ok := FromTag(t)
tag.language = lang
tag.locale = lang
if !ok {
tag.full = t
}
return tag
}
// Tag returns an internal language Tag version of this tag.
func (t Tag) Tag() language.Tag {
if t.full != nil {
return t.full.(language.Tag)
}
tag := t.language.Tag()
if t.language != t.locale {
loc := t.locale.Tag()
tag, _ = tag.SetTypeForKey("rg", strings.ToLower(loc.RegionID.String())+"zzzz")
}
return tag
}
// IsCompact reports whether this tag is fully defined in terms of ID.
func (t *Tag) IsCompact() bool {
return t.full == nil
}
// MayHaveVariants reports whether a tag may have variants. If it returns false
// it is guaranteed the tag does not have variants.
func (t Tag) MayHaveVariants() bool {
return t.full != nil || int(t.language) >= len(coreTags)
}
// MayHaveExtensions reports whether a tag may have extensions. If it returns
// false it is guaranteed the tag does not have them.
func (t Tag) MayHaveExtensions() bool {
return t.full != nil ||
int(t.language) >= len(coreTags) ||
t.language != t.locale
}
// IsRoot returns true if t is equal to language "und".
func (t Tag) IsRoot() bool {
if t.full != nil {
return t.full.IsRoot()
}
return t.language == _und
}
// Parent returns the CLDR parent of t. In CLDR, missing fields in data for a
// specific language are substituted with fields from the parent language.
// The parent for a language may change for newer versions of CLDR.
func (t Tag) Parent() Tag {
if t.full != nil {
return Make(t.full.Parent())
}
if t.language != t.locale {
// Simulate stripping -u-rg-xxxxxx
return Tag{language: t.language, locale: t.language}
}
// TODO: use parent lookup table once cycle from internal package is
// removed. Probably by internalizing the table and declaring this fast
// enough.
// lang := compactID(internal.Parent(uint16(t.language)))
lang, _ := FromTag(t.language.Tag().Parent())
return Tag{language: lang, locale: lang}
}
// nextToken returns token t and the rest of the string.
func nextToken(s string) (t, tail string) {
p := strings.Index(s[1:], "-")
if p == -1 {
return s[1:], ""
}
p++
return s[1:p], s[p:]
}
// LanguageID returns an index, where 0 <= index < NumCompactTags, for tags
// for which data exists in the text repository.The index will change over time
// and should not be stored in persistent storage. If t does not match a compact
// index, exact will be false and the compact index will be returned for the
// first match after repeatedly taking the Parent of t.
func LanguageID(t Tag) (id ID, exact bool) {
return t.language, t.full == nil
}
// RegionalID returns the ID for the regional variant of this tag. This index is
// used to indicate region-specific overrides, such as default currency, default
// calendar and week data, default time cycle, and default measurement system
// and unit preferences.
//
// For instance, the tag en-GB-u-rg-uszzzz specifies British English with US
// settings for currency, number formatting, etc. The CompactIndex for this tag
// will be that for en-GB, while the RegionalID will be the one corresponding to
// en-US.
func RegionalID(t Tag) (id ID, exact bool) {
return t.locale, t.full == nil
}
// LanguageTag returns t stripped of regional variant indicators.
//
// At the moment this means it is stripped of a regional and variant subtag "rg"
// and "va" in the "u" extension.
func (t Tag) LanguageTag() Tag {
if t.full == nil {
return Tag{language: t.language, locale: t.language}
}
tt := t.Tag()
tt.SetTypeForKey("rg", "")
tt.SetTypeForKey("va", "")
return Make(tt)
}
// RegionalTag returns the regional variant of the tag.
//
// At the moment this means that the region is set from the regional subtag
// "rg" in the "u" extension.
func (t Tag) RegionalTag() Tag {
rt := Tag{language: t.locale, locale: t.locale}
if t.full == nil {
return rt
}
b := language.Builder{}
tag := t.Tag()
// tag, _ = tag.SetTypeForKey("rg", "")
b.SetTag(t.locale.Tag())
if v := tag.Variants(); v != "" {
for _, v := range strings.Split(v, "-") {
b.AddVariant(v)
}
}
for _, e := range tag.Extensions() {
b.AddExt(e)
}
return t
}
// FromTag reports closest matching ID for an internal language Tag.
func FromTag(t language.Tag) (id ID, exact bool) {
// TODO: perhaps give more frequent tags a lower index.
// TODO: we could make the indexes stable. This will excluded some
// possibilities for optimization, so don't do this quite yet.
exact = true
b, s, r := t.Raw()
if t.HasString() {
if t.IsPrivateUse() {
// We have no entries for user-defined tags.
return 0, false
}
hasExtra := false
if t.HasVariants() {
if t.HasExtensions() {
build := language.Builder{}
build.SetTag(language.Tag{LangID: b, ScriptID: s, RegionID: r})
build.AddVariant(t.Variants())
exact = false
t = build.Make()
}
hasExtra = true
} else if _, ok := t.Extension('u'); ok {
// TODO: va may mean something else. Consider not considering it.
// Strip all but the 'va' entry.
old := t
variant := t.TypeForKey("va")
t = language.Tag{LangID: b, ScriptID: s, RegionID: r}
if variant != "" {
t, _ = t.SetTypeForKey("va", variant)
hasExtra = true
}
exact = old == t
} else {
exact = false
}
if hasExtra {
// We have some variants.
for i, s := range specialTags {
if s == t {
return ID(i + len(coreTags)), exact
}
}
exact = false
}
}
if x, ok := getCoreIndex(t); ok {
return x, exact
}
exact = false
if r != 0 && s == 0 {
// Deal with cases where an extra script is inserted for the region.
t, _ := t.Maximize()
if x, ok := getCoreIndex(t); ok {
return x, exact
}
}
for t = t.Parent(); t != root; t = t.Parent() {
// No variants specified: just compare core components.
// The key has the form lllssrrr, where l, s, and r are nibbles for
// respectively the langID, scriptID, and regionID.
if x, ok := getCoreIndex(t); ok {
return x, exact
}
}
return 0, exact
}
var root = language.Tag{}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
// Code generated by running "go generate" in golang.org/x/text. DO NOT EDIT.
package compact
// parents maps a compact index of a tag to the compact index of the parent of
// this tag.
var parents = []ID{ // 775 elements
// Entry 0 - 3F
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0001, 0x0001, 0x0000, 0x0004, 0x0000, 0x0006,
0x0000, 0x0008, 0x0000, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a,
0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a,
0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a,
0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x000a, 0x0000,
0x0000, 0x0028, 0x0000, 0x002a, 0x0000, 0x002c, 0x0000, 0x0000,
0x002f, 0x002e, 0x002e, 0x0000, 0x0033, 0x0000, 0x0035, 0x0000,
0x0037, 0x0000, 0x0039, 0x0000, 0x003b, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x003e,
// Entry 40 - 7F
0x0000, 0x0040, 0x0040, 0x0000, 0x0043, 0x0043, 0x0000, 0x0046,
0x0000, 0x0048, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x004b, 0x004a, 0x004a, 0x0000,
0x004f, 0x004f, 0x004f, 0x004f, 0x0000, 0x0054, 0x0054, 0x0000,
0x0057, 0x0000, 0x0059, 0x0000, 0x005b, 0x0000, 0x005d, 0x005d,
0x0000, 0x0060, 0x0000, 0x0062, 0x0000, 0x0064, 0x0000, 0x0066,
0x0066, 0x0000, 0x0069, 0x0000, 0x006b, 0x006b, 0x006b, 0x006b,
0x006b, 0x006b, 0x006b, 0x0000, 0x0073, 0x0000, 0x0075, 0x0000,
0x0077, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x007a, 0x0000, 0x007c, 0x0000, 0x007e,
// Entry 80 - BF
0x0000, 0x0080, 0x0080, 0x0000, 0x0083, 0x0083, 0x0000, 0x0086,
0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0086, 0x0088, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087,
0x0086, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0088,
0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0088, 0x0087, 0x0088, 0x0087,
0x0087, 0x0088, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087,
0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0086, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087,
0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087,
0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0086, 0x0087, 0x0086,
// Entry C0 - FF
0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087,
0x0088, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087,
0x0086, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0088, 0x0087,
0x0087, 0x0088, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087,
0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0086, 0x0086, 0x0087,
0x0087, 0x0086, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0087, 0x0000,
0x00ef, 0x0000, 0x00f1, 0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x00f2,
0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x00f1, 0x00f2, 0x00f1, 0x00f1,
// Entry 100 - 13F
0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x00f1, 0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x00f1,
0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x00f2, 0x0000, 0x010e,
0x0000, 0x0110, 0x0000, 0x0112, 0x0000, 0x0114, 0x0114, 0x0000,
0x0117, 0x0117, 0x0117, 0x0117, 0x0000, 0x011c, 0x0000, 0x011e,
0x0000, 0x0120, 0x0120, 0x0000, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123,
0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123,
0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123,
0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123,
// Entry 140 - 17F
0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123,
0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0123,
0x0123, 0x0123, 0x0000, 0x0152, 0x0000, 0x0154, 0x0000, 0x0156,
0x0000, 0x0158, 0x0000, 0x015a, 0x0000, 0x015c, 0x015c, 0x015c,
0x0000, 0x0160, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0163, 0x0000, 0x0165, 0x0000,
0x0167, 0x0167, 0x0167, 0x0000, 0x016b, 0x0000, 0x016d, 0x0000,
0x016f, 0x0000, 0x0171, 0x0171, 0x0000, 0x0174, 0x0000, 0x0176,
0x0000, 0x0178, 0x0000, 0x017a, 0x0000, 0x017c, 0x0000, 0x017e,
// Entry 180 - 1BF
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0182, 0x0000, 0x0184, 0x0184, 0x0184,
0x0184, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x018b, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x018e,
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0191, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0195, 0x0000,
0x0197, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x019a, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x019d, 0x0000,
0x019f, 0x0000, 0x01a1, 0x0000, 0x01a3, 0x0000, 0x01a5, 0x0000,
0x01a7, 0x0000, 0x01a9, 0x0000, 0x01ab, 0x0000, 0x01ad, 0x0000,
0x01af, 0x0000, 0x01b1, 0x01b1, 0x0000, 0x01b4, 0x0000, 0x01b6,
0x0000, 0x01b8, 0x0000, 0x01ba, 0x0000, 0x01bc, 0x0000, 0x0000,
// Entry 1C0 - 1FF
0x01bf, 0x0000, 0x01c1, 0x0000, 0x01c3, 0x0000, 0x01c5, 0x0000,
0x01c7, 0x0000, 0x01c9, 0x0000, 0x01cb, 0x01cb, 0x01cb, 0x01cb,
0x0000, 0x01d0, 0x0000, 0x01d2, 0x01d2, 0x0000, 0x01d5, 0x0000,
0x01d7, 0x0000, 0x01d9, 0x0000, 0x01db, 0x0000, 0x01dd, 0x0000,
0x01df, 0x01df, 0x0000, 0x01e2, 0x0000, 0x01e4, 0x0000, 0x01e6,
0x0000, 0x01e8, 0x0000, 0x01ea, 0x0000, 0x01ec, 0x0000, 0x01ee,
0x0000, 0x01f0, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x01f3, 0x0000, 0x01f5, 0x01f5,
0x01f5, 0x0000, 0x01f9, 0x0000, 0x01fb, 0x0000, 0x01fd, 0x0000,
// Entry 200 - 23F
0x01ff, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0202, 0x0000, 0x0204, 0x0204, 0x0000,
0x0207, 0x0000, 0x0209, 0x0209, 0x0000, 0x020c, 0x020c, 0x0000,
0x020f, 0x020f, 0x020f, 0x020f, 0x020f, 0x020f, 0x020f, 0x0000,
0x0217, 0x0000, 0x0219, 0x0000, 0x021b, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0221, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0224, 0x0000, 0x0226,
0x0226, 0x0000, 0x0229, 0x0000, 0x022b, 0x022b, 0x0000, 0x0000,
0x022f, 0x022e, 0x022e, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0234, 0x0000, 0x0236,
0x0000, 0x0238, 0x0000, 0x0244, 0x023a, 0x0244, 0x0244, 0x0244,
// Entry 240 - 27F
0x0244, 0x0244, 0x0244, 0x0244, 0x023a, 0x0244, 0x0244, 0x0000,
0x0247, 0x0247, 0x0247, 0x0000, 0x024b, 0x0000, 0x024d, 0x0000,
0x024f, 0x024f, 0x0000, 0x0252, 0x0000, 0x0254, 0x0254, 0x0254,
0x0254, 0x0254, 0x0254, 0x0000, 0x025b, 0x0000, 0x025d, 0x0000,
0x025f, 0x0000, 0x0261, 0x0000, 0x0263, 0x0000, 0x0265, 0x0000,
0x0000, 0x0268, 0x0268, 0x0268, 0x0000, 0x026c, 0x0000, 0x026e,
0x0000, 0x0270, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0274, 0x0273, 0x0273,
0x0000, 0x0278, 0x0000, 0x027a, 0x0000, 0x027c, 0x0000, 0x0000,
// Entry 280 - 2BF
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0281, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0284, 0x0000, 0x0286,
0x0286, 0x0286, 0x0286, 0x0000, 0x028b, 0x028b, 0x028b, 0x0000,
0x028f, 0x028f, 0x028f, 0x028f, 0x028f, 0x0000, 0x0295, 0x0295,
0x0295, 0x0295, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x029d, 0x029d,
0x029d, 0x0000, 0x02a1, 0x02a1, 0x02a1, 0x02a1, 0x0000, 0x0000,
0x02a7, 0x02a7, 0x02a7, 0x02a7, 0x0000, 0x02ac, 0x0000, 0x02ae,
0x02ae, 0x0000, 0x02b1, 0x0000, 0x02b3, 0x0000, 0x02b5, 0x02b5,
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x02b9, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x02bd, 0x0000,
// Entry 2C0 - 2FF
0x02bf, 0x02bf, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x02c3, 0x0000, 0x02c5, 0x0000,
0x02c7, 0x0000, 0x02c9, 0x0000, 0x02cb, 0x0000, 0x02cd, 0x02cd,
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x02d1, 0x0000, 0x02d3, 0x02d0, 0x02d0, 0x0000,
0x0000, 0x02d8, 0x02d7, 0x02d7, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x02dd, 0x0000,
0x02df, 0x0000, 0x02e1, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x02e4, 0x0000, 0x02e6,
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x02e9, 0x0000, 0x02eb, 0x0000, 0x02ed, 0x0000,
0x02ef, 0x02ef, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x02f3, 0x02f2, 0x02f2, 0x0000,
0x02f7, 0x0000, 0x02f9, 0x02f9, 0x02f9, 0x02f9, 0x02f9, 0x0000,
// Entry 300 - 33F
0x02ff, 0x0300, 0x02ff, 0x0000, 0x0303, 0x0051, 0x00e6,
} // Size: 1574 bytes
// Total table size 1574 bytes (1KiB); checksum: 895AAF0B

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
// Copyright 2013 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package compact
var (
und = Tag{}
Und Tag = Tag{}
Afrikaans Tag = Tag{language: afIndex, locale: afIndex}
Amharic Tag = Tag{language: amIndex, locale: amIndex}
Arabic Tag = Tag{language: arIndex, locale: arIndex}
ModernStandardArabic Tag = Tag{language: ar001Index, locale: ar001Index}
Azerbaijani Tag = Tag{language: azIndex, locale: azIndex}
Bulgarian Tag = Tag{language: bgIndex, locale: bgIndex}
Bengali Tag = Tag{language: bnIndex, locale: bnIndex}
Catalan Tag = Tag{language: caIndex, locale: caIndex}
Czech Tag = Tag{language: csIndex, locale: csIndex}
Danish Tag = Tag{language: daIndex, locale: daIndex}
German Tag = Tag{language: deIndex, locale: deIndex}
Greek Tag = Tag{language: elIndex, locale: elIndex}
English Tag = Tag{language: enIndex, locale: enIndex}
AmericanEnglish Tag = Tag{language: enUSIndex, locale: enUSIndex}
BritishEnglish Tag = Tag{language: enGBIndex, locale: enGBIndex}
Spanish Tag = Tag{language: esIndex, locale: esIndex}
EuropeanSpanish Tag = Tag{language: esESIndex, locale: esESIndex}
LatinAmericanSpanish Tag = Tag{language: es419Index, locale: es419Index}
Estonian Tag = Tag{language: etIndex, locale: etIndex}
Persian Tag = Tag{language: faIndex, locale: faIndex}
Finnish Tag = Tag{language: fiIndex, locale: fiIndex}
Filipino Tag = Tag{language: filIndex, locale: filIndex}
French Tag = Tag{language: frIndex, locale: frIndex}
CanadianFrench Tag = Tag{language: frCAIndex, locale: frCAIndex}
Gujarati Tag = Tag{language: guIndex, locale: guIndex}
Hebrew Tag = Tag{language: heIndex, locale: heIndex}
Hindi Tag = Tag{language: hiIndex, locale: hiIndex}
Croatian Tag = Tag{language: hrIndex, locale: hrIndex}
Hungarian Tag = Tag{language: huIndex, locale: huIndex}
Armenian Tag = Tag{language: hyIndex, locale: hyIndex}
Indonesian Tag = Tag{language: idIndex, locale: idIndex}
Icelandic Tag = Tag{language: isIndex, locale: isIndex}
Italian Tag = Tag{language: itIndex, locale: itIndex}
Japanese Tag = Tag{language: jaIndex, locale: jaIndex}
Georgian Tag = Tag{language: kaIndex, locale: kaIndex}
Kazakh Tag = Tag{language: kkIndex, locale: kkIndex}
Khmer Tag = Tag{language: kmIndex, locale: kmIndex}
Kannada Tag = Tag{language: knIndex, locale: knIndex}
Korean Tag = Tag{language: koIndex, locale: koIndex}
Kirghiz Tag = Tag{language: kyIndex, locale: kyIndex}
Lao Tag = Tag{language: loIndex, locale: loIndex}
Lithuanian Tag = Tag{language: ltIndex, locale: ltIndex}
Latvian Tag = Tag{language: lvIndex, locale: lvIndex}
Macedonian Tag = Tag{language: mkIndex, locale: mkIndex}
Malayalam Tag = Tag{language: mlIndex, locale: mlIndex}
Mongolian Tag = Tag{language: mnIndex, locale: mnIndex}
Marathi Tag = Tag{language: mrIndex, locale: mrIndex}
Malay Tag = Tag{language: msIndex, locale: msIndex}
Burmese Tag = Tag{language: myIndex, locale: myIndex}
Nepali Tag = Tag{language: neIndex, locale: neIndex}
Dutch Tag = Tag{language: nlIndex, locale: nlIndex}
Norwegian Tag = Tag{language: noIndex, locale: noIndex}
Punjabi Tag = Tag{language: paIndex, locale: paIndex}
Polish Tag = Tag{language: plIndex, locale: plIndex}
Portuguese Tag = Tag{language: ptIndex, locale: ptIndex}
BrazilianPortuguese Tag = Tag{language: ptBRIndex, locale: ptBRIndex}
EuropeanPortuguese Tag = Tag{language: ptPTIndex, locale: ptPTIndex}
Romanian Tag = Tag{language: roIndex, locale: roIndex}
Russian Tag = Tag{language: ruIndex, locale: ruIndex}
Sinhala Tag = Tag{language: siIndex, locale: siIndex}
Slovak Tag = Tag{language: skIndex, locale: skIndex}
Slovenian Tag = Tag{language: slIndex, locale: slIndex}
Albanian Tag = Tag{language: sqIndex, locale: sqIndex}
Serbian Tag = Tag{language: srIndex, locale: srIndex}
SerbianLatin Tag = Tag{language: srLatnIndex, locale: srLatnIndex}
Swedish Tag = Tag{language: svIndex, locale: svIndex}
Swahili Tag = Tag{language: swIndex, locale: swIndex}
Tamil Tag = Tag{language: taIndex, locale: taIndex}
Telugu Tag = Tag{language: teIndex, locale: teIndex}
Thai Tag = Tag{language: thIndex, locale: thIndex}
Turkish Tag = Tag{language: trIndex, locale: trIndex}
Ukrainian Tag = Tag{language: ukIndex, locale: ukIndex}
Urdu Tag = Tag{language: urIndex, locale: urIndex}
Uzbek Tag = Tag{language: uzIndex, locale: uzIndex}
Vietnamese Tag = Tag{language: viIndex, locale: viIndex}
Chinese Tag = Tag{language: zhIndex, locale: zhIndex}
SimplifiedChinese Tag = Tag{language: zhHansIndex, locale: zhHansIndex}
TraditionalChinese Tag = Tag{language: zhHantIndex, locale: zhHantIndex}
Zulu Tag = Tag{language: zuIndex, locale: zuIndex}
)

167
vendor/golang.org/x/text/internal/language/compose.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
// Copyright 2018 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package language
import (
"sort"
"strings"
)
// A Builder allows constructing a Tag from individual components.
// Its main user is Compose in the top-level language package.
type Builder struct {
Tag Tag
private string // the x extension
variants []string
extensions []string
}
// Make returns a new Tag from the current settings.
func (b *Builder) Make() Tag {
t := b.Tag
if len(b.extensions) > 0 || len(b.variants) > 0 {
sort.Sort(sortVariants(b.variants))
sort.Strings(b.extensions)
if b.private != "" {
b.extensions = append(b.extensions, b.private)
}
n := maxCoreSize + tokenLen(b.variants...) + tokenLen(b.extensions...)
buf := make([]byte, n)
p := t.genCoreBytes(buf)
t.pVariant = byte(p)
p += appendTokens(buf[p:], b.variants...)
t.pExt = uint16(p)
p += appendTokens(buf[p:], b.extensions...)
t.str = string(buf[:p])
// We may not always need to remake the string, but when or when not
// to do so is rather tricky.
scan := makeScanner(buf[:p])
t, _ = parse(&scan, "")
return t
} else if b.private != "" {
t.str = b.private
t.RemakeString()
}
return t
}
// SetTag copies all the settings from a given Tag. Any previously set values
// are discarded.
func (b *Builder) SetTag(t Tag) {
b.Tag.LangID = t.LangID
b.Tag.RegionID = t.RegionID
b.Tag.ScriptID = t.ScriptID
// TODO: optimize
b.variants = b.variants[:0]
if variants := t.Variants(); variants != "" {
for _, vr := range strings.Split(variants[1:], "-") {
b.variants = append(b.variants, vr)
}
}
b.extensions, b.private = b.extensions[:0], ""
for _, e := range t.Extensions() {
b.AddExt(e)
}
}
// AddExt adds extension e to the tag. e must be a valid extension as returned
// by Tag.Extension. If the extension already exists, it will be discarded,
// except for a -u extension, where non-existing key-type pairs will added.
func (b *Builder) AddExt(e string) {
if e[0] == 'x' {
if b.private == "" {
b.private = e
}
return
}
for i, s := range b.extensions {
if s[0] == e[0] {
if e[0] == 'u' {
b.extensions[i] += e[1:]
}
return
}
}
b.extensions = append(b.extensions, e)
}
// SetExt sets the extension e to the tag. e must be a valid extension as
// returned by Tag.Extension. If the extension already exists, it will be
// overwritten, except for a -u extension, where the individual key-type pairs
// will be set.
func (b *Builder) SetExt(e string) {
if e[0] == 'x' {
b.private = e
return
}
for i, s := range b.extensions {
if s[0] == e[0] {
if e[0] == 'u' {
b.extensions[i] = e + s[1:]
} else {
b.extensions[i] = e
}
return
}
}
b.extensions = append(b.extensions, e)
}
// AddVariant adds any number of variants.
func (b *Builder) AddVariant(v ...string) {
for _, v := range v {
if v != "" {
b.variants = append(b.variants, v)
}
}
}
// ClearVariants removes any variants previously added, including those
// copied from a Tag in SetTag.
func (b *Builder) ClearVariants() {
b.variants = b.variants[:0]
}
// ClearExtensions removes any extensions previously added, including those
// copied from a Tag in SetTag.
func (b *Builder) ClearExtensions() {
b.private = ""
b.extensions = b.extensions[:0]
}
func tokenLen(token ...string) (n int) {
for _, t := range token {
n += len(t) + 1
}
return
}
func appendTokens(b []byte, token ...string) int {
p := 0
for _, t := range token {
b[p] = '-'
copy(b[p+1:], t)
p += 1 + len(t)
}
return p
}
type sortVariants []string
func (s sortVariants) Len() int {
return len(s)
}
func (s sortVariants) Swap(i, j int) {
s[j], s[i] = s[i], s[j]
}
func (s sortVariants) Less(i, j int) bool {
return variantIndex[s[i]] < variantIndex[s[j]]
}

28
vendor/golang.org/x/text/internal/language/coverage.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package language
// BaseLanguages returns the list of all supported base languages. It generates
// the list by traversing the internal structures.
func BaseLanguages() []Language {
base := make([]Language, 0, NumLanguages)
for i := 0; i < langNoIndexOffset; i++ {
// We included "und" already for the value 0.
if i != nonCanonicalUnd {
base = append(base, Language(i))
}
}
i := langNoIndexOffset
for _, v := range langNoIndex {
for k := 0; k < 8; k++ {
if v&1 == 1 {
base = append(base, Language(i))
}
v >>= 1
i++
}
}
return base
}

627
vendor/golang.org/x/text/internal/language/language.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,627 @@
// Copyright 2013 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
//go:generate go run gen.go gen_common.go -output tables.go
package language // import "golang.org/x/text/internal/language"
// TODO: Remove above NOTE after:
// - verifying that tables are dropped correctly (most notably matcher tables).
import (
"errors"
"fmt"
"strings"
)
const (
// maxCoreSize is the maximum size of a BCP 47 tag without variants and
// extensions. Equals max lang (3) + script (4) + max reg (3) + 2 dashes.
maxCoreSize = 12
// max99thPercentileSize is a somewhat arbitrary buffer size that presumably
// is large enough to hold at least 99% of the BCP 47 tags.
max99thPercentileSize = 32
// maxSimpleUExtensionSize is the maximum size of a -u extension with one
// key-type pair. Equals len("-u-") + key (2) + dash + max value (8).
maxSimpleUExtensionSize = 14
)
// Tag represents a BCP 47 language tag. It is used to specify an instance of a
// specific language or locale. All language tag values are guaranteed to be
// well-formed. The zero value of Tag is Und.
type Tag struct {
// TODO: the following fields have the form TagTypeID. This name is chosen
// to allow refactoring the public package without conflicting with its
// Base, Script, and Region methods. Once the transition is fully completed
// the ID can be stripped from the name.
LangID Language
RegionID Region
// TODO: we will soon run out of positions for ScriptID. Idea: instead of
// storing lang, region, and ScriptID codes, store only the compact index and
// have a lookup table from this code to its expansion. This greatly speeds
// up table lookup, speed up common variant cases.
// This will also immediately free up 3 extra bytes. Also, the pVariant
// field can now be moved to the lookup table, as the compact index uniquely
// determines the offset of a possible variant.
ScriptID Script
pVariant byte // offset in str, includes preceding '-'
pExt uint16 // offset of first extension, includes preceding '-'
// str is the string representation of the Tag. It will only be used if the
// tag has variants or extensions.
str string
}
// Make is a convenience wrapper for Parse that omits the error.
// In case of an error, a sensible default is returned.
func Make(s string) Tag {
t, _ := Parse(s)
return t
}
// Raw returns the raw base language, script and region, without making an
// attempt to infer their values.
// TODO: consider removing
func (t Tag) Raw() (b Language, s Script, r Region) {
return t.LangID, t.ScriptID, t.RegionID
}
// equalTags compares language, script and region subtags only.
func (t Tag) equalTags(a Tag) bool {
return t.LangID == a.LangID && t.ScriptID == a.ScriptID && t.RegionID == a.RegionID
}
// IsRoot returns true if t is equal to language "und".
func (t Tag) IsRoot() bool {
if int(t.pVariant) < len(t.str) {
return false
}
return t.equalTags(Und)
}
// IsPrivateUse reports whether the Tag consists solely of an IsPrivateUse use
// tag.
func (t Tag) IsPrivateUse() bool {
return t.str != "" && t.pVariant == 0
}
// RemakeString is used to update t.str in case lang, script or region changed.
// It is assumed that pExt and pVariant still point to the start of the
// respective parts.
func (t *Tag) RemakeString() {
if t.str == "" {
return
}
extra := t.str[t.pVariant:]
if t.pVariant > 0 {
extra = extra[1:]
}
if t.equalTags(Und) && strings.HasPrefix(extra, "x-") {
t.str = extra
t.pVariant = 0
t.pExt = 0
return
}
var buf [max99thPercentileSize]byte // avoid extra memory allocation in most cases.
b := buf[:t.genCoreBytes(buf[:])]
if extra != "" {
diff := len(b) - int(t.pVariant)
b = append(b, '-')
b = append(b, extra...)
t.pVariant = uint8(int(t.pVariant) + diff)
t.pExt = uint16(int(t.pExt) + diff)
} else {
t.pVariant = uint8(len(b))
t.pExt = uint16(len(b))
}
t.str = string(b)
}
// genCoreBytes writes a string for the base languages, script and region tags
// to the given buffer and returns the number of bytes written. It will never
// write more than maxCoreSize bytes.
func (t *Tag) genCoreBytes(buf []byte) int {
n := t.LangID.StringToBuf(buf[:])
if t.ScriptID != 0 {
n += copy(buf[n:], "-")
n += copy(buf[n:], t.ScriptID.String())
}
if t.RegionID != 0 {
n += copy(buf[n:], "-")
n += copy(buf[n:], t.RegionID.String())
}
return n
}
// String returns the canonical string representation of the language tag.
func (t Tag) String() string {
if t.str != "" {
return t.str
}
if t.ScriptID == 0 && t.RegionID == 0 {
return t.LangID.String()
}
buf := [maxCoreSize]byte{}
return string(buf[:t.genCoreBytes(buf[:])])
}
// MarshalText implements encoding.TextMarshaler.
func (t Tag) MarshalText() (text []byte, err error) {
if t.str != "" {
text = append(text, t.str...)
} else if t.ScriptID == 0 && t.RegionID == 0 {
text = append(text, t.LangID.String()...)
} else {
buf := [maxCoreSize]byte{}
text = buf[:t.genCoreBytes(buf[:])]
}
return text, nil
}
// UnmarshalText implements encoding.TextUnmarshaler.
func (t *Tag) UnmarshalText(text []byte) error {
tag, err := Parse(string(text))
*t = tag
return err
}
// Variants returns the part of the tag holding all variants or the empty string
// if there are no variants defined.
func (t Tag) Variants() string {
if t.pVariant == 0 {
return ""
}
return t.str[t.pVariant:t.pExt]
}
// VariantOrPrivateUseTags returns variants or private use tags.
func (t Tag) VariantOrPrivateUseTags() string {
if t.pExt > 0 {
return t.str[t.pVariant:t.pExt]
}
return t.str[t.pVariant:]
}
// HasString reports whether this tag defines more than just the raw
// components.
func (t Tag) HasString() bool {
return t.str != ""
}
// Parent returns the CLDR parent of t. In CLDR, missing fields in data for a
// specific language are substituted with fields from the parent language.
// The parent for a language may change for newer versions of CLDR.
func (t Tag) Parent() Tag {
if t.str != "" {
// Strip the variants and extensions.
b, s, r := t.Raw()
t = Tag{LangID: b, ScriptID: s, RegionID: r}
if t.RegionID == 0 && t.ScriptID != 0 && t.LangID != 0 {
base, _ := addTags(Tag{LangID: t.LangID})
if base.ScriptID == t.ScriptID {
return Tag{LangID: t.LangID}
}
}
return t
}
if t.LangID != 0 {
if t.RegionID != 0 {
maxScript := t.ScriptID
if maxScript == 0 {
max, _ := addTags(t)
maxScript = max.ScriptID
}
for i := range parents {
if Language(parents[i].lang) == t.LangID && Script(parents[i].maxScript) == maxScript {
for _, r := range parents[i].fromRegion {
if Region(r) == t.RegionID {
return Tag{
LangID: t.LangID,
ScriptID: Script(parents[i].script),
RegionID: Region(parents[i].toRegion),
}
}
}
}
}
// Strip the script if it is the default one.
base, _ := addTags(Tag{LangID: t.LangID})
if base.ScriptID != maxScript {
return Tag{LangID: t.LangID, ScriptID: maxScript}
}
return Tag{LangID: t.LangID}
} else if t.ScriptID != 0 {
// The parent for an base-script pair with a non-default script is
// "und" instead of the base language.
base, _ := addTags(Tag{LangID: t.LangID})
if base.ScriptID != t.ScriptID {
return Und
}
return Tag{LangID: t.LangID}
}
}
return Und
}
// ParseExtension parses s as an extension and returns it on success.
func ParseExtension(s string) (ext string, err error) {
defer func() {
if recover() != nil {
ext = ""
err = ErrSyntax
}
}()
scan := makeScannerString(s)
var end int
if n := len(scan.token); n != 1 {
return "", ErrSyntax
}
scan.toLower(0, len(scan.b))
end = parseExtension(&scan)
if end != len(s) {
return "", ErrSyntax
}
return string(scan.b), nil
}
// HasVariants reports whether t has variants.
func (t Tag) HasVariants() bool {
return uint16(t.pVariant) < t.pExt
}
// HasExtensions reports whether t has extensions.
func (t Tag) HasExtensions() bool {
return int(t.pExt) < len(t.str)
}
// Extension returns the extension of type x for tag t. It will return
// false for ok if t does not have the requested extension. The returned
// extension will be invalid in this case.
func (t Tag) Extension(x byte) (ext string, ok bool) {
for i := int(t.pExt); i < len(t.str)-1; {
var ext string
i, ext = getExtension(t.str, i)
if ext[0] == x {
return ext, true
}
}
return "", false
}
// Extensions returns all extensions of t.
func (t Tag) Extensions() []string {
e := []string{}
for i := int(t.pExt); i < len(t.str)-1; {
var ext string
i, ext = getExtension(t.str, i)
e = append(e, ext)
}
return e
}
// TypeForKey returns the type associated with the given key, where key and type
// are of the allowed values defined for the Unicode locale extension ('u') in
// https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_Language_and_Locale_Identifiers.
// TypeForKey will traverse the inheritance chain to get the correct value.
//
// If there are multiple types associated with a key, only the first will be
// returned. If there is no type associated with a key, it returns the empty
// string.
func (t Tag) TypeForKey(key string) string {
if _, start, end, _ := t.findTypeForKey(key); end != start {
s := t.str[start:end]
if p := strings.IndexByte(s, '-'); p >= 0 {
s = s[:p]
}
return s
}
return ""
}
var (
errPrivateUse = errors.New("cannot set a key on a private use tag")
errInvalidArguments = errors.New("invalid key or type")
)
// SetTypeForKey returns a new Tag with the key set to type, where key and type
// are of the allowed values defined for the Unicode locale extension ('u') in
// https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_Language_and_Locale_Identifiers.
// An empty value removes an existing pair with the same key.
func (t Tag) SetTypeForKey(key, value string) (Tag, error) {
if t.IsPrivateUse() {
return t, errPrivateUse
}
if len(key) != 2 {
return t, errInvalidArguments
}
// Remove the setting if value is "".
if value == "" {
start, sep, end, _ := t.findTypeForKey(key)
if start != sep {
// Remove a possible empty extension.
switch {
case t.str[start-2] != '-': // has previous elements.
case end == len(t.str), // end of string
end+2 < len(t.str) && t.str[end+2] == '-': // end of extension
start -= 2
}
if start == int(t.pVariant) && end == len(t.str) {
t.str = ""
t.pVariant, t.pExt = 0, 0
} else {
t.str = fmt.Sprintf("%s%s", t.str[:start], t.str[end:])
}
}
return t, nil
}
if len(value) < 3 || len(value) > 8 {
return t, errInvalidArguments
}
var (
buf [maxCoreSize + maxSimpleUExtensionSize]byte
uStart int // start of the -u extension.
)
// Generate the tag string if needed.
if t.str == "" {
uStart = t.genCoreBytes(buf[:])
buf[uStart] = '-'
uStart++
}
// Create new key-type pair and parse it to verify.
b := buf[uStart:]
copy(b, "u-")
copy(b[2:], key)
b[4] = '-'
b = b[:5+copy(b[5:], value)]
scan := makeScanner(b)
if parseExtensions(&scan); scan.err != nil {
return t, scan.err
}
// Assemble the replacement string.
if t.str == "" {
t.pVariant, t.pExt = byte(uStart-1), uint16(uStart-1)
t.str = string(buf[:uStart+len(b)])
} else {
s := t.str
start, sep, end, hasExt := t.findTypeForKey(key)
if start == sep {
if hasExt {
b = b[2:]
}
t.str = fmt.Sprintf("%s-%s%s", s[:sep], b, s[end:])
} else {
t.str = fmt.Sprintf("%s-%s%s", s[:start+3], value, s[end:])
}
}
return t, nil
}
// findTypeForKey returns the start and end position for the type corresponding
// to key or the point at which to insert the key-value pair if the type
// wasn't found. The hasExt return value reports whether an -u extension was present.
// Note: the extensions are typically very small and are likely to contain
// only one key-type pair.
func (t Tag) findTypeForKey(key string) (start, sep, end int, hasExt bool) {
p := int(t.pExt)
if len(key) != 2 || p == len(t.str) || p == 0 {
return p, p, p, false
}
s := t.str
// Find the correct extension.
for p++; s[p] != 'u'; p++ {
if s[p] > 'u' {
p--
return p, p, p, false
}
if p = nextExtension(s, p); p == len(s) {
return len(s), len(s), len(s), false
}
}
// Proceed to the hyphen following the extension name.
p++
// curKey is the key currently being processed.
curKey := ""
// Iterate over keys until we get the end of a section.
for {
end = p
for p++; p < len(s) && s[p] != '-'; p++ {
}
n := p - end - 1
if n <= 2 && curKey == key {
if sep < end {
sep++
}
return start, sep, end, true
}
switch n {
case 0, // invalid string
1: // next extension
return end, end, end, true
case 2:
// next key
curKey = s[end+1 : p]
if curKey > key {
return end, end, end, true
}
start = end
sep = p
}
}
}
// ParseBase parses a 2- or 3-letter ISO 639 code.
// It returns a ValueError if s is a well-formed but unknown language identifier
// or another error if another error occurred.
func ParseBase(s string) (l Language, err error) {
defer func() {
if recover() != nil {
l = 0
err = ErrSyntax
}
}()
if n := len(s); n < 2 || 3 < n {
return 0, ErrSyntax
}
var buf [3]byte
return getLangID(buf[:copy(buf[:], s)])
}
// ParseScript parses a 4-letter ISO 15924 code.
// It returns a ValueError if s is a well-formed but unknown script identifier
// or another error if another error occurred.
func ParseScript(s string) (scr Script, err error) {
defer func() {
if recover() != nil {
scr = 0
err = ErrSyntax
}
}()
if len(s) != 4 {
return 0, ErrSyntax
}
var buf [4]byte
return getScriptID(script, buf[:copy(buf[:], s)])
}
// EncodeM49 returns the Region for the given UN M.49 code.
// It returns an error if r is not a valid code.
func EncodeM49(r int) (Region, error) {
return getRegionM49(r)
}
// ParseRegion parses a 2- or 3-letter ISO 3166-1 or a UN M.49 code.
// It returns a ValueError if s is a well-formed but unknown region identifier
// or another error if another error occurred.
func ParseRegion(s string) (r Region, err error) {
defer func() {
if recover() != nil {
r = 0
err = ErrSyntax
}
}()
if n := len(s); n < 2 || 3 < n {
return 0, ErrSyntax
}
var buf [3]byte
return getRegionID(buf[:copy(buf[:], s)])
}
// IsCountry returns whether this region is a country or autonomous area. This
// includes non-standard definitions from CLDR.
func (r Region) IsCountry() bool {
if r == 0 || r.IsGroup() || r.IsPrivateUse() && r != _XK {
return false
}
return true
}
// IsGroup returns whether this region defines a collection of regions. This
// includes non-standard definitions from CLDR.
func (r Region) IsGroup() bool {
if r == 0 {
return false
}
return int(regionInclusion[r]) < len(regionContainment)
}
// Contains returns whether Region c is contained by Region r. It returns true
// if c == r.
func (r Region) Contains(c Region) bool {
if r == c {
return true
}
g := regionInclusion[r]
if g >= nRegionGroups {
return false
}
m := regionContainment[g]
d := regionInclusion[c]
b := regionInclusionBits[d]
// A contained country may belong to multiple disjoint groups. Matching any
// of these indicates containment. If the contained region is a group, it
// must strictly be a subset.
if d >= nRegionGroups {
return b&m != 0
}
return b&^m == 0
}
var errNoTLD = errors.New("language: region is not a valid ccTLD")
// TLD returns the country code top-level domain (ccTLD). UK is returned for GB.
// In all other cases it returns either the region itself or an error.
//
// This method may return an error for a region for which there exists a
// canonical form with a ccTLD. To get that ccTLD canonicalize r first. The
// region will already be canonicalized it was obtained from a Tag that was
// obtained using any of the default methods.
func (r Region) TLD() (Region, error) {
// See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Country_code_top-level_domain for the
// difference between ISO 3166-1 and IANA ccTLD.
if r == _GB {
r = _UK
}
if (r.typ() & ccTLD) == 0 {
return 0, errNoTLD
}
return r, nil
}
// Canonicalize returns the region or a possible replacement if the region is
// deprecated. It will not return a replacement for deprecated regions that
// are split into multiple regions.
func (r Region) Canonicalize() Region {
if cr := normRegion(r); cr != 0 {
return cr
}
return r
}
// Variant represents a registered variant of a language as defined by BCP 47.
type Variant struct {
ID uint8
str string
}
// ParseVariant parses and returns a Variant. An error is returned if s is not
// a valid variant.
func ParseVariant(s string) (v Variant, err error) {
defer func() {
if recover() != nil {
v = Variant{}
err = ErrSyntax
}
}()
s = strings.ToLower(s)
if id, ok := variantIndex[s]; ok {
return Variant{id, s}, nil
}
return Variant{}, NewValueError([]byte(s))
}
// String returns the string representation of the variant.
func (v Variant) String() string {
return v.str
}

412
vendor/golang.org/x/text/internal/language/lookup.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
// Copyright 2013 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package language
import (
"bytes"
"fmt"
"sort"
"strconv"
"golang.org/x/text/internal/tag"
)
// findIndex tries to find the given tag in idx and returns a standardized error
// if it could not be found.
func findIndex(idx tag.Index, key []byte, form string) (index int, err error) {
if !tag.FixCase(form, key) {
return 0, ErrSyntax
}
i := idx.Index(key)
if i == -1 {
return 0, NewValueError(key)
}
return i, nil
}
func searchUint(imap []uint16, key uint16) int {
return sort.Search(len(imap), func(i int) bool {
return imap[i] >= key
})
}
type Language uint16
// getLangID returns the langID of s if s is a canonical subtag
// or langUnknown if s is not a canonical subtag.
func getLangID(s []byte) (Language, error) {
if len(s) == 2 {
return getLangISO2(s)
}
return getLangISO3(s)
}
// TODO language normalization as well as the AliasMaps could be moved to the
// higher level package, but it is a bit tricky to separate the generation.
func (id Language) Canonicalize() (Language, AliasType) {
return normLang(id)
}
// normLang returns the mapped langID of id according to mapping m.
func normLang(id Language) (Language, AliasType) {
k := sort.Search(len(AliasMap), func(i int) bool {
return AliasMap[i].From >= uint16(id)
})
if k < len(AliasMap) && AliasMap[k].From == uint16(id) {
return Language(AliasMap[k].To), AliasTypes[k]
}
return id, AliasTypeUnknown
}
// getLangISO2 returns the langID for the given 2-letter ISO language code
// or unknownLang if this does not exist.
func getLangISO2(s []byte) (Language, error) {
if !tag.FixCase("zz", s) {
return 0, ErrSyntax
}
if i := lang.Index(s); i != -1 && lang.Elem(i)[3] != 0 {
return Language(i), nil
}
return 0, NewValueError(s)
}
const base = 'z' - 'a' + 1
func strToInt(s []byte) uint {
v := uint(0)
for i := 0; i < len(s); i++ {
v *= base
v += uint(s[i] - 'a')
}
return v
}
// converts the given integer to the original ASCII string passed to strToInt.
// len(s) must match the number of characters obtained.
func intToStr(v uint, s []byte) {
for i := len(s) - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
s[i] = byte(v%base) + 'a'
v /= base
}
}
// getLangISO3 returns the langID for the given 3-letter ISO language code
// or unknownLang if this does not exist.
func getLangISO3(s []byte) (Language, error) {
if tag.FixCase("und", s) {
// first try to match canonical 3-letter entries
for i := lang.Index(s[:2]); i != -1; i = lang.Next(s[:2], i) {
if e := lang.Elem(i); e[3] == 0 && e[2] == s[2] {
// We treat "und" as special and always translate it to "unspecified".
// Note that ZZ and Zzzz are private use and are not treated as
// unspecified by default.
id := Language(i)
if id == nonCanonicalUnd {
return 0, nil
}
return id, nil
}
}
if i := altLangISO3.Index(s); i != -1 {
return Language(altLangIndex[altLangISO3.Elem(i)[3]]), nil
}
n := strToInt(s)
if langNoIndex[n/8]&(1<<(n%8)) != 0 {
return Language(n) + langNoIndexOffset, nil
}
// Check for non-canonical uses of ISO3.
for i := lang.Index(s[:1]); i != -1; i = lang.Next(s[:1], i) {
if e := lang.Elem(i); e[2] == s[1] && e[3] == s[2] {
return Language(i), nil
}
}
return 0, NewValueError(s)
}
return 0, ErrSyntax
}
// StringToBuf writes the string to b and returns the number of bytes
// written. cap(b) must be >= 3.
func (id Language) StringToBuf(b []byte) int {
if id >= langNoIndexOffset {
intToStr(uint(id)-langNoIndexOffset, b[:3])
return 3
} else if id == 0 {
return copy(b, "und")
}
l := lang[id<<2:]
if l[3] == 0 {
return copy(b, l[:3])
}
return copy(b, l[:2])
}
// String returns the BCP 47 representation of the langID.
// Use b as variable name, instead of id, to ensure the variable
// used is consistent with that of Base in which this type is embedded.
func (b Language) String() string {
if b == 0 {
return "und"
} else if b >= langNoIndexOffset {
b -= langNoIndexOffset
buf := [3]byte{}
intToStr(uint(b), buf[:])
return string(buf[:])
}
l := lang.Elem(int(b))
if l[3] == 0 {
return l[:3]
}
return l[:2]
}
// ISO3 returns the ISO 639-3 language code.
func (b Language) ISO3() string {
if b == 0 || b >= langNoIndexOffset {
return b.String()
}
l := lang.Elem(int(b))
if l[3] == 0 {
return l[:3]
} else if l[2] == 0 {
return altLangISO3.Elem(int(l[3]))[:3]
}
// This allocation will only happen for 3-letter ISO codes
// that are non-canonical BCP 47 language identifiers.
return l[0:1] + l[2:4]
}
// IsPrivateUse reports whether this language code is reserved for private use.
func (b Language) IsPrivateUse() bool {
return langPrivateStart <= b && b <= langPrivateEnd
}
// SuppressScript returns the script marked as SuppressScript in the IANA
// language tag repository, or 0 if there is no such script.
func (b Language) SuppressScript() Script {
if b < langNoIndexOffset {
return Script(suppressScript[b])
}
return 0
}
type Region uint16
// getRegionID returns the region id for s if s is a valid 2-letter region code
// or unknownRegion.
func getRegionID(s []byte) (Region, error) {
if len(s) == 3 {
if isAlpha(s[0]) {
return getRegionISO3(s)
}
if i, err := strconv.ParseUint(string(s), 10, 10); err == nil {
return getRegionM49(int(i))
}
}
return getRegionISO2(s)
}
// getRegionISO2 returns the regionID for the given 2-letter ISO country code
// or unknownRegion if this does not exist.
func getRegionISO2(s []byte) (Region, error) {
i, err := findIndex(regionISO, s, "ZZ")
if err != nil {
return 0, err
}
return Region(i) + isoRegionOffset, nil
}
// getRegionISO3 returns the regionID for the given 3-letter ISO country code
// or unknownRegion if this does not exist.
func getRegionISO3(s []byte) (Region, error) {
if tag.FixCase("ZZZ", s) {
for i := regionISO.Index(s[:1]); i != -1; i = regionISO.Next(s[:1], i) {
if e := regionISO.Elem(i); e[2] == s[1] && e[3] == s[2] {
return Region(i) + isoRegionOffset, nil
}
}
for i := 0; i < len(altRegionISO3); i += 3 {
if tag.Compare(altRegionISO3[i:i+3], s) == 0 {
return Region(altRegionIDs[i/3]), nil
}
}
return 0, NewValueError(s)
}
return 0, ErrSyntax
}
func getRegionM49(n int) (Region, error) {
if 0 < n && n <= 999 {
const (
searchBits = 7
regionBits = 9
regionMask = 1<<regionBits - 1
)
idx := n >> searchBits
buf := fromM49[m49Index[idx]:m49Index[idx+1]]
val := uint16(n) << regionBits // we rely on bits shifting out
i := sort.Search(len(buf), func(i int) bool {
return buf[i] >= val
})
if r := fromM49[int(m49Index[idx])+i]; r&^regionMask == val {
return Region(r & regionMask), nil
}
}
var e ValueError
fmt.Fprint(bytes.NewBuffer([]byte(e.v[:])), n)
return 0, e
}
// normRegion returns a region if r is deprecated or 0 otherwise.
// TODO: consider supporting BYS (-> BLR), CSK (-> 200 or CZ), PHI (-> PHL) and AFI (-> DJ).
// TODO: consider mapping split up regions to new most populous one (like CLDR).
func normRegion(r Region) Region {
m := regionOldMap
k := sort.Search(len(m), func(i int) bool {
return m[i].From >= uint16(r)
})
if k < len(m) && m[k].From == uint16(r) {
return Region(m[k].To)
}
return 0
}
const (
iso3166UserAssigned = 1 << iota
ccTLD
bcp47Region
)
func (r Region) typ() byte {
return regionTypes[r]
}
// String returns the BCP 47 representation for the region.
// It returns "ZZ" for an unspecified region.
func (r Region) String() string {
if r < isoRegionOffset {
if r == 0 {
return "ZZ"
}
return fmt.Sprintf("%03d", r.M49())
}
r -= isoRegionOffset
return regionISO.Elem(int(r))[:2]
}
// ISO3 returns the 3-letter ISO code of r.
// Note that not all regions have a 3-letter ISO code.
// In such cases this method returns "ZZZ".
func (r Region) ISO3() string {
if r < isoRegionOffset {
return "ZZZ"
}
r -= isoRegionOffset
reg := regionISO.Elem(int(r))
switch reg[2] {
case 0:
return altRegionISO3[reg[3]:][:3]
case ' ':
return "ZZZ"
}
return reg[0:1] + reg[2:4]
}
// M49 returns the UN M.49 encoding of r, or 0 if this encoding
// is not defined for r.
func (r Region) M49() int {
return int(m49[r])
}
// IsPrivateUse reports whether r has the ISO 3166 User-assigned status. This
// may include private-use tags that are assigned by CLDR and used in this
// implementation. So IsPrivateUse and IsCountry can be simultaneously true.
func (r Region) IsPrivateUse() bool {
return r.typ()&iso3166UserAssigned != 0
}
type Script uint16
// getScriptID returns the script id for string s. It assumes that s
// is of the format [A-Z][a-z]{3}.
func getScriptID(idx tag.Index, s []byte) (Script, error) {
i, err := findIndex(idx, s, "Zzzz")
return Script(i), err
}
// String returns the script code in title case.
// It returns "Zzzz" for an unspecified script.
func (s Script) String() string {
if s == 0 {
return "Zzzz"
}
return script.Elem(int(s))
}
// IsPrivateUse reports whether this script code is reserved for private use.
func (s Script) IsPrivateUse() bool {
return _Qaaa <= s && s <= _Qabx
}
const (
maxAltTaglen = len("en-US-POSIX")
maxLen = maxAltTaglen
)
var (
// grandfatheredMap holds a mapping from legacy and grandfathered tags to
// their base language or index to more elaborate tag.
grandfatheredMap = map[[maxLen]byte]int16{
[maxLen]byte{'a', 'r', 't', '-', 'l', 'o', 'j', 'b', 'a', 'n'}: _jbo, // art-lojban
[maxLen]byte{'i', '-', 'a', 'm', 'i'}: _ami, // i-ami
[maxLen]byte{'i', '-', 'b', 'n', 'n'}: _bnn, // i-bnn
[maxLen]byte{'i', '-', 'h', 'a', 'k'}: _hak, // i-hak
[maxLen]byte{'i', '-', 'k', 'l', 'i', 'n', 'g', 'o', 'n'}: _tlh, // i-klingon
[maxLen]byte{'i', '-', 'l', 'u', 'x'}: _lb, // i-lux
[maxLen]byte{'i', '-', 'n', 'a', 'v', 'a', 'j', 'o'}: _nv, // i-navajo
[maxLen]byte{'i', '-', 'p', 'w', 'n'}: _pwn, // i-pwn
[maxLen]byte{'i', '-', 't', 'a', 'o'}: _tao, // i-tao
[maxLen]byte{'i', '-', 't', 'a', 'y'}: _tay, // i-tay
[maxLen]byte{'i', '-', 't', 's', 'u'}: _tsu, // i-tsu
[maxLen]byte{'n', 'o', '-', 'b', 'o', 'k'}: _nb, // no-bok
[maxLen]byte{'n', 'o', '-', 'n', 'y', 'n'}: _nn, // no-nyn
[maxLen]byte{'s', 'g', 'n', '-', 'b', 'e', '-', 'f', 'r'}: _sfb, // sgn-BE-FR
[maxLen]byte{'s', 'g', 'n', '-', 'b', 'e', '-', 'n', 'l'}: _vgt, // sgn-BE-NL
[maxLen]byte{'s', 'g', 'n', '-', 'c', 'h', '-', 'd', 'e'}: _sgg, // sgn-CH-DE
[maxLen]byte{'z', 'h', '-', 'g', 'u', 'o', 'y', 'u'}: _cmn, // zh-guoyu
[maxLen]byte{'z', 'h', '-', 'h', 'a', 'k', 'k', 'a'}: _hak, // zh-hakka
[maxLen]byte{'z', 'h', '-', 'm', 'i', 'n', '-', 'n', 'a', 'n'}: _nan, // zh-min-nan
[maxLen]byte{'z', 'h', '-', 'x', 'i', 'a', 'n', 'g'}: _hsn, // zh-xiang
// Grandfathered tags with no modern replacement will be converted as
// follows:
[maxLen]byte{'c', 'e', 'l', '-', 'g', 'a', 'u', 'l', 'i', 's', 'h'}: -1, // cel-gaulish
[maxLen]byte{'e', 'n', '-', 'g', 'b', '-', 'o', 'e', 'd'}: -2, // en-GB-oed
[maxLen]byte{'i', '-', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'a', 'u', 'l', 't'}: -3, // i-default
[maxLen]byte{'i', '-', 'e', 'n', 'o', 'c', 'h', 'i', 'a', 'n'}: -4, // i-enochian
[maxLen]byte{'i', '-', 'm', 'i', 'n', 'g', 'o'}: -5, // i-mingo
[maxLen]byte{'z', 'h', '-', 'm', 'i', 'n'}: -6, // zh-min
// CLDR-specific tag.
[maxLen]byte{'r', 'o', 'o', 't'}: 0, // root
[maxLen]byte{'e', 'n', '-', 'u', 's', '-', 'p', 'o', 's', 'i', 'x'}: -7, // en_US_POSIX"
}
altTagIndex = [...]uint8{0, 17, 31, 45, 61, 74, 86, 102}
altTags = "xtg-x-cel-gaulishen-GB-oxendicten-x-i-defaultund-x-i-enochiansee-x-i-mingonan-x-zh-minen-US-u-va-posix"
)
func grandfathered(s [maxAltTaglen]byte) (t Tag, ok bool) {
if v, ok := grandfatheredMap[s]; ok {
if v < 0 {
return Make(altTags[altTagIndex[-v-1]:altTagIndex[-v]]), true
}
t.LangID = Language(v)
return t, true
}
return t, false
}

226
vendor/golang.org/x/text/internal/language/match.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
// Copyright 2013 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package language
import "errors"
type scriptRegionFlags uint8
const (
isList = 1 << iota
scriptInFrom
regionInFrom
)
func (t *Tag) setUndefinedLang(id Language) {
if t.LangID == 0 {
t.LangID = id
}
}
func (t *Tag) setUndefinedScript(id Script) {
if t.ScriptID == 0 {
t.ScriptID = id
}
}
func (t *Tag) setUndefinedRegion(id Region) {
if t.RegionID == 0 || t.RegionID.Contains(id) {
t.RegionID = id
}
}
// ErrMissingLikelyTagsData indicates no information was available
// to compute likely values of missing tags.
var ErrMissingLikelyTagsData = errors.New("missing likely tags data")
// addLikelySubtags sets subtags to their most likely value, given the locale.
// In most cases this means setting fields for unknown values, but in some
// cases it may alter a value. It returns an ErrMissingLikelyTagsData error
// if the given locale cannot be expanded.
func (t Tag) addLikelySubtags() (Tag, error) {
id, err := addTags(t)
if err != nil {
return t, err
} else if id.equalTags(t) {
return t, nil
}
id.RemakeString()
return id, nil
}
// specializeRegion attempts to specialize a group region.
func specializeRegion(t *Tag) bool {
if i := regionInclusion[t.RegionID]; i < nRegionGroups {
x := likelyRegionGroup[i]
if Language(x.lang) == t.LangID && Script(x.script) == t.ScriptID {
t.RegionID = Region(x.region)
}
return true
}
return false
}
// Maximize returns a new tag with missing tags filled in.
func (t Tag) Maximize() (Tag, error) {
return addTags(t)
}
func addTags(t Tag) (Tag, error) {
// We leave private use identifiers alone.
if t.IsPrivateUse() {
return t, nil
}
if t.ScriptID != 0 && t.RegionID != 0 {
if t.LangID != 0 {
// already fully specified
specializeRegion(&t)
return t, nil
}
// Search matches for und-script-region. Note that for these cases
// region will never be a group so there is no need to check for this.
list := likelyRegion[t.RegionID : t.RegionID+1]
if x := list[0]; x.flags&isList != 0 {
list = likelyRegionList[x.lang : x.lang+uint16(x.script)]
}
for _, x := range list {
// Deviating from the spec. See match_test.go for details.
if Script(x.script) == t.ScriptID {
t.setUndefinedLang(Language(x.lang))
return t, nil
}
}
}
if t.LangID != 0 {
// Search matches for lang-script and lang-region, where lang != und.
if t.LangID < langNoIndexOffset {
x := likelyLang[t.LangID]
if x.flags&isList != 0 {
list := likelyLangList[x.region : x.region+uint16(x.script)]
if t.ScriptID != 0 {
for _, x := range list {
if Script(x.script) == t.ScriptID && x.flags&scriptInFrom != 0 {
t.setUndefinedRegion(Region(x.region))
return t, nil
}
}
} else if t.RegionID != 0 {
count := 0
goodScript := true
tt := t
for _, x := range list {
// We visit all entries for which the script was not
// defined, including the ones where the region was not
// defined. This allows for proper disambiguation within
// regions.
if x.flags&scriptInFrom == 0 && t.RegionID.Contains(Region(x.region)) {
tt.RegionID = Region(x.region)
tt.setUndefinedScript(Script(x.script))
goodScript = goodScript && tt.ScriptID == Script(x.script)
count++
}
}
if count == 1 {
return tt, nil
}
// Even if we fail to find a unique Region, we might have
// an unambiguous script.
if goodScript {
t.ScriptID = tt.ScriptID
}
}
}
}
} else {
// Search matches for und-script.
if t.ScriptID != 0 {
x := likelyScript[t.ScriptID]
if x.region != 0 {
t.setUndefinedRegion(Region(x.region))
t.setUndefinedLang(Language(x.lang))
return t, nil
}
}
// Search matches for und-region. If und-script-region exists, it would
// have been found earlier.
if t.RegionID != 0 {
if i := regionInclusion[t.RegionID]; i < nRegionGroups {
x := likelyRegionGroup[i]
if x.region != 0 {
t.setUndefinedLang(Language(x.lang))
t.setUndefinedScript(Script(x.script))
t.RegionID = Region(x.region)
}
} else {
x := likelyRegion[t.RegionID]
if x.flags&isList != 0 {
x = likelyRegionList[x.lang]
}
if x.script != 0 && x.flags != scriptInFrom {
t.setUndefinedLang(Language(x.lang))
t.setUndefinedScript(Script(x.script))
return t, nil
}
}
}
}
// Search matches for lang.
if t.LangID < langNoIndexOffset {
x := likelyLang[t.LangID]
if x.flags&isList != 0 {
x = likelyLangList[x.region]
}
if x.region != 0 {
t.setUndefinedScript(Script(x.script))
t.setUndefinedRegion(Region(x.region))
}
specializeRegion(&t)
if t.LangID == 0 {
t.LangID = _en // default language
}
return t, nil
}
return t, ErrMissingLikelyTagsData
}
func (t *Tag) setTagsFrom(id Tag) {
t.LangID = id.LangID
t.ScriptID = id.ScriptID
t.RegionID = id.RegionID
}
// minimize removes the region or script subtags from t such that
// t.addLikelySubtags() == t.minimize().addLikelySubtags().
func (t Tag) minimize() (Tag, error) {
t, err := minimizeTags(t)
if err != nil {
return t, err
}
t.RemakeString()
return t, nil
}
// minimizeTags mimics the behavior of the ICU 51 C implementation.
func minimizeTags(t Tag) (Tag, error) {
if t.equalTags(Und) {
return t, nil
}
max, err := addTags(t)
if err != nil {
return t, err
}
for _, id := range [...]Tag{
{LangID: t.LangID},
{LangID: t.LangID, RegionID: t.RegionID},
{LangID: t.LangID, ScriptID: t.ScriptID},
} {
if x, err := addTags(id); err == nil && max.equalTags(x) {
t.setTagsFrom(id)
break
}
}
return t, nil
}

608
vendor/golang.org/x/text/internal/language/parse.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,608 @@
// Copyright 2013 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package language
import (
"bytes"
"errors"
"fmt"
"sort"
"golang.org/x/text/internal/tag"
)
// isAlpha returns true if the byte is not a digit.
// b must be an ASCII letter or digit.
func isAlpha(b byte) bool {
return b > '9'
}
// isAlphaNum returns true if the string contains only ASCII letters or digits.
func isAlphaNum(s []byte) bool {
for _, c := range s {
if !('a' <= c && c <= 'z' || 'A' <= c && c <= 'Z' || '0' <= c && c <= '9') {
return false
}
}
return true
}
// ErrSyntax is returned by any of the parsing functions when the
// input is not well-formed, according to BCP 47.
// TODO: return the position at which the syntax error occurred?
var ErrSyntax = errors.New("language: tag is not well-formed")
// ErrDuplicateKey is returned when a tag contains the same key twice with
// different values in the -u section.
var ErrDuplicateKey = errors.New("language: different values for same key in -u extension")
// ValueError is returned by any of the parsing functions when the
// input is well-formed but the respective subtag is not recognized
// as a valid value.
type ValueError struct {
v [8]byte
}
// NewValueError creates a new ValueError.
func NewValueError(tag []byte) ValueError {
var e ValueError
copy(e.v[:], tag)
return e
}
func (e ValueError) tag() []byte {
n := bytes.IndexByte(e.v[:], 0)
if n == -1 {
n = 8
}
return e.v[:n]
}
// Error implements the error interface.
func (e ValueError) Error() string {
return fmt.Sprintf("language: subtag %q is well-formed but unknown", e.tag())
}
// Subtag returns the subtag for which the error occurred.
func (e ValueError) Subtag() string {
return string(e.tag())
}
// scanner is used to scan BCP 47 tokens, which are separated by _ or -.
type scanner struct {
b []byte
bytes [max99thPercentileSize]byte
token []byte
start int // start position of the current token
end int // end position of the current token
next int // next point for scan
err error
done bool
}
func makeScannerString(s string) scanner {
scan := scanner{}
if len(s) <= len(scan.bytes) {
scan.b = scan.bytes[:copy(scan.bytes[:], s)]
} else {
scan.b = []byte(s)
}
scan.init()
return scan
}
// makeScanner returns a scanner using b as the input buffer.
// b is not copied and may be modified by the scanner routines.
func makeScanner(b []byte) scanner {
scan := scanner{b: b}
scan.init()
return scan
}
func (s *scanner) init() {
for i, c := range s.b {
if c == '_' {
s.b[i] = '-'
}
}
s.scan()
}
// restToLower converts the string between start and end to lower case.
func (s *scanner) toLower(start, end int) {
for i := start; i < end; i++ {
c := s.b[i]
if 'A' <= c && c <= 'Z' {
s.b[i] += 'a' - 'A'
}
}
}
func (s *scanner) setError(e error) {
if s.err == nil || (e == ErrSyntax && s.err != ErrSyntax) {
s.err = e
}
}
// resizeRange shrinks or grows the array at position oldStart such that
// a new string of size newSize can fit between oldStart and oldEnd.
// Sets the scan point to after the resized range.
func (s *scanner) resizeRange(oldStart, oldEnd, newSize int) {
s.start = oldStart
if end := oldStart + newSize; end != oldEnd {
diff := end - oldEnd
var b []byte
if n := len(s.b) + diff; n > cap(s.b) {
b = make([]byte, n)
copy(b, s.b[:oldStart])
} else {
b = s.b[:n]
}
copy(b[end:], s.b[oldEnd:])
s.b = b
s.next = end + (s.next - s.end)
s.end = end
}
}
// replace replaces the current token with repl.
func (s *scanner) replace(repl string) {
s.resizeRange(s.start, s.end, len(repl))
copy(s.b[s.start:], repl)
}
// gobble removes the current token from the input.
// Caller must call scan after calling gobble.
func (s *scanner) gobble(e error) {
s.setError(e)
if s.start == 0 {
s.b = s.b[:+copy(s.b, s.b[s.next:])]
s.end = 0
} else {
s.b = s.b[:s.start-1+copy(s.b[s.start-1:], s.b[s.end:])]
s.end = s.start - 1
}
s.next = s.start
}
// deleteRange removes the given range from s.b before the current token.
func (s *scanner) deleteRange(start, end int) {
s.b = s.b[:start+copy(s.b[start:], s.b[end:])]
diff := end - start
s.next -= diff
s.start -= diff
s.end -= diff
}
// scan parses the next token of a BCP 47 string. Tokens that are larger
// than 8 characters or include non-alphanumeric characters result in an error
// and are gobbled and removed from the output.
// It returns the end position of the last token consumed.
func (s *scanner) scan() (end int) {
end = s.end
s.token = nil
for s.start = s.next; s.next < len(s.b); {
i := bytes.IndexByte(s.b[s.next:], '-')
if i == -1 {
s.end = len(s.b)
s.next = len(s.b)
i = s.end - s.start
} else {
s.end = s.next + i
s.next = s.end + 1
}
token := s.b[s.start:s.end]
if i < 1 || i > 8 || !isAlphaNum(token) {
s.gobble(ErrSyntax)
continue
}
s.token = token
return end
}
if n := len(s.b); n > 0 && s.b[n-1] == '-' {
s.setError(ErrSyntax)
s.b = s.b[:len(s.b)-1]
}
s.done = true
return end
}
// acceptMinSize parses multiple tokens of the given size or greater.
// It returns the end position of the last token consumed.
func (s *scanner) acceptMinSize(min int) (end int) {
end = s.end
s.scan()
for ; len(s.token) >= min; s.scan() {
end = s.end
}
return end
}
// Parse parses the given BCP 47 string and returns a valid Tag. If parsing
// failed it returns an error and any part of the tag that could be parsed.
// If parsing succeeded but an unknown value was found, it returns
// ValueError. The Tag returned in this case is just stripped of the unknown
// value. All other values are preserved. It accepts tags in the BCP 47 format
// and extensions to this standard defined in
// https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_Language_and_Locale_Identifiers.
func Parse(s string) (t Tag, err error) {
// TODO: consider supporting old-style locale key-value pairs.
if s == "" {
return Und, ErrSyntax
}
defer func() {
if recover() != nil {
t = Und
err = ErrSyntax
return
}
}()
if len(s) <= maxAltTaglen {
b := [maxAltTaglen]byte{}
for i, c := range s {
// Generating invalid UTF-8 is okay as it won't match.
if 'A' <= c && c <= 'Z' {
c += 'a' - 'A'
} else if c == '_' {
c = '-'
}
b[i] = byte(c)
}
if t, ok := grandfathered(b); ok {
return t, nil
}
}
scan := makeScannerString(s)
return parse(&scan, s)
}
func parse(scan *scanner, s string) (t Tag, err error) {
t = Und
var end int
if n := len(scan.token); n <= 1 {
scan.toLower(0, len(scan.b))
if n == 0 || scan.token[0] != 'x' {
return t, ErrSyntax
}
end = parseExtensions(scan)
} else if n >= 4 {
return Und, ErrSyntax
} else { // the usual case
t, end = parseTag(scan, true)
if n := len(scan.token); n == 1 {
t.pExt = uint16(end)
end = parseExtensions(scan)
} else if end < len(scan.b) {
scan.setError(ErrSyntax)
scan.b = scan.b[:end]
}
}
if int(t.pVariant) < len(scan.b) {
if end < len(s) {
s = s[:end]
}
if len(s) > 0 && tag.Compare(s, scan.b) == 0 {
t.str = s
} else {
t.str = string(scan.b)
}
} else {
t.pVariant, t.pExt = 0, 0
}
return t, scan.err
}
// parseTag parses language, script, region and variants.
// It returns a Tag and the end position in the input that was parsed.
// If doNorm is true, then <lang>-<extlang> will be normalized to <extlang>.
func parseTag(scan *scanner, doNorm bool) (t Tag, end int) {
var e error
// TODO: set an error if an unknown lang, script or region is encountered.
t.LangID, e = getLangID(scan.token)
scan.setError(e)
scan.replace(t.LangID.String())
langStart := scan.start
end = scan.scan()
for len(scan.token) == 3 && isAlpha(scan.token[0]) {
// From http://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47, <lang>-<extlang> tags are equivalent
// to a tag of the form <extlang>.
if doNorm {
lang, e := getLangID(scan.token)
if lang != 0 {
t.LangID = lang
langStr := lang.String()
copy(scan.b[langStart:], langStr)
scan.b[langStart+len(langStr)] = '-'
scan.start = langStart + len(langStr) + 1
}
scan.gobble(e)
}
end = scan.scan()
}
if len(scan.token) == 4 && isAlpha(scan.token[0]) {
t.ScriptID, e = getScriptID(script, scan.token)
if t.ScriptID == 0 {
scan.gobble(e)
}
end = scan.scan()
}
if n := len(scan.token); n >= 2 && n <= 3 {
t.RegionID, e = getRegionID(scan.token)
if t.RegionID == 0 {
scan.gobble(e)
} else {
scan.replace(t.RegionID.String())
}
end = scan.scan()
}
scan.toLower(scan.start, len(scan.b))
t.pVariant = byte(end)
end = parseVariants(scan, end, t)
t.pExt = uint16(end)
return t, end
}
var separator = []byte{'-'}
// parseVariants scans tokens as long as each token is a valid variant string.
// Duplicate variants are removed.
func parseVariants(scan *scanner, end int, t Tag) int {
start := scan.start
varIDBuf := [4]uint8{}
variantBuf := [4][]byte{}
varID := varIDBuf[:0]
variant := variantBuf[:0]
last := -1
needSort := false
for ; len(scan.token) >= 4; scan.scan() {
// TODO: measure the impact of needing this conversion and redesign
// the data structure if there is an issue.
v, ok := variantIndex[string(scan.token)]
if !ok {
// unknown variant
// TODO: allow user-defined variants?
scan.gobble(NewValueError(scan.token))
continue
}
varID = append(varID, v)
variant = append(variant, scan.token)
if !needSort {
if last < int(v) {
last = int(v)
} else {
needSort = true
// There is no legal combinations of more than 7 variants
// (and this is by no means a useful sequence).
const maxVariants = 8
if len(varID) > maxVariants {
break
}
}
}
end = scan.end
}
if needSort {
sort.Sort(variantsSort{varID, variant})
k, l := 0, -1
for i, v := range varID {
w := int(v)
if l == w {
// Remove duplicates.
continue
}
varID[k] = varID[i]
variant[k] = variant[i]
k++
l = w
}
if str := bytes.Join(variant[:k], separator); len(str) == 0 {
end = start - 1
} else {
scan.resizeRange(start, end, len(str))
copy(scan.b[scan.start:], str)
end = scan.end
}
}
return end
}
type variantsSort struct {
i []uint8
v [][]byte
}
func (s variantsSort) Len() int {
return len(s.i)
}
func (s variantsSort) Swap(i, j int) {
s.i[i], s.i[j] = s.i[j], s.i[i]
s.v[i], s.v[j] = s.v[j], s.v[i]
}
func (s variantsSort) Less(i, j int) bool {
return s.i[i] < s.i[j]
}
type bytesSort struct {
b [][]byte
n int // first n bytes to compare
}
func (b bytesSort) Len() int {
return len(b.b)
}
func (b bytesSort) Swap(i, j int) {
b.b[i], b.b[j] = b.b[j], b.b[i]
}
func (b bytesSort) Less(i, j int) bool {
for k := 0; k < b.n; k++ {
if b.b[i][k] == b.b[j][k] {
continue
}
return b.b[i][k] < b.b[j][k]
}
return false
}
// parseExtensions parses and normalizes the extensions in the buffer.
// It returns the last position of scan.b that is part of any extension.
// It also trims scan.b to remove excess parts accordingly.
func parseExtensions(scan *scanner) int {
start := scan.start
exts := [][]byte{}
private := []byte{}
end := scan.end
for len(scan.token) == 1 {
extStart := scan.start
ext := scan.token[0]
end = parseExtension(scan)
extension := scan.b[extStart:end]
if len(extension) < 3 || (ext != 'x' && len(extension) < 4) {
scan.setError(ErrSyntax)
end = extStart
continue
} else if start == extStart && (ext == 'x' || scan.start == len(scan.b)) {
scan.b = scan.b[:end]
return end
} else if ext == 'x' {
private = extension
break
}
exts = append(exts, extension)
}
sort.Sort(bytesSort{exts, 1})
if len(private) > 0 {
exts = append(exts, private)
}
scan.b = scan.b[:start]
if len(exts) > 0 {
scan.b = append(scan.b, bytes.Join(exts, separator)...)
} else if start > 0 {
// Strip trailing '-'.
scan.b = scan.b[:start-1]
}
return end
}
// parseExtension parses a single extension and returns the position of
// the extension end.
func parseExtension(scan *scanner) int {
start, end := scan.start, scan.end
switch scan.token[0] {
case 'u': // https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6067.txt
attrStart := end
scan.scan()
for last := []byte{}; len(scan.token) > 2; scan.scan() {
if bytes.Compare(scan.token, last) != -1 {
// Attributes are unsorted. Start over from scratch.
p := attrStart + 1
scan.next = p
attrs := [][]byte{}
for scan.scan(); len(scan.token) > 2; scan.scan() {
attrs = append(attrs, scan.token)
end = scan.end
}
sort.Sort(bytesSort{attrs, 3})
copy(scan.b[p:], bytes.Join(attrs, separator))
break
}
last = scan.token
end = scan.end
}
// Scan key-type sequences. A key is of length 2 and may be followed
// by 0 or more "type" subtags from 3 to the maximum of 8 letters.
var last, key []byte
for attrEnd := end; len(scan.token) == 2; last = key {
key = scan.token
end = scan.end
for scan.scan(); end < scan.end && len(scan.token) > 2; scan.scan() {
end = scan.end
}
// TODO: check key value validity
if bytes.Compare(key, last) != 1 || scan.err != nil {
// We have an invalid key or the keys are not sorted.
// Start scanning keys from scratch and reorder.
p := attrEnd + 1
scan.next = p
keys := [][]byte{}
for scan.scan(); len(scan.token) == 2; {
keyStart := scan.start
end = scan.end
for scan.scan(); end < scan.end && len(scan.token) > 2; scan.scan() {
end = scan.end
}
keys = append(keys, scan.b[keyStart:end])
}
sort.Stable(bytesSort{keys, 2})
if n := len(keys); n > 0 {
k := 0
for i := 1; i < n; i++ {
if !bytes.Equal(keys[k][:2], keys[i][:2]) {
k++
keys[k] = keys[i]
} else if !bytes.Equal(keys[k], keys[i]) {
scan.setError(ErrDuplicateKey)
}
}
keys = keys[:k+1]
}
reordered := bytes.Join(keys, separator)
if e := p + len(reordered); e < end {
scan.deleteRange(e, end)
end = e
}
copy(scan.b[p:], reordered)
break
}
}
case 't': // https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6497.txt
scan.scan()
if n := len(scan.token); n >= 2 && n <= 3 && isAlpha(scan.token[1]) {
_, end = parseTag(scan, false)
scan.toLower(start, end)
}
for len(scan.token) == 2 && !isAlpha(scan.token[1]) {
end = scan.acceptMinSize(3)
}
case 'x':
end = scan.acceptMinSize(1)
default:
end = scan.acceptMinSize(2)
}
return end
}
// getExtension returns the name, body and end position of the extension.
func getExtension(s string, p int) (end int, ext string) {
if s[p] == '-' {
p++
}
if s[p] == 'x' {
return len(s), s[p:]
}
end = nextExtension(s, p)
return end, s[p:end]
}
// nextExtension finds the next extension within the string, searching
// for the -<char>- pattern from position p.
// In the fast majority of cases, language tags will have at most
// one extension and extensions tend to be small.
func nextExtension(s string, p int) int {
for n := len(s) - 3; p < n; {
if s[p] == '-' {
if s[p+2] == '-' {
return p
}
p += 3
} else {
p++
}
}
return len(s)
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More